[ { "topic": 1, "question_num": 1, "stem": "You are setting up Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for a client. The client plans to add several items to the Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are required to ensure that the client can configure the items as either company owned or consignment when the client creates the items. Which two of the following actions should you take? NOTE: Each correct answer is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "You should enable batch dimension.", "text_cn": "你应该启用批量维度。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "You should enable owner dimension.", "text_cn": "您应该启用所有者维度。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "You should allocate a moving average costing inventory model.", "text_cn": "您应分配移动平均成本库存模型。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "You should allocate a standard costing inventory model.", "text_cn": "您应分配一个标准成本库存模型。" } ], "answer": "BD", "stem_cn": "您正在为一家客户设置Dynamics 365供应链管理。该客户计划将多个项目添加到Dynamics 365供应链管理系统中。您需要确保当客户创建这些项目时，可以将它们配置为公司所有或寄售。以下哪两项操作是您应该采取的？注意：每个正确答案各占1分。" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 2, "stem": "Your company uses a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You have been tasked with configuring an agreement that gives clients a specified discount per unit if they buy a certain amount of a particular item. The parameters are as follows: \u0000 51 to 100 `\" 10 %/unit \u0000 101 and more `\" 15 %/unit You configure a purchase agreement. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，确实如此" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用的是Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您被指派配置一个协议，如果客户购买特定商品的一定数量，即可获得每单位指定的折扣。参数如下：51至100单位，每单位10%折扣；101及以上单位，每单位15%折扣。您配置了一个采购协议。该操作是否达到了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 3, "stem": "Your company uses a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You have been tasked with configuring an agreement that gives clients a specified discount per unit if they buy a certain amount of a particular item. The parameters are as follows: \u0000 51 to 100 `\" 10 %/unit \u0000 101 and more `\" 15 %/unit You configure a sales agreement. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用的是Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您被指派配置一个协议，如果客户购买特定商品的一定数量，该协议将为每个单位提供指定的折扣。参数如下：51到100个单位，每个单位10%的折扣；101个及以上，每个单位15%的折扣。您配置了一个销售协议。该操作是否达到了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 4, "stem": "Your company uses a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You have been tasked with configuring an agreement that gives clients a specified discount per unit if they buy a certain amount of a particular item. The parameters are as follows: \u0000 51 to 100 `\" 10 %/unit \u0000 101 and more `\" 15 %/unit You configure a trade agreement. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，它确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用的是Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您被指派配置一项协议，规定客户在购买特定商品的一定数量时，可享受每单位指定的折扣。参数如下：51至100单位为每单位10%的折扣；101及以上单位为每单位15%的折扣。您配置了一个贸易协议。该操作是否达到了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 5, "stem": "Your company recently implemented a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are currently configuring costing methods for items in inventory. You need to make use of a method normally used for items that have a limited shelf life. Which of the following is the costing method you should use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Standard", "text_cn": "标准" }, { "label": "B", "text": "FIFO", "text_cn": "先进先出" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Average", "text_cn": "平均值" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Specific", "text_cn": "特定的" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "您公司最近实施了Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您目前正在为库存中的物料配置成本计算方法。您需要使用通常用于具有有限保质期物料的方法。以下哪一项是您应该使用成本计算方法？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 6, "stem": "SIMULATION - Your company makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. The company has many distribution warehouses across the USA. You have been tasked with setting up barcodes to allow for scanning. These barcodes will be entered automatically. Access the Dynamics 365 portal to achieve this goal. See explanation below. 1. Go to Product information management > Products > Released products. 2. In the list, find and select the desired record. 3. On the Action Pane, select Manage inventory. 4. Select Bar codes. 5. Select New. 6. Mark the selected row that is created in the list below. 7. In the Barcode setup field, enter or select a value. 8. In the Bar code field, enter or select a value. 9. In the Bar code field, type a value. 10.In the Quantity field, enter a number. 11.Select Save. 12.Close the page. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/tasks/create-bar-code-product", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您的公司使用了Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。该公司在美国有许多分销仓库。您被指派设置条形码以实现扫描功能。这些条形码将自动输入。访问Dynamics 365门户以实现此目标。详见下文说明。1. 进入产品信息管理 > 产品 > 已发布产品。2. 在列表中找到并选择所需的记录。3. 在操作窗格中，选择“管理库存”。4. 选择“条形码”。5. 选择“新建”。6. 在下面的列表中选中所创建的行。7. 在“条形码设置”字段中，输入或选择一个值。8. 在“条形码”字段中，输入或选择一个值。9. 在“条形码”字段中，输入一个值。10. 在“数量”字段中，输入一个数字。11. 选择“保存”。12. 关闭页面。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/tasks/create-bar-code-product" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 7, "stem": "During testing of your company's new implementation of the Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management procurement module, you notice that, when an item is received, transactions aren't posted to the product receipt journal. You need to resolve this issue. Which of the following actions should you take on the Item model group setup form?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "You should consider un-checking the Include physical value checkbox.", "text_cn": "您应考虑取消勾选“包含物理值”复选框。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "You should consider checking the Include physical value checkbox.", "text_cn": "您应考虑勾选“包含物理值”复选框。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "You should consider un-checking the Accrue liability on product receipt checkbox.", "text_cn": "您应考虑取消勾选“在产品接收时计提负债”复选框。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "You should consider checking the Accrue liability on product receipt checkbox.", "text_cn": "您应考虑勾选“在产品接收时确认负债”复选框。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "在对贵公司新实施的Dynamics 365供应链管理采购模块进行测试时，您发现当物品被接收时，交易未记入产品收货日记。您需要解决此问题。以下哪项操作应在“物品模型组”设置表单中执行？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 8, "stem": "A manufacturing establishment makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. To accelerate setup, they use bill of materials (BOM) templates. Which of the following is TRUE with regards to template BOMs? (Choose all that apply.)", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "You can only apply a single template BOM to a service object.", "text_cn": "您只能将一个模板BOM应用到服务对象。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "You can apply many template BOMs to a service object.", "text_cn": "您可以将多个模板BOM应用到服务对象上。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "You can modify or delete lines in a BOM template regardless of whether the template has been associated to a service object, or not.", "text_cn": "您可以修改或删除BOM模板中的行，无论该模板是否已关联到服务对象。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "You can modify or delete lines in a BOM template as long as the template has not been associated to a service object.", "text_cn": "只要该模板尚未与服务对象相关联，您就可以修改或删除BOM模板中的行。" } ], "answer": "AD", "stem_cn": "一个制造企业使用了Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。为了加快设置，他们使用物料清单（BOM）模板。以下关于模板BOM的说法哪些是正确的？（选择所有适用的答案。）" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 9, "stem": "Your company makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. After implementing warehouse locations, you are tasked with configuring location directives for inventory movement. You need to make use of a location directive that allows for the identification of similar items in the warehouse. Which of the following is the strategy you should use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Match packing quantity", "text_cn": "匹配包装数量" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Location aging FIFO", "text_cn": "位置老化 FIFO" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Location aging LIFO", "text_cn": "位置老化后进先出" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Consolidate", "text_cn": "合并" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用了Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。在实施仓库位置后，您需要配置库存移动的位置指令。您需要使用一种允许在仓库中识别相似物品的位置指令。以下哪一项是您应该使用的策略？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 10, "stem": "SIMULATION - Your company's distribution center supplies a large number of retail stores. After procuring a big shipment of a new line of products, you have been tasked with configuring buyer push functionality so that the product is equally distributed to the retail stores. You need to create the transfer order. Access the Dynamics 365 portal to achieve this goal. See explanation below. 1. Click Retail > Common > Replenishment > Buyer's push. 2. Press Ctrl+N or click New, and then, in the Description field, enter a description. 3. In the Site field, select a site, and then in the Warehouse field, select the warehouse to transfer products from. 4. On the Lines FastTab, click Added reference to add a single product to the transfer order, or click Add products to add multiple products. 5. Do one of the following: 6. To specify a total quantity for the transfer orders, enter the quantity in the Additional quantity to push field. The quantity must be less than the quantity in the Remaining available quantity to push field. The quantity that you enter is distributed proportionately among the products. 7. To manually specify a quantity for each product, enter each quantity in the Pushed quantity column. The quantity must be less than the quantity in the On hand column. 8. On the Warehouse FastTab, select one of the following distribution methods: 9. Replenishment rules ג Distribute quantities based on replenishment rules. 10.Location weight ג Distribute quantities based on the proportional weights that are assigned to the stores. 11.Fixed quantity for all ג Distribute quantities equally among the stores. 12.If you selected Location weight or Fixed quantity for all, you can select a hierarchy of stores in the Replenishment hierarchy field. These are the stores that will receive the transferred products. 13.To distribute the products to only the stores that have the products in their assortments, select the Respect assortments check box. 14.Regardless of the distribution method you select, one transfer order is created for each store. 15.To update quantities, click Calculate quantities. 16.To create the transfer orders, click Create order. 17.To view the orders, on the Warehouse FastTab, select a store in the list, and then click Order. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/use-buyer-s-push-to-distribute-products", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您公司的配送中心向大量零售店供货。在采购了一大批新产品后，您需要配置买家推送功能，以便将产品公平地分配给零售店。您需要创建调拨单。访问Dynamics 365门户以实现此目标。见下文说明。1. 单击零售 > 常用 > 补货 > 买家推送。2. 按Ctrl+N或单击新建，然后在描述字段中输入描述。3. 在站点字段中选择一个站点，然后在仓库字段中选择要从中调拨产品的仓库。4. 在“行”快速选项卡中，单击添加引用以将单个产品添加到调拨单，或单击添加产品以添加多个产品。5. 执行以下任一操作：6. 要为调拨单指定总数量，请在“额外需推送数量”字段中输入数量。该数量必须小于“剩余可推送数量”字段中的数量。您输入的数量将按比例分配给各个产品。7. 要为每个产品手动指定数量，请在“已推送数量”列中输入每个数量。该数量必须小于“库存数量”列中的数量。8. 在“仓库”快速选项卡中，选择以下一种分发方法：9. 补货规则 - 根据补货规则分配数量。10. 位置权重 - 根据分配给各零售店的成比例权重分配数量。11. 所有零售店固定数量 - 在各零售店之间平均分配数量。12. 如果您选择了“位置权重”或“所有零售店固定数量”，可以在“补货层级”字段中选择一个零售店层级。这些是将接收调拨产品的零售店。13. 要仅将产品分配给其商品组合中包含该产品的零售店，请选择“尊重商品组合”复选框。14. 无论您选择哪种分发方法，每个零售店都会生成一个调拨单。15. 要更新数量，请单击“计算数量”。16. 要创建调拨单，请单击“创建订单”。17. 要查看订单，在“仓库”快速选项卡中，从列表中选择一个零售店，然后单击“订单”。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/use-buyer-s-push-to-distribute-products" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 11, "stem": "You need to consider the underlined segment to establish whether it is accurate. A quarantine order that a status of Started, means that the item is not yet in the quarantine warehouse.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "No adjustment required.", "text_cn": "无需调整。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Created", "text_cn": "已创建" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Reported as finished", "text_cn": "报告为已完成" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Ended", "text_cn": "结束" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "你需要考虑下划线部分以确定其是否准确。一项状态为已开始的隔离订单，表示该物品尚未进入隔离仓库。" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 12, "stem": "You need to consider the underlined segment to establish whether it is accurate. Inventory adjustment journals allow for adding cost to an item when you add inventory, and then automatically posts the additional cost to be a specific general ledger account.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "No adjustment required.", "text_cn": "无需调整。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Tag counting", "text_cn": "标签计数" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Movement", "text_cn": "运动" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Transfer", "text_cn": "转移" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "你需要考虑下划线部分以确定其是否准确。库存调整分录允许在增加库存时向某项添加成本，然后自动将额外成本过账到特定的总账账户。" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 13, "stem": "Your company makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are tasked with amending inventory. Additionally, the existing item posting configuration must be overridden. You make use of the inventory adjustment journal. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用了Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您被指派进行库存修改。此外，必须覆盖现有的物品过账配置。您使用了库存调整日记账。该操作是否达到了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 14, "stem": "Your company makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are tasked with amending inventory. Additionally, the existing item posting configuration must be overridden. You make use of the counting journal. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，它确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，不是。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用了Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您被指派修改库存。此外，必须覆盖现有的物料核算配置。您使用了盘存日记账。该操作是否达到了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 15, "stem": "Your company makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are tasked with amending inventory. Additionally, the existing item posting configuration must be overridden. You make use of the movement journal. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，它确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用了Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您被指派修改库存。此外，必须覆盖现有的物料核算配置。您使用了移动日记。该操作是否达到您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 16, "stem": "Your company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage its warehouse. Users report that the inventory for several items in the warehouse is inaccurate. You are required to ensure that users in the warehouse can verify and rectify the on-hand inventory. Which of the following actions should you take?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "You should implement the production input journal type.", "text_cn": "你应该实现生产输入分录类型。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "You should implement the movement journal type.", "text_cn": "您应该实现移动日志类型。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "You should implement the counting journal type.", "text_cn": "您应实现计数日记类型。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "You should implement the item arrival journal type. C Counting journals let you correct the current on-hand inventory that is registered for items or groups of items, and then post the actual physical count, so that you can make the adjustments that are required to reconcile the differences. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-journals", "text_cn": "您应该实现物品到达日记类型。C 盘点日记可用于更正已为物品或物品组注册的当前库存数量，然后记录实际的实物盘点，以便进行必要的调整以使差异得到协调。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-journals" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理其仓库。用户报告称，仓库中某些物品的库存不准确。您需要确保仓库中的用户能够核实并更正实际库存。以下哪项操作是您应该采取的？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 17, "stem": "A corporation has two subsidiary businesses, set up as separate legal entities. The one business will be purchasing a new item from the other, and has negotiated for a discount for the first six months of the deal. You are required to make sure that system will apply the discount for the time stipulated. Which of the following is the type of agreement you should configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Sale Agreement.", "text_cn": "销售协议" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Service Agreement.", "text_cn": "服务协议" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Purchase Agreement.", "text_cn": "购买协议" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Trade Agreement.", "text_cn": "贸易协定" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司有两个子公司，分别作为独立的法律实体设立。其中一个业务部门将从另一个业务部门购买一项新物品，并已协商获得交易前六个月的折扣。您需要确保系统将在规定的时间内应用该折扣。以下哪一种协议类型是您应该进行配置的？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 18, "stem": "Your company makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are in the process of configuring royalty agreement. You are currently identifying the royalty agreement ledger accounts. Which two of the following ledger accounts should be identified?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Accounts receivable", "text_cn": "应收账款" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Accrual", "text_cn": "权责发生制" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Inventory", "text_cn": "库存" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Expense", "text_cn": "费用" } ], "answer": "BD", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用了Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您正在配置特许权使用协议。您目前正在进行特许权使用协议总账科目的识别。以下哪两个总账科目应被识别？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 19, "stem": "Your company makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are in the process of configuring royalty agreement. You need to make sure that royalty claim is generated every time a sales order is fulfilled. Which two of the following is the option you should choose for the Cumulate sales by field?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Invoice", "text_cn": "发票" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Fulfilled", "text_cn": "已履行" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Active", "text_cn": "活跃" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Shipped", "text_cn": "已发货" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "您的公司使用了Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您正在配置版税协议。您需要确保每次销售订单完成时都生成版税索赔。以下哪两项是您应在“按以下内容累计销售”字段中选择的选项？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 20, "stem": "Your company manages sales projections via Dynamics 365 Sales. You are creating a customer record for a new customer in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You have to make use of a current quote to generate a sales order. You are preparing to define the customer, and create the sales order. Which of the following is a combination of the actions you should take?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "You should create Customer from Lead, and confirm the quote.", "text_cn": "您应该从线索创建客户，并确认报价。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "You should convert Lead to Customer, and confirm the sales order.", "text_cn": "您应将线索转化为客户，并确认销售订单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "You should create Customer from Lead, and confirm the sales order.", "text_cn": "您应从潜在客户创建客户，并确认销售订单。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "You should convert Lead to Customer, and confirm the quote.", "text_cn": "您应将潜在客户转为正式客户，并确认报价。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "您的公司通过Dynamics 365 Sales管理销售预测。您正在Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management中为新客户创建客户记录。您需要使用现有的报价单来生成销售订单。您正在准备定义客户并创建销售订单。以下哪一项是您应采取的操作组合？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 21, "stem": "SIMULATION - You work for a distribution warehouse that makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. As soon as lines are automatically released to the warehouse, the warehouse completes work. You want to make sure that waves allow for automatic work creation. Access the Dynamics 365 portal to achieve this goal. See explanation below. 1. Go to Navigation pane > Modules > Warehouse management > Setup > Waves > Wave templates. 2. Select New. 3. In the Wave template name field, type a value. 4. In the Wave template description field, type a value. 5. In the Site field, enter or select a value 6. In the Warehouse field, enter or select a value. 7. Set the Automate wave creation field to Yes. Select this option to automatically create a wave when a sales order, production order, or kanban is released to the warehouse. 8. Set the Process wave at release to warehouse option to Yes. Select this option to automatically process the wave and create work when a line is released to the warehouse. 9. Set the Automate wave release option to Yes. Select this option to automatically release the wave. The picking work is created and made available on mobile devices. 10.Set the Assign to open waves option to Yes. Lines are assigned to waves based on the query filter for the wave template. 11.Set the Process wave automatically at threshold option to Yes. Select this option to automatically process the wave when its values reach the thresholds for weight, shipment, and lines specified in the Wave thresholds field group. This option is available only if Shipping is selected in the Wave template type field. 12.Set the Automate replenishment work release option to Yes. Select this option to create demand-based replenishment work and release it automatically. You must add the replenishment wave method to the wave template, and create a replenishment template using the Wave demand type. 13.Use settings in the Default values filed group to assign wave attributes. 14.Expand the Methods section and set the actions taken by the wave template. 15.Select Save. 16.Close the page. 17.Go to Warehouse management > Setup > Warehouse management parameters. 18.Expand the Wave processing section. 19.In the Wave processing batch group field, enter or select a value. 19.In the Wave processing batch group field, enter or select a value. 20.Set the Process waves in batch option to Yes. 21.In the Wait for lock (ms) field, enter a number. Enter the time, in milliseconds, that an allocation step will wait for a system resource that is locked by another allocation step. When this time is exceeded, the wave is not processed and an error message is displayed. 22.Select Save. 23.Close the page. 24.Go to Navigation pane > Modules > Production control > Setup > Production control parameters. 25.In the Release to warehouse field, select an option. 26.Close the page. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/configure-wave-processing", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 你供职于一家使用Dynamics 365供应链管理系统的企业配送仓库。一旦订单行自动释放到仓库，仓库就会完成工作。你希望确保波次允许自动创建工作。访问Dynamics 365门户以实现此目标。详见下文说明。1. 转到导航窗格 > 模块 > 仓库管理 > 设置 > 波次 > 波次模板。2. 选择新建。3. 在波次模板名称字段中输入一个值。4. 在波次模板描述字段中输入一个值。5. 在站点字段中输入或选择一个值。6. 在仓库字段中输入或选择一个值。7. 将“自动创建波次”字段设置为是。选择此选项，当销售订单、生产订单或看板释放到仓库时，会自动创建一个波次。8. 将“在释放到仓库时处理波次”选项设置为是。选择此选项，当一行释放到仓库时，会自动处理波次并创建工作。9. 将“自动释放波次”选项设置为是。选择此选项，会自动释放波次。拣货工作将被创建并在移动设备上可用。10. 将“分配到开放波次”选项设置为是。根据波次模板的查询过滤器，将行分配到波次。11. 将“在阈值处自动处理波次”选项设置为是。选择此选项，当其值达到波次阈值字段组中指定的重量、发货和行的阈值时，会自动处理波次。如果在波次模板类型字段中选择了“发货”，则此选项才可用。12. 将“自动释放补货工作”选项设置为是。选择此选项，会基于需求创建补货工作并自动释放。你必须将补货波次方法添加到波次模板中，并使用波次需求类型创建补货模板。13. 使用默认值字段组中的设置来分配波次属性。14. 展开“方法”部分，并设置波次模板采取的操作。15. 选择保存。16. 关闭页面。17. 转到仓库管理 > 设置 > 仓库管理参数。18. 展开“波次处理”部分。19. 在“波次处理批处理组”字段中输入或选择一个值。20. 将“按批次处理波次”选项设置为是。21. 在“等待锁定（毫秒）”字段中输入一个数字。输入分配步骤等待系统资源的时间（以毫秒为单位），该资源被其他分配步骤锁定。当超过此时间后，波次不会被处理，并显示错误消息。22. 选择保存。23. 关闭页面。24. 转到导航窗格 > 模块 > 生产控制 > 设置 > 生产控制参数。25. 在“释放到仓库”字段中，选择一个选项。26. 关闭页面。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/configure-wave-processing" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 22, "stem": "You work for a shipping concern that make use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. The business makes use of quite a few freight transporters. The cost of the freight is determined by the distance travelled between the source and the destination. Which two of the following transportation management engines should you include?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Freight bill type", "text_cn": "货运单据类型" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Mileage", "text_cn": "里程数" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Zone", "text_cn": "区域" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Rate", "text_cn": "速率" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Transit time engine", "text_cn": "传输时间发动机" } ], "answer": "BD", "stem_cn": "您就职于一家使用Dynamics 365供应链管理系统的企业。该企业使用了多个货运承运商。货运成本是根据起点和终点之间的行驶距离来确定的。以下哪两种运输管理引擎应包含在内？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 23, "stem": "You work for a distribution warehouse that makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. After taking in a sizable quantity of stock that has a limited shelf life, you are required to distribute the stock to retail outlets at the earliest opportunity. You plan to make use of Buyer's push. Which of the following is the option you should take?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "You should generate a sales order.", "text_cn": "您应该生成销售订单。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "You should generate transfer orders.", "text_cn": "您应生成调拨单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "You should generate service agreements.", "text_cn": "你应该生成服务协议。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "You should generate trade agreements.", "text_cn": "你应该生成贸易协议。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "你供职于一个使用Dynamics 365供应链管理系统的企业配送仓库。在接收了一大批保质期有限的库存后，你需要尽快将这些库存分配到零售门店。你计划使用采购方推送功能。以下哪一项是你应该选择的选项？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 24, "stem": "You have been tasked with configuring inventory cycle counting for a client that makes use of Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to make of a cycle counting method that allows a worker to count items in a warehouse location at any time, without creating cycle counting work. Which of the following is the option you should use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "User directed", "text_cn": "用户导向" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Cycle count grouping", "text_cn": "周期计数分组" }, { "label": "C", "text": "System directed", "text_cn": "系统定向" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Spot cycle counting D Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/cycle-counting", "text_cn": "现货周期盘点 D 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/cycle-counting" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "您被指派为使用Dynamics 365供应链管理的客户配置库存循环盘点。您需要选择一种循环盘点方法，使员工可以在任何时候对仓库地点中的物品进行盘点，而无需创建循环盘点任务。以下哪个选项是您应该使用的？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 25, "stem": "You work for a distribution company that makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are responsible for planning. When you notice that planned orders for a specific item is increasing, you plan to track the source of the planned orders and release them according to their demand. You want to make sure that a unique planned purchase order is created by the master planning batch job for each new demand requirement for the item. You configure the use of the Per period coverage code as the lot-sizing method. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，它确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not B Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/coverage-settings", "text_cn": "不，它不B 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/coverage-settings" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "您就职于一家使用Dynamics 365供应链管理系统的企业。您负责计划工作。当您注意到某一特定物料的计划订单数量在增加时，您打算追踪计划订单的来源，并根据其需求进行释放。您希望确保对于该物料的每个新的需求要求，主计划批处理作业都会创建一个唯一的计划采购订单。您配置了按期间覆盖代码作为批量大小的计算方法。该操作是否达到了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 26, "stem": "You work for a distribution company that makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are responsible for planning. When you notice that planned orders for a specific item is increasing, you plan to track the source of the planned orders and release them according to their demand. You want to make sure that a unique planned purchase order is created by the master planning batch job for each new demand requirement for the item. You configure the use of the Min/Max coverage code lot-sizing method. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，它确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "你为一家使用Dynamics 365供应链管理系统的企业工作。你负责计划工作。当你注意到某个特定物料的计划订单数量在增加时，你打算追踪计划订单的来源，并根据其需求进行释放。你希望确保对于该物料的每个新的需求要求，主计划批处理作业都会创建一个唯一的计划采购订单。你配置了最小/最大覆盖码的批量大小方法。该操作是否达到了你的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 27, "stem": "You work for a distribution company that makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are responsible for planning. When you notice that planned orders for a specific item is increasing, you plan to track the source of the planned orders and release them according to their demand. You want to make sure that a unique planned purchase order is created by the master planning batch job for each new demand requirement for the item. You configure the use of the Per requirement coverage code lot-sizing method. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，它确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "您就职于一家使用Dynamics 365供应链管理系统的企业。您负责计划工作。当您注意到某一特定物料的计划订单数量在增加时，您打算追踪计划订单的来源，并根据其需求进行释放。您希望确保对于该物料的每个新的需求要求，主计划批处理作业都会创建一个唯一的计划采购订单。您配置了按需求覆盖代码的批量大小方法。此操作是否达到了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 28, "stem": "You make use of planning optimization in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management, with automatic firming enabled. As a result of certain planned purchase orders not firming according to plan, inventory planners have to process planned purchase orders manually. You want to make sure that the planned purchase orders are incorporated in automatic firming. You access the Records to include FastTab. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "您在 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management 中使用了计划优化，并启用了自动确认功能。由于某些计划采购订单未按计划进行自动确认，库存计划员不得不手动处理这些计划采购订单。您希望确保计划采购订单包含在自动确认中。您访问了“要包含的记录”快速选项卡。该操作是否达到了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 29, "stem": "You make use of planning optimization in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management, with automatic firming enabled. As a result of certain planned purchase orders not firming according to plan, inventory planners have to process planned purchase orders manually. You want to make sure that the planned purchase orders are incorporated in automatic firming. You configure the Automatic firming time fence (days). Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，它确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "您在 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management 中使用了计划优化，并启用了自动确认功能。由于某些计划采购订单未按计划进行自动确认，库存计划员不得不手动处理这些计划采购订单。您希望确保计划采购订单被包含在自动确认中。您配置了自动确认的时间边界（天数）。该操作是否实现了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 30, "stem": "You make use of planning optimization in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management, with automatic firming enabled. As a result of certain planned purchase orders not firming according to plan, inventory planners have to process planned purchase orders manually. You want to make sure that the planned purchase orders are incorporated in automatic firming. You configure the Lead Time. Does the action achieve your objective?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes, it does", "text_cn": "是的，它确实如此。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No, it does not", "text_cn": "不，它不会" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "您在 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management 中使用了计划优化，并启用了自动确认功能。由于某些计划采购订单未按计划进行自动确认，库存计划员不得不手动处理这些计划采购订单。您希望确保计划采购订单被纳入自动确认中。您配置了提前期。该操作是否达到了您的目标？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 31, "stem": "SIMULATION - You work for a manufacturing firm that makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You have been tasked with making sure that inventory of certain finished good items never reaches critically low levels. You also want production orders to be created automatically when inventory reaches a specific level. Access the Dynamics 365 portal to achieve this goal. See explanation below. Create a new safety stock journal name 1. In the Navigation pane, go to Master planning > Setup > Safety stock journal names. 2. Click New. 3. In the Name field, type 'Material'. 4. In the Description field, type 'Material'. 5. Close the page. Create a safety stock journal - 1. In the Navigation pane, go to Master planning > Master planning > Run > Safety stock calculation. 2. Click New. 3. In the Name field, enter or select a value. Select the safety stock journal name that you created, for example, Material. 4. Click Create lines. 5. In the From date field, enter a date. 6. In the To date field, enter a date. 7. Click OK. This will create lines for the dimensions that have inventory transactions. Calculate proposal - 1. Click Calculate proposal. 2. Select the Use average issue during lead time option. 3. Set Multiplication factor to '10'. The Multiply factor is used to adjust the proposal. Because demo data only has a few transactions, you will need to set the factor to get a realistic proposal. 4. Click OK. Scroll down to find M0002 and M0003. View the Calculated minimum quantity column. Update minimum quantity - 1. In the New minimum quantity field, enter a number. Update the New minimum quantity to match the value in the Calculated minimum quantity. If the Calculated minimum is zero, you can enter the desired future value. For example, you can enter the Calculated minimum Calculated minimum is zero, you can enter the desired future value. For example, you can enter the Calculated minimum quantity in this field for M0002 that has warehouse 12. 2. In the list, find and select the desired record. For example, you can select M0002 that has warehouse 12. 3. In the New minimum quantity field, enter a number. Update the New minimum quantity to match the value in the Calculated minimum quantity. If the Calculated minimum is zero you can enter the desired future value. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/production-control/tasks/use-safety-stock-journal-update- minimum-coverage", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您就职于一家使用Dynamics 365供应链管理系统的企业。您被指派确保某些成品库存不会达到极度低水平。当库存达到特定水平时，您还希望自动生成生产订单。访问Dynamics 365门户以实现此目标。请参见下面的说明。创建一个新的安全库存日记名称 1. 在导航窗格中，转到主计划 > 设置 > 安全库存日记名称。 2. 单击“新建”。 3. 在“名称”字段中，输入“Material”。 4. 在“描述”字段中，输入“Material”。 5. 关闭页面。 创建安全库存日记 - 1. 在导航窗格中，转到主计划 > 主计划 > 运行 > 安全库存计算。 2. 单击“新建”。 3. 在“名称”字段中，输入或选择一个值。选择您创建的安全库存日记名称，例如，Material。 4. 单击“创建行”。 5. 在“起始日期”字段中，输入一个日期。 6. 在“结束日期”字段中，输入一个日期。 7. 单击“确定”。这将为具有库存交易的维度创建行。 计算建议 - 1. 单击“计算建议”。 2. 选择“在交货期内使用平均发放”选项。 3. 将“乘数”设置为“10”。乘数用于调整建议。由于演示数据只有少量交易，您需要设置该系数以获得现实的建议。 4. 单击“确定”。 向下滚动以找到M0002和M0003。查看“计算的最小数量”列。 更新最小数量 - 1. 在“新最小数量”字段中，输入一个数字。将“新最小数量”更新为与“计算的最小数量”中的值匹配。如果“计算的最小数量”为零，您可以输入所需的未来值。例如，您可以在此字段中为具有仓库12的M0002输入计算的最小数量。 2. 在列表中找到并选择所需的记录。例如，您可以选择具有仓库12的M0002。 3. 在“新最小数量”字段中，输入一个数字。将“新最小数量”更新为与“计算的最小数量”中的值匹配。如果“计算的最小数量”为零，您可以输入所需的未来值。 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/production-control/tasks/use-safety-stock-journal-update-minimum-coverage" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 32, "stem": "You are making use of planning optimization in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. When a planning optimization job, which is configured with the wrong runtime filters, is accidentally triggered from the user interface, you are tasked with fixing the problem. Which of the following actions should you take?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "You should access the plan history to cancel the job.", "text_cn": "您应访问计划历史记录以取消作业。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "You should access the dialog box to cancel the job.", "text_cn": "您应打开对话框以取消作业。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "You should access the plan history to rectify runtime filters.", "text_cn": "您应访问计划历史记录以更正运行时筛选器。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "You should access the dialog box to rectify runtime filters. A Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/cancel-planning-job", "text_cn": "您应访问对话框以更正运行时筛选器。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/cancel-planning-job" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "您正在使用Dynamics 365供应链管理中的计划优化。当一个配置了错误运行时筛选器的计划优化作业意外从用户界面触发时，您需要解决这个问题。您应该采取以下哪项操作？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 33, "stem": "You work for a distribution company that makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. In an effort to improve the consistency of forecasting data, you plan to employ demand forecasting. You have to make sure that your strategy allows for planned orders to be created automatically in the master planning process according to the need or end date. Which of the following actions should you take?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "You should push data into the staging table.", "text_cn": "你应该将数据推送到暂存表中。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "You should make use of safety stock calculations.", "text_cn": "你应该使用安全库存计算。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "You should generate a statistical baseline forecast.", "text_cn": "您应该生成一个统计基线预测。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "You should make use of demand forecast details. C Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/introduction-demand-forecasting https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/manual-adjustments-baseline-forecast", "text_cn": "您应使用需求预测详细信息。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/introduction-demand-forecasting https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/manual-adjustments-baseline-forecast" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "您就职于一家使用Dynamics 365供应链管理系统的企业。为了提高预测数据的一致性，您计划采用需求预测。您必须确保您的策略能够在主计划过程中根据需求或截止日期自动创建计划订单。以下哪项操作是您应该采取的？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 34, "stem": "You work for a distribution company that makes use of a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system. You are responsible for planning. You want to make use of a planning engine that allows for orders to be firmed automatically according to the order date. Which of the following is the option you would use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Capacity planning", "text_cn": "容量规划" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Production planning", "text_cn": "生产计划" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Planning Optimization", "text_cn": "规划优化" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Master planning", "text_cn": "总体规划" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "您就职于一家使用Dynamics 365供应链管理系统的企业。您负责计划工作。您希望使用一个计划引擎，该引擎可根据订单日期自动确认订单。以下哪一项是您将使用的选项？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 35, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company obtains packaging cartons in metric tons and sells them as individual items. The packaging cartons come in various sizes and are maintained as product variants. You need to configure unit conversion for the packaging cartons. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the standard unit conversion feature in the Organization administration module.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在组织管理模块中配置标准单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Disable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the inter-class unit conversion feature in the Organization administration module.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中禁用计量单位转换。在组织管理模块中配置类间单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the standard unit conversion feature in the released products.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在已发布的商品中配置标准单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the intra-class unit conversion feature in the released products.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在已发布的商品中配置同类内单位转换功能。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司以公吨为单位采购包装纸箱，并作为单独物品进行销售。这些包装纸箱有多种尺寸，并作为产品变体进行维护。您需要为包装纸箱配置单位转换。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 1, "question_num": 36, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company obtains packaging cartons in metric tons and sells them as individual items. The packaging cartons come in various sizes and are maintained as product variants. You need to configure unit conversion for the packaging cartons. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the standard unit conversion feature in the Organization administration module.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在组织管理模块中配置标准单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the inter-class unit conversion feature in the released product.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在已发布的商品中配置类间单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the standard unit conversion feature in the released products.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在已发布的产品中配置标准单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the intra-class unit conversion feature in the released product.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在已发布的产品中配置同类内单位转换功能。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司以公吨为单位采购包装纸箱，并作为单独物品进行销售。这些包装纸箱有多种尺寸，并作为产品变体进行维护。您需要为包装纸箱配置单位转换。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 1, "stem": "A company creates several item costing versions. All new and existing items have costs associated with them. After defining the costs, the company notices the activation date has not been updated. You need to update the items to the current date for activation. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set the item cost record status to Active", "text_cn": "将项目成本记录状态设置为活动状态" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set the form date to today and leave the item cost record status at Pending", "text_cn": "将表单日期设置为今天，并将项目成本记录状态保持为待处理" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set the item cost record status to Pending", "text_cn": "将项目成本记录状态设置为待处理" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set the cost price and date of price on the released product A Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/cost-management/costing-versions", "text_cn": "设置已发布产品A的成本价格和价格日期 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/cost-management/costing-versions" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司创建了多个物料成本版本。所有新旧物料都有相关成本。在定义成本后，该公司发现激活日期未更新。您需要将物料的激活日期更新为当前日期。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 2, "stem": "An employee at a company releases a new product from the Released product maintenance workspace. An employee in another department is unable to add the product to a sales order. You determine that dimension groups have not been applied to the product. You need to ensure that the product can be added to the sales order. Which two inventory dimension groups should you add to the product? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Tracking dimension group", "text_cn": "跟踪维度组" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Coverage group", "text_cn": "覆盖组" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Product dimension group", "text_cn": "产品尺寸组" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Storage dimension group", "text_cn": "存储维度组" } ], "answer": "AD", "stem_cn": "一名公司员工从“已发布产品维护”工作区中发布了新产品。另一部门的员工无法将该产品添加到销售订单中。你确定该产品尚未应用了维度组。你需要确保该产品可以添加到销售订单中。你应该将哪两个库存维度组添加到该产品上？每个正确答案都代表了解答的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 3, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You are the product manager at a distribution company. You are responsible for managing product compliance standards and reporting. Chemical product C0001 can be sold in all parts of the United States except for the state of California. You need to set up these compliance requirements for C0001. Which four actions should be performed in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 你是一家分销公司的产品经理。你负责管理产品合规标准和报告。化学品产品C0001可以在美国所有地区销售，但不包括加利福尼亚州。你需要为C0001设置这些合规要求。应该按什么顺序执行哪四项操作？回答时，请从操作列表中将适当的操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 4, "stem": "An employee at a company needs to lay out the various component to build custom bicycles. You need to identify which constraints the employee should use to set up the bicycles. Which two types of constraints the employee use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "table constraints that are used generically among product configuration models", "text_cn": "产品配置模型中通用的表约束" }, { "label": "B", "text": "expression constraints that are used generically among product configuration models", "text_cn": "在产品配置模型中通用的表达约束" }, { "label": "C", "text": "expression constraints that are unique to each product configuration model", "text_cn": "针对每个产品配置模型特有的表达约束" }, { "label": "D", "text": "table constraints that are always unique to each product configuration model AC References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/pim/expression-constraints-table- constraints-product-configuration-models", "text_cn": "表约束，这些约束对于每个产品配置模型都是唯一的。 AC 参考资料：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/pim/expression-constraints-table- constraints-product-configuration-models" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一名公司员工需要布置各种组件以组装定制自行车。你需要确定员工应使用的约束条件来设置自行车。员工应使用哪两种类型的约束？每个正确答案都提供一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 5, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You are configuring pricing for a new item. Wholesale customers must pay $10.00 for order quantities of up to 9 units. All other customers receive a static price of $14.00 regardless of quantity. You need to configure sales trade agreements. In Trade Agreement Setup, which actions should you perform? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/sales-marketing/tasks/create-new-trade- agreement", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 您正在为新商品配置定价。批发客户对于最多9个单位的订单数量需支付10.00美元。其他所有客户无论数量多少都获得静态价格14.00美元。您需要配置销售交易协议。在交易协议设置中，应执行哪些操作？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/sales-marketing/tasks/create-new-trade-agreement" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 6, "stem": "HOTSPOT - . An airport uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You purchase new baggage-sorting hardware You must add both the hardware and the service contract for the hardware to the product hierarchy. You need to configure the category node. What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 某机场使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您购买了新的行李分拣硬件。您必须将硬件以及该硬件的服务合同添加到产品层次结构中。您需要配置类别节点。应执行什么操作？请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 7, "stem": "A company manufactures and sells speaker boxes. The speaker boxes can be silver or black with a basic or upgraded wiring harness assembly. The speaker box must be created in the item master so that the variables for colors and harness type can be assigned at order entry. You need to create a new item that supports multiple variables. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a new product. Select predefined variant as the configuration technology.", "text_cn": "创建新产品。选择预定义变体作为配置技术。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a new product master. Select constraint-based configuration as the configuration technology.", "text_cn": "创建一个新的产品主数据。选择基于约束的配置作为配置技术。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a new product. Select constraint-based configuration as the configuration technology.", "text_cn": "创建一个新产品。选择基于约束的配置作为配置技术。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a new product master. Select predefined variant as the configuration technology.", "text_cn": "创建新的产品主数据。选择预定义变体作为配置技术。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家公司制造和销售扬声器箱。扬声器箱可以是银色或黑色，并配备基本或升级的线束组件。必须在物料主文件中创建扬声器箱，以便在订单输入时分配颜色和线束类型变量。您需要创建一个支持多个变量的新物料。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 8, "stem": "A company has items in inventory with two costing methods: FIFO and Standard. The company needs to calculate the cost of all items at month end and provide a total inventory value to the finance department. You need to determine the total value of inventory. Which costing method requires running the inventory close?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "FIFO and Standard Cost items", "text_cn": "先进先出和标准成本项目" }, { "label": "B", "text": "FIFO items only", "text_cn": "先进先出商品仅限" }, { "label": "C", "text": "LIFO, Moving Average, and Date Weighted Average items", "text_cn": "后进先出、移动平均价和日期加权平均价物品" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Standard Cost items only", "text_cn": "标准成本项目仅" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家公司库存中有两种成本计算方法：先进先出法（FIFO）和标准成本法。公司需要在每月末计算所有物品的成本，并向财务部门提供总库存价值。您需要确定库存的总价值。哪种成本计算方法需要运行库存结账？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 9, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. You are the purchasing manager at a manufacturing company that makes audio equipment. You sign an agreement with a vendor to purchase 5,000 speaker cables, item C0001, at a discounted rate of $3.00 per cable. This agreement expires in exactly one year. You need to set up pricing information and track the fulfillment of the agreement. Solution: \u0000 Create a purchase agreement of type Product value commitment. \u0000 Add a line for item C0001. \u0000 Enter a product value of $15,000 and enter an expiration date of one year. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本节中的一个问题后，将无法返回重新查看。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。您是一家制造音频设备公司的采购经理。您与供应商签订协议，以每根3.00美元的折扣价格购买5,000根扬声器电缆，商品编号C0001。该协议将在一年后到期。您需要设置定价信息并跟踪协议的履行情况。解决方案：创建一种产品价值承诺类型的采购协议。添加一条商品C0001的条目。输入产品价值为15,000美元，并输入一年后的到期日期。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 10, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. You are the purchasing manager at a manufacturing company that makes audio equipment. You sign an agreement with a vendor to purchase 5,000 speaker cables, item C0001, at a discounted rate of $3.00 per cable. This agreement expires in exactly one year. You need to set up pricing information and track the fulfillment of the agreement. Solution: On the released product, set a price of $3.00. Add the vendor to the vendor account field on the Purchase fast tab. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/purchase-agreements", "text_cn": "无B参考文献：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/purchase-agreements" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在回答了本部分中的一个问题后，您将无法返回重新查看。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。您是一家制造音频设备公司的采购经理。您与供应商签订协议，以每根3.00美元的折扣价格购买5,000根扬声器电缆（物品C0001）。该协议将在一年后到期。您需要设置定价信息并跟踪协议的履行情况。解决方案：在已发布的产品上，设置价格为3.00美元。在采购快速选项卡上的供应商账户字段中添加供应商。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 11, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. You are the purchasing manager at a manufacturing company that makes audio equipment. You sign an agreement with a vendor to purchase 5,000 speaker cables, item C0001, at a discounted rate of $3.00 per cable. This agreement expires in exactly one year. You need to set up pricing information and track the fulfillment of the agreement. Solution: Create a purchase agreement for the vendor that specifies a product quantity commitment. Include the quantity, the price, and the expiration date. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "不" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在回答本部分中的问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。您是一家制造音频设备公司的采购经理。您与供应商签订协议，以每根3.00美元的折扣价格购买5,000根扬声器电缆，商品编号C0001。该协议将在一年后到期。您需要设置定价信息并跟踪协议的履行情况。解决方案：为供应商创建一份采购协议，指定产品数量承诺。包括数量、价格和到期日期。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 12, "stem": "A distribution company wants to set up barcodes in their Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system for warehouse scanning. Barcodes will be entered manually. You need to minimize the risk of errors on barcode entry. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a new barcode, enter the value, select the type, and enter the mask.", "text_cn": "创建新条形码，输入数值，选择类型，并输入掩码。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Select an item, select the barcode type, select max length, and enter the value.", "text_cn": "选择一个项目，选择条形码类型，选择最大长度，并输入值。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Select an item and set up security on the barcode field.", "text_cn": "选择一个条目并在条码字段上设置安全选项。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a new barcode, enter the value, select the type, and enter the size and max length.", "text_cn": "创建新条形码，输入值，选择类型，并输入大小和最大长度。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家分销公司希望在其Dynamics 365供应链管理系统中为仓库扫描设置条形码。条形码将手动输入。您需要尽量减少条形码输入时的错误风险。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 13, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for purchasing and sales operations across three different sites. The default order settings for products are configured as shown in the following table. You need to determine which scenarios allow transactions. Which transactions are allowed? To answer, drag the appropriate allowed options to the correct scenarios. Each allowed option may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/production-control/default-order-settings", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理在三个不同的站点进行采购和销售操作。产品的默认订单设置如下表所示。您需要确定哪些场景允许交易。哪些交易是被允许的？要回答，请将适当的允许选项拖放到正确的场景中。每个允许的选项可以使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/production-control/default-order-settings" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 14, "stem": "A company sells jars of sliced or whole pickles. The company produces jars of various sizes. You need to set up the item to ensure that pickles have a single item number for all container sizes. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Setup the size, color, and style in each legal entity. Go to the products form, create a new product and assign it to each dimension.", "text_cn": "在每个法律实体中设置尺寸、颜色和样式。转到产品表单，创建新产品并将其分配到每个维度。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a new product master with predefined variant configuration technology and release to the legal entities. Use the product dimensions to define the size, color, and style.", "text_cn": "使用预定义的变体配置技术创建新产品主数据，并发布到各个法律实体。使用产品尺寸来定义大小、颜色和款式。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create and release a product to the legal entities. Use the storage dimensions to define the size, color, and style.", "text_cn": "创建并发布产品至法律实体。使用存储维度来定义尺寸、颜色和款式。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a new product master with dimension-based configuration technology and release to the legal entities. Use the configuration to define the size, color, and style. BD Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/product-identifiers", "text_cn": "使用基于维度的配置技术创建新产品主数据，并发布到法律实体。使用配置来定义尺寸、颜色和款式。BD 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/product-identifiers" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司销售切片或整条腌黄瓜的罐装产品。该公司生产不同尺寸的罐装产品。你需要设置物品，以确保所有容器尺寸的腌黄瓜都有一个单一的物品编号。实现此目标的两种可能方法是什么？每个正确的答案都提供一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确的选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 15, "stem": "A company manufactures street, mountain, and racing bicycles. The company wants to use product variants to control bicycle configuration. You need to configure the bicycles in the system. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create mountain, street, and racing bicycles as separate configuration models.", "text_cn": "创建山地车、公路车和赛车作为独立的配置模型。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Use one item number for all types of bicycles. Use a separate configuration number for each type of bicycle.", "text_cn": "为所有类型的自行车使用一个物品编号。为每种类型的自行车使用单独的配置编号。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Use different item numbers for mountain, street, and racing bicycles.", "text_cn": "为山地车、公路车和竞赛自行车使用不同的商品编号。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家公司制造公路车、山地车和赛车。该公司希望使用产品变体来控制自行车配置。您需要在系统中配置这些自行车。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 16, "stem": "A company implements the Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management procurement module. During testing, you observe that no transactions are posted to the product receipt journal when an item is received. You need to configure the system to show the appropriate transactions in the product receipt journal. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "On the Item group setup form, enter account information in the Purchase, accrual and Purchase expenditure, un-invoiced account fields.", "text_cn": "在项目组设置表单中，在采购、应计和采购支出、未开票账户字段中输入账户信息。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "On the Item model group setup form, select Include physical value.", "text_cn": "在项目模型组设置表单中，选择包含实物价值。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "On the Item group setup form, enter account information in the Purchase, accrual and Purchase expenditure for product fields.", "text_cn": "在项目组设置表单中，在采购、应计和采购支出的的产品字段中输入账户信息。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "On the Item model group setup form, select Accrue liability on product receipt.", "text_cn": "在项目模型组设置表单中，选择在产品接收时计提负债。" } ], "answer": "AD", "stem_cn": "一家公司实施了 Dynamics 365 供应链管理采购模块。在测试过程中，您发现当收到物品时，产品收货日记中没有记录任何交易。您需要配置系统，以便在产品收货日记中显示适当的交易。应该执行哪两项操作？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 17, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). You plan to trade a product named Professional Speaker Cable in the color gray. You need to release all the available variants of Professional Speaker Cable in gray. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. 1. Click Product information management > Common > Products > Product masters. 2. Select a product master, and then click Release products in the Product authorization group on the Action Pane. 3. Select all product variants in the Product variants group for the color gray. 4. Leave the defaults on the Select companies link. 5. Click OK to open the Product release session batch dialog box. 6. Select the Show Infolog upon failure check box to be notified if the release is not completed. 7. If the product master of the variants has not already been released to the company, select the Include product master check box. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/key-tasks-release-products", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "仿真 - 您是名为Contoso Entertainment System USA（USMF）的公司的功能顾问。您计划以灰色出售名为Professional Speaker Cable的产品。您需要发布所有可用的灰色Professional Speaker Cable变体。要完成此任务，请登录到Dynamics 365门户。详见下文说明。1. 单击产品信息管理 > 常用 > 产品 > 产品主数据。2. 选择一个产品主数据，然后在操作窗格上的产品授权组中单击“发布产品”。3. 在颜色为灰色的产品变体组中选择所有产品变体。4. 保留“选择公司”链接上的默认设置。5. 单击“确定”以打开“产品发布会话批次”对话框。6. 选中“失败时显示信息日志”复选框，以便在发布未完成时收到通知。7. 如果这些变体的产品主数据尚未发布到该公司，请选中“包括产品主数据”复选框。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/key-tasks-release-products" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 18, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). You need to post a new trade agreement that will contain the following prices: \u0000 Surface Pro 128GB: 750 US dollars for orders of 50 units or less \u0000 Surface Pro 128GB: 720 US dollars for orders from 50 units to 100 units The agreement must be valid for the 2020 calendar year only. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. 1. Go to Navigation pane > Modules > Sales and marketing > Prices and discounts > Trade agreement journals. 2. Click New. 3. In the Name field, click the drop-down button to open the lookup. 4. In the list, select S_Price (Sales Price Adjustment). 5. On Action Pane, click Lines. 6. In the Account code, select 'All' (for All customers) 7. In the Item code field, select 'Table'. This will allow you to select a specific item. 8. In the Item relation field, click the drop-down button to open the lookup. 9. Select the Surface Pro 128GB. 10.In the From field, enter a minimum quantity (1). 11.In the To field, enter a maximum quantity (50). 12.In the Amount in currency field, enter a price (750) and select US Dollars in the Currency field. 13.Configure another price bracket with a minimum of 51 units, a maximum of 100 units and a price of 720 US Dollars. 14.Under the Details section, in the From date field, enter a date from which this agreement will be valid (January 1 2020). st 15.In the To date field, enter a date to which this agreement will be valid (December 31 2020). st 16.Click Save. 17.Click Validate. 18.Click Validate selected lines. 19.Click OK. 20.Click Post. 21.Click OK. 21.Click OK. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/sales-marketing/tasks/create-new-trade-agreement", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您是名为Contoso Entertainment System USA（USMF）的公司的功能顾问。您需要发布一个新的贸易协议，其中包含以下价格：Surface Pro 128GB：订单数量50台或以下时为750美元；Surface Pro 128GB：订单数量从50台到100台时为720美元。该协议仅在2020年日历年内有效。要完成此任务，请登录Dynamics 365门户。详见下文说明。1. 转至导航窗格 > 模块 > 销售与营销 > 价格和折扣 > 贸易协议日记。2. 单击新建。3. 在名称字段中，单击下拉按钮以打开查找窗口。4. 在列表中，选择S_Price（销售价格调整）。5. 在操作窗格中，单击行。6. 在账户代码字段中，选择“全部”（所有客户）。7. 在物品代码字段中，选择“表”。这将允许您选择特定物品。8. 在物品关系字段中，单击下拉按钮以打开查找窗口。9. 选择Surface Pro 128GB。10. 在“从”字段中，输入最小数量（1）。11. 在“至”字段中，输入最大数量（50）。12. 在货币金额字段中，输入价格（750），并在货币字段中选择美元。13. 配置另一个价格区间，最小数量为51台，最大数量为100台，价格为720美元。14. 在“详细信息”部分，在“从”日期字段中，输入此协议生效的日期（2020年1月1日）。15. 在“至”日期字段中，输入此协议生效的截止日期（2020年12月31日）。16. 单击保存。17. 单击验证。18. 单击验证所选行。19. 单击确定。20. 单击过账。21. 单击确定。21. 单击确定。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/sales-marketing/tasks/create-new-trade-agreement" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 19, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). You need to copy the bill of materials (BOM) of item number T0012 to a new BOM. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. 1. Open item number T0012. 2. Go to Engineer >BOM>Lines and select the BOM for the item. 3. Click on Create BOM. 4. Select the Copy option. 5. Ensure the Add option is selected to create a new BOM rather than overwrite the existing BOM. 6. Click OK.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "仿真 - 您是名为Contoso Entertainment System USA（USMF）公司的功能顾问。您需要将物料清单（BOM）编号为T0012的项目复制到一个新的BOM中。要完成此任务，请登录Dynamics 365门户。详见下文说明。1. 打开物料编号T0012。2. 转到工程> BOM> 行，并选择该项目的BOM。3. 单击“创建BOM”。4. 选择“复制”选项。5. 确保已选择“添加”选项，以创建一个新的BOM，而不是覆盖现有的BOM。6. 单击“确定”。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 20, "stem": "A company creates a new bill of materials (BOMs). The company subcontracts with a vendor to manufacture one component for the BOM. You need to ensure that only the production manager is permitted to approve BOMs. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Assign security permissions to approve the BOM version but not the related BOM.", "text_cn": "将安全权限分配给批准物料清单版本，但不包括相关物料清单。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Assign security permissions to the user for the approval form.", "text_cn": "为用户分配审批表的安全权限。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Assign security permissions to the Vendor portal.", "text_cn": "将安全权限分配给供应商门户。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set up the approver as a vendor.", "text_cn": "将审批人设置为供应商。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Set up the approver as an employee. BE", "text_cn": "将审批人设置为员工。BE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司创建了一个新的物料清单（BOM）。该公司将BOM中的一个组件外包给供应商制造。你需要确保只有生产经理被授权批准BOM。应该执行哪两个操作？每个正确答案都代表了解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确的选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 21, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. You are the purchasing manager at a manufacturing company that makes audio equipment. You sign an agreement with a vendor to purchase 5,000 speaker cables, item C0001, at a discounted rate of $3.00 per cable. This agreement expires in exactly one year. You need to set up pricing information and track the fulfillment of the agreement. Solution: \u0000 Create a trade agreement journal of type Price (purch.). \u0000 Add a line for item C0001 for the vendor. \u0000 Enter a unit price of $3,00 for a quantity up to 5,000 and enter an expiration date for next year. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：此问题是一系列问题中的一部分，这些问题呈现相同的场景。系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所陈述的目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确的解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。您是一家制造音频设备公司的采购经理。您与供应商签订协议，以每根3.00美元的折扣价格购买5,000根扬声器电缆（项目C0001）。该协议将在一年后到期。您需要设置定价信息并跟踪协议的履行情况。解决方案：创建类型为“价格（采购）”的贸易协议日记。为供应商添加项目C0001的一行。输入单价为3.00美元，数量最多为5,000，并输入下一年的到期日期。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 22, "stem": "You are implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for a company that uses bill of materials (BOM) templates to expedite setup in the system. A line must be removed from the BOM, but the system does not allow this. You need to determine why you are unable to perform this deletion. Why are you unable to delete the line?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "The BOM template version has already been saved.", "text_cn": "物料清单模板版本已保存。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "The local version of the BOM template has been associated to a service object.", "text_cn": "本地BOM模板已关联到一个服务对象。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "The local version of the BOM template has been modified.", "text_cn": "本地化的BOM模板已进行修改。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "The BOM template has been associated to a service object. D Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/service-management/template-boms", "text_cn": "物料清单模板已与服务对象相关联。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/service-management/template-boms" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "您正在为一家使用物料清单（BOM）模板以加快系统设置的公司实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。必须从BOM中删除一行，但系统不允许此操作。您需要确定无法执行此删除的原因。为什么无法删除该行？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 23, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is designing a new bicycle by using a dimension-based Bill of materials (BOM). The configuration groups have been defined and created. You need to set up a BOM for the new bicycle. Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/dimension-based-product-configuration", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在使用基于维度的物料清单（BOM）设计一种新自行车。配置组已经定义并创建完毕。您需要为这种新自行车设置 BOM。您应按顺序执行哪四项操作？要回答，请从操作列表中将适当的操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/dimension-based-product-configuration" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 24, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company obtains packaging cartons in metric tons and sells them as individual items. The packaging cartons come in various sizes and are maintained as product variants. You need to configure unit conversion for the packaging cartons. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the intra-class unit conversion feature in the Organization administration module.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在组织管理模块中配置同类内单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Disable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the inter-class unit conversion feature in the Organization administration module.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中禁用计量单位转换。在组织管理模块中配置类间单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the inter-class unit conversion feature in the released products.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在已发布的商品中配置跨类计量单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the intra-class unit conversion feature in the released products.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在已发布的商品中配置同类内单位转换功能。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司以公吨为单位采购包装纸箱，并作为单独物品进行销售。包装纸箱有多种尺寸，并作为产品变体进行维护。您需要为包装纸箱配置单位转换。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 25, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company needs to maintain item bar codes. You need to set up bar codes for the items. Which option should you use for each requirement? To answer, drag the appropriate options to the correct requirements. Each option may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/use-bar-codes-in-warehouse-operations", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司需要维护物料条形码。您需要为物料设置条形码。针对每个需求，应该使用哪个选项？要回答，请将适当的选项拖放到相应的需求处。每个选项可以使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动开，或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/use-bar-codes-in-warehouse-operations" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 26, "stem": "A company that has two legal entities is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Products do not contain variants. One legal entity will use advanced warehouse management and the other legal entity will not use it. The same product will be sold in both legal entities but require different setup due to the warehousing requirements. You need to set up the product in both legal entities without duplicating efforts or item numbers. Which method should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "released product data entity", "text_cn": "发布的产品数据实体" }, { "label": "B", "text": "product master", "text_cn": "产品主数据" }, { "label": "C", "text": "released product", "text_cn": "发布的产品" }, { "label": "D", "text": "item template", "text_cn": "项目模板" }, { "label": "E", "text": "product E", "text_cn": "产品 E" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家拥有两个法律实体的公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。产品不包含变体。一个法律实体将使用高级仓库管理，而另一个法律实体将不使用它。同一产品将在两个法律实体中销售，但由于仓储要求不同，需要不同的设置。您需要在两个法律实体中设置该产品，而不会重复工作或使用相同的物料编号。应使用哪种方法？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 27, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You create and maintain items in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You create a product master named S`\"001 for metal screws. Screws come in three different lengths and two styles. You want to release only five of the six possible combinations. You need to set up variants for the screw. Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/tasks/create-predefined-product-variants", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 您在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中创建和维护项目。您创建了一个名为 S\"001 的金属螺钉产品主数据。螺钉有三种不同的长度和两种样式。您希望只发布六种可能组合中的五种。您需要为螺钉设置变体。您应该按顺序执行哪三项操作？要回答，请从操作列表中将适当的操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/tasks/create-predefined-product-variants" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 28, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company does not use variants and sells items only out of a single legal entity. You need to configure the system to avoid unnecessary product creation overhead. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a released product master", "text_cn": "创建发布产品主数据" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a personal template for unreleased products", "text_cn": "为未发布的产品创建个性化模板" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a released product", "text_cn": "创建发布产品" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create an unreleased product and release the product", "text_cn": "创建一个未发布的产品并发布该产品" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Create a shared template for unreleased products", "text_cn": "为未发布的产品创建共享模板" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司不使用变体，并且仅从一个法人实体销售商品。您需要配置系统以避免不必要的产品创建开销。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 29, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Inventory value is standard and updated only once per year. The company wants to convert costing from standard to moving average. You need to convert the items from standard to moving average. Which three actions must you perform? Each answer presents a partial solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Change the Item Group", "text_cn": "更改项目组" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Adjust the inventory quantity to zero", "text_cn": "将库存数量调整为零" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Adjust the inventory cost to zero", "text_cn": "将库存成本调整为零" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Run inventory close", "text_cn": "执行库存结账" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Change the Item Model Group BCE", "text_cn": "更改物品型号组 BCE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。库存价值采用标准成本，并且每年仅更新一次。该公司希望将成本计算从标准成本转换为移动平均成本。您需要将物料从标准成本转换为移动平均成本。必须执行哪三个操作？每个答案均提供部分解决方案。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 30, "stem": "A company needs to create new items that can be company owned or vendor owned. You need to create and set up the items so that they can be used as company owned or consignment. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Assign a non-stock service item model group", "text_cn": "分配非库存服务项目模型组" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Assign a moving average costing inventory model", "text_cn": "分配移动平均成本库存模型" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Activate batch dimension and assign a standard costing inventory model", "text_cn": "激活批次维度并分配标准成本库存模型" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Activate owner dimension and assign a standard costing inventory model", "text_cn": "激活所有者维度并分配标准成本库存模型" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "公司需要创建新的物料，这些物料可以是公司所有或供应商所有。您需要创建并设置这些物料，以便它们可以作为公司所有或代管物料使用。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 31, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You manage a Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system for a company. You need to configure agreements in the system. Which agreement types should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate agreement types to the appropriate scenarios. Each agreement type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 您负责一家公司的Dynamics 365供应链管理系统。您需要在系统中配置协议。应使用哪些类型的协议？要回答，请将适当的协议类型拖放到相应的场景中。每个协议类型可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 32, "stem": "A company uses trade agreements for their customers. Prices for some customers must round to the nearest US dollar. A customer reports that prices do not round to the nearest US dollar as required. You need to resolve the issue. In Trade agreement journals, which option should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Adjustment", "text_cn": "调整" }, { "label": "B", "text": "View smart rounding", "text_cn": "查看智能舍入" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Validate all lines", "text_cn": "验证所有线路" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Apply smart rounding", "text_cn": "应用智能舍入" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "公司为客户使用贸易协议。某些客户的定价必须四舍五入到最近的美元。客户报告称，价格未按要求四舍五入到最近的美元。您需要解决此问题。在贸易协议日志中，应该使用哪个选项？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 33, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company manufactures wood furniture. Customers can purchase cabinets on sales orders. Customer can select different wood finishes including oak and maple. You need to configure a product attribute to characterize the types of cabinet finishes. Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: References: References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/retail/attribute-attributegroups-lifecycle", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司制造木制家具。客户可以通过销售订单购买橱柜。客户可以选择不同的木材饰面，包括橡木和枫木。您需要配置一个产品属性来描述橱柜饰面的类型。您应按顺序执行哪三项操作？要回答，请从操作列表中选择适当的操作并将其移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/retail/attribute-attributegroups-lifecycle" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 34, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to sell automobile tires. The company sells different models of tires. Each model is available in different diameter sizes. The combination of a model and its diameter represents an individual stock keeping unit (SKU). The manufacturer’s suggested retail price (MSRP) and purchase prices can vary between variants. The purchase price for the variants will change over time, but the MSRP will never change once it is configured. All price changes must be documented systematically. The MSRP must be the default selling price for the item if no other pricing is available. You need to configure the prices for the tires. Which configurations should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. Each configuration may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来销售汽车轮胎。该公司销售不同型号的轮胎。每个型号有不同直径尺寸。型号与其直径的组合代表一个单独的库存单位（SKU）。制造商建议零售价（MSRP）和采购价格在不同变体之间可能有所不同。变体的采购价格会随时间变化，但一旦配置后，MSRP 永远不会更改。所有价格变更都必须系统地记录。如果没有任何其他定价可用，MSRP 必须是该商品的默认售价。您需要为轮胎配置价格。应使用哪些配置？要回答，请将适当的配置拖放到相应的要求处。每个配置可以使用一次、多次或完全不用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 35, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A cosmetics company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You configure a single legal entity. Items must be created for a new product line of lipsticks. The lipsticks will have similar characteristics and will be sold in two sizes: trial size and full size. The lipsticks will also have colors and product lines assigned to item numbers. Each lipstick must be assigned a unique item number. Historically, users manually entered items for new product lines and incorrectly and inconsistently set up the associated values. You need to define the setup for the items and configurations. What should you configure? To answer, drag the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. Each configuration may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家化妆品公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您需要配置一个法人实体。为新的口红产品线创建商品。这些口红具有相似的特性，并将分为两种尺寸：试用装和正装。这些口红还将具有颜色和产品线分配给商品编号。每支口红必须分配一个唯一的商品编号。从历史上看，用户手动输入新产品线的商品，并且错误地且不一致地设置相关值。您需要定义商品和配置的设置。您应该配置什么？要回答，请将适当的配置拖放到相应的需求处。每个配置可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的拆分条拖动，或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 36, "stem": "DRAG DROP - An energy sustainability company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company sells raw materials to contractors working on a pipeline project by using special pricing. The company plans to sell raw materials to non-pipeline contractors; however, those sales will not be eligible for the special pricing, any discounts, or price breaks. The non-pipeline contractor pricing may change over time. The price history must be retained. You need to configure the system for the pricing requirements. What should you configure? To answer, drag the appropriate configurations to the correct pricings. Each configuration may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家能源可持续性公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司通过特殊定价向从事管道项目的承包商销售原材料。该公司计划向非管道项目的承包商销售原材料；然而，这些销售将不符合特殊定价、任何折扣或价格优惠。非管道项目承包商的定价可能会随时间变化。必须保留价格历史记录。您需要为定价要求配置系统。应配置什么？回答时，请将适当的配置拖放到相应的定价中。每个配置可能被使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 37, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has two sites at ports of entry, one in Atlanta and one in San Francisco. Due to supply chain constraints and cost fluctuations, the company must change from one standard cost for all products to two standard cost structures, one for Atlanta and one for San Francisco. A costing manager for each site will manage and approve the costing. The historical costs must be retained for analytical purposes. Costs are revised annually. You need to configure the system. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司在入境港口有两个站点，一个在亚特兰大，一个在旧金山。由于供应链限制和成本波动，该公司必须从所有产品的单一标准成本改为两种标准成本结构，一个用于亚特兰大，一个用于旧金山。每个站点的成本经理将负责管理和批准成本。历史成本必须保留以供分析使用。成本每年进行修订。您需要配置系统。您应该配置什么？回答此问题，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 38, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A manufacturing company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to change inventory valuation to standard costing. Manufactured items must have an active cost breakdown in total but still capture the variance amount on any production substitutions. You need to define the inventory management parameters. Which inventory parameter options should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate options to the correct parameters. Each option may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家制造公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司希望将库存计价改为标准成本法。制造的产品必须在总成本中具有活动的成本分解，但仍需在任何生产替换时记录差异金额。您需要定义库存管理参数。应使用哪些库存参数选项？要回答，请将适当的选项拖放到相应的参数上。每个选项可以使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的拆分条拖动开，或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 39, "stem": "A caulking manufacturer is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. When caulking is produced, it is sold by tubes, 1-gallon cans, 5-gallon buckets, 55-gallon drums, or 330-gallon totes with potential to add other sizes. The manufacturer wants to ensure that when new units are added, only one conversion is set up that does not require conversions between each unit of measure. You need to configure the unit of measure to meet the requirement. What should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Unit class", "text_cn": "单元类" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Conversion formula", "text_cn": "转换公式" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Formula layout", "text_cn": "公式布局" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Base unit", "text_cn": "基本单元" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一个密封剂制造商正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。当生产密封剂时，它可以通过管装、1加仑罐装、5加仑桶装、55加仑鼓装或330加仑容器出售，并可能添加其他尺寸。制造商希望确保在添加新单位时，只需设置一种转换，而不需要在每种度量单位之间进行转换。你需要配置度量单位以满足要求。应该使用什么？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 40, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management in one legal entity that contains one site, which contains Warehouse1 and Warehouse2. A customer routinely orders an item that the company usually stocks in Warehouse1. The customer requires the company to ship orders from Warehouse2 due to shipping cost agreements. You need to configure the system to meet the request. Which configuration should you set up?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set the item default order settings to Warehouse1 only.", "text_cn": "将项目默认订单设置为仅仓库1。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set the customer default to Warehouse1 and set the item default order settings to Warehouse2.", "text_cn": "将客户默认设置为仓库1，并将商品默认订购设置为仓库2。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set the customer default to Warehouse2 and the item default order settings to Warehouse1.", "text_cn": "将客户默认设置为仓库2，物品默认订单设置为仓库1。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set the customer default to Warehouse1 and set the item default order settings to Warehouse1.", "text_cn": "将客户默认设置为仓库1，并将物品默认订购设置为仓库1。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Set the customer default to Warehouse2 only.", "text_cn": "将客户默认设置为仓库2。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司在一个法律实体中使用Dynamics 365供应链管理，该实体包含一个站点，该站点包含仓库1和仓库2。客户经常订购该公司通常存放在仓库1的物品。由于运输成本协议，客户要求公司从仓库2发货。您需要配置系统以满足此要求。应设置哪个配置？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 41, "stem": "A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company manages inventory by using a just-in-time approach. A purchase order arrives for an item. The system must allow sales order shipments of the item to be posted before the purchase order invoice is received. You must ensure that the item model group configuration allows for shipment of the items. Which parameter should you enable?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Physical negative inventory", "text_cn": "实物负库存" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Registration requirements", "text_cn": "注册要求" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Include physical value", "text_cn": "包含物理值" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Financial negative inventory", "text_cn": "财务负库存" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Location profile negative inventory", "text_cn": "位置档案负库存" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司使用准时制方法管理库存。有一份采购订单到达了某项商品。系统必须允许在收到采购订单发票之前，先对销售订单的该商品发货进行过账。您必须确保该项物料组配置允许该商品的发货。应启用哪个参数？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 42, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company uses a Business Unit financial dimension. The dimension is required on items and posted on transactions. The company wants to update item costs but exclude the required financial dimension. The change must include a warning to users before the update. The costing method should be calculated based on the expected, calculated cost to produce an item. You must configure the system to meet the requirements. Which actions should you perform? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司使用业务单元财务维度。该维度在物料上是必填的，并在交易中进行记录。该公司希望更新物料成本，但要排除所需的财务维度。更新前必须向用户显示警告。成本计算方法应基于预期的、计算出的生产物料成本。您必须配置系统以满足要求。应执行哪些操作？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 43, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You create a product by using an incorrect product dimension group. The product has not yet been released to the legal entities. You need to determine whether you can change the product dimension group. Which two conditions must be met? Each answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Dimensions must not be specified for the product master.", "text_cn": "产品主数据的尺寸不得指定。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "The item must not already be validated.", "text_cn": "该项目不得已被验证。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Dimensions must be specified that match the original but not the new product dimension group.", "text_cn": "尺寸必须指定为与原尺寸匹配，但不与新产品尺寸组匹配。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "The product master must not be released to any legal entities.", "text_cn": "产品主数据不得提供给任何法律实体。" } ], "answer": "AD", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。您使用错误的产品维度组创建了一个产品。该产品尚未发布到法律实体。您需要确定是否可以更改产品维度组。必须满足哪两个条件？每个答案各为解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 44, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A distribution company that uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management values inventory through standard cost. The company does not manufacture any products. Some items require incremental updates to the standard cost. The original costs must be retained for reporting purposes. You need to update the standard costs of the items. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理的分销公司通过标准成本对库存进行估值。该公司不生产任何产品。某些商品需要对标准成本进行增量更新。原始成本必须保留用于报告目的。您需要更新这些商品的标准成本。应配置什么？要回答此问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确的选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 45, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company uses subcontracted services on its bills of material (BOMs). You must set up and release a subcontractor item so that it can be included on the BOM and subcontractor charges are included in the BOM calculation. Because the subcontractor is a step included in a BOM but not a tangible item, inventory for the item must not be tracked in the warehouse. You need to set up the subcontractor item and release the item to the company. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司在其物料清单（BOM）上使用外包服务。您必须设置并发布一个外包商物料，以便将其包含在 BOM 中，并且外包商费用包含在 BOM 计算中。由于外包商是 BOM 中的一个步骤，但不是实体物品，因此该物料的库存不得在仓库中进行跟踪。您需要设置外包商物料并将该物料发布到公司。您应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 46, "stem": "A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management in one legal entity that contains Site1 and Site2. ItemA is a configured item, with configurations ConfigA and ConfigB. The business decides to stop buying ItemA ConfigB into Site2 but will still buy it at Site1. You must configure ItemA to ensure the buying rules are implemented. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Variant group", "text_cn": "变异体组" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Select product variants to release", "text_cn": "选择要发布的商品变体" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Variant suggestions", "text_cn": "变体建议" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Default order setting rules", "text_cn": "默认订单设置规则" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在一个包含Site1和Site2的法律实体中实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。ItemA是一个配置项，具有配置ConfigA和ConfigB。业务决定停止在Site2购买ItemA的ConfigB，但仍会在Site1购买。您必须对ItemA进行配置，以确保采购规则得以执行。应配置什么？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 47, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company obtains packaging cartons in metric tons and sells them as individual items. The packaging cartons come in various sizes and are maintained as product variants. You need to configure unit conversion for the packaging cartons. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the intra-class unit conversion feature in the Organization administration module.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在组织管理模块中配置同类内单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Disable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the inter-class unit conversion feature in the Organization administration module.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中禁用计量单位转换。在组织管理模块中配置类间单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Enable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the standard unit conversion feature in the released products.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中启用计量单位转换。在已发布的产品中配置标准单位转换功能。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Disable unit of measure conversions in the product master. Configure the intra-class unit conversion feature in the released products.", "text_cn": "在产品主数据中禁用计量单位转换。在已发布的产品中配置同类内单位转换功能。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司以公吨为单位采购包装纸箱，并作为单个物品进行销售。这些包装纸箱有多种尺寸，并作为产品变体进行维护。您需要为包装纸箱配置单位转换。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 48, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A large item fits only one item per pallet. A purchase order for the item must be a minimum of 24. Additional line quantities for the item must be in multiples of 24. An incorrect setup for the item allows entry of multiples of 50. This setup error causes purchase order entry overrides. You must configure the system to enforce a match of default quantities during setup. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Select the Strict option.", "text_cn": "选择严格选项。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Select the Standard option.", "text_cn": "选择标准选项。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Configure Warehouse management options.", "text_cn": "配置仓库管理选项。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。一个大件物品每托盘只能放一件。该物品的采购订单数量必须为24的最小值。该物品的其他行数量必须为24的倍数。该物品的错误设置允许输入50的倍数。此设置错误导致采购订单输入被覆盖。您必须配置系统以在设置期间强制匹配默认数量。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 49, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A donut company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to set up and maintain formula items for donut production. If the formula quantity changes, all ingredients must automatically adjust with no manual edits. You must configure the formula features. Which features should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家甜甜圈公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司希望为甜甜圈生产设置和维护配方物料。如果配方数量发生变化，所有原料必须自动调整，无需手动编辑。您必须配置配方功能。应使用哪些功能？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 50, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to determine the costing versions for the requirements. Which costing versions should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate costing versions to the correct requirements. Each costing version may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例研究。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，提供有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦你开始新的一节，就不能返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在你回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂业务上迅速扩展，还作为生活方式品牌销售服装产品。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正在从过时的本地Dynamics AX迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益时采用新的效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品都使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。在报告中，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个短横线为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示1001号物品，尺寸为小号，颜色为红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz 或 02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同尺寸。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的系列产品属性。• 补充品可能共享相同的系列产品SKU，但可以根据产品的不同尺寸、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不需要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品都有默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每月为每个物品创建四个不同的价格，分别对应每个客户等级，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的预估成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价等级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以就物品进行30天、60天和90天的特殊定价协商。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本计算模型；然而，使用FIFO成本计算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求简单。只有一个站点。该站点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保任何能量饮料和营养补充剂都按照最高标准进行制造和包装。当所有产品被报告为完成时，Trey Research会自动检查产品。当物品被挑选时，所有产品都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸水平和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、有效期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试是在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理的。• 可重新销售的产品放置在仓库中的两个货架之一。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能集成到其电子商务网站中。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化对产品的报告。• 物品编号不必等于实际物品编号。• 未来采用的成本计算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 库存成本应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和涉及物品的间接费用。• 使用的任何成本计算方法都需要能够跟踪关于物品、成本类别和间接成本计算公式的成本记录。• 需要以路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力。• 如果供应商因供应链问题无法再为能量饮料提供原材料，那么使用替代供应商获取原材料的成本应用于确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本计算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。某些产品在Trey Research赞助的极端体育赛事期间将获得特殊定价。在赛事前后，恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较价格”，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较价格”也将成为客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品因特定原因（例如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的产品质量流程应自动创建，以促进执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：当生产订单完成时，所有营养补充剂的100%和所有能量饮料的50%必须进行测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有测试。 \u0000 要求2：75%的所有营养补充剂和能量饮料应在出库过程中按其所需测试进行测试。 \u0000 在检查过程中，损坏的产品必须放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 你必须定义隔离区域以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。你需要确定满足要求的成本版本。你应该使用哪些成本版本？为了回答，将适当的成本版本拖放到相应的具体要求处。每个成本版本可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。你可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择得1分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 51, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology - Current environment. Technology - Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. Trey Research is now live on Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to apply the new cost model for the apparel items. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Run Inventory close.", "text_cn": "执行库存结账。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Close all production orders.", "text_cn": "关闭所有生产订单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Configure Backflush costing.", "text_cn": "配置反冲成本。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Run a BOM calculation.", "text_cn": "运行物料清单计算。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保能够在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂方面迅速扩展，还作为生活方式品牌销售服装产品。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体进行制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正在从过时的本地版Dynamics AX迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益时采用新的效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品都使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。在报告中，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个连字符为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示编号为1001的物品，尺寸为小号，颜色为红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz 或 02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同尺寸。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的一组产品属性。• 补充剂可能共享相同的商品SKU，但可以根据产品的不同尺寸、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不必要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品始终都有默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每月为每个物品创建四个不同的价格，分别对应四个客户等级，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的估计成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量被划分为四个定价等级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以按30天、60天和90天的增量协商特定物品的特殊定价。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本计算模型；然而，使用FIFO成本计算方法已造成一些问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求较为简单。只有一个站点。该站点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保任何能量饮料和营养补充剂都按照最高标准进行制造和包装。Trey Research在所有产品报告为完成时自动检查产品。所有产品在拣选时都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸含量和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、保质期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试由企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理。• 可再销售的产品放置在仓库中的两个货架之一上。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能集成到其电子商务网站中。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化对产品的报告。• 物品编号不必等于实际物品编号。• 未来采用的成本计算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 库存成本应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和计入物品的间接费用。• 使用的任何成本计算方法都需要能够跟踪关于物品、成本类别和间接成本计算公式的成本记录。• 营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力需要用路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达。• 如果供应商由于供应链问题无法继续提供能量饮料的原材料，应使用从替代供应商采购原材料的成本来确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本计算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。某些产品在Trey Research赞助的极端体育赛事期间将获得特殊定价。活动前后，恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较价格”，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较价格”也将作为客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品因特定原因（如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质检应以统一且一致的方式进行。• 所有产品质检应以统一且一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的产品质量流程应自动创建，以促进执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：当生产订单完成时，必须对所有营养补充剂进行100%测试，对所有能量饮料进行50%测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成100%的所有测试。 \u0000 要求2：在出库过程中，应对75%的所有营养补充剂和能量饮料进行其所需测试。 \u0000 损坏的产品应在检验过程中放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 您必须定义隔离区域，以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。Trey Research现已在Dynamics 365供应链管理中上线。您需要为服装物品应用新的成本模型。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 52, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to configure the products for the requirements. Which configuration should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。一旦您开始新的一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂领域，而且作为也销售服装的生活方式品牌，正在经历快速扩张。补充剂业务不仅在补充剂领域，而且作为也销售服装的生活方式品牌，正在经历快速扩张。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体进行制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正从过时的本地Dynamics AX版本迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益的情况下采用新的效率。公司使用一个由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品都使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。为了报告目的，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个短横线为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示编号为1001的物品，尺寸为小号，颜色为红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz 或 02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同尺寸。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的系列产品属性。• 补充剂可能共享相同的系列产品SKU，但可以根据产品的不同尺寸、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不必要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品始终有一个默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个物品创建四个不同的价格，分别对应每个客户等级，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的预计成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量被划分为四个定价等级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以按30天、60天和90天的增量协商特定物品的特殊定价。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本计算模型；然而，使用FIFO成本计算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求简单。只有一个站点。该站点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保任何能量饮料和营养补充剂都按照最高标准进行制造和包装。Trey Research在所有产品报告为完成时自动检查产品。所有产品在拣选时都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸水平和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、保质期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试是在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理的。• 可重新销售的产品放置在仓库的两个货架之一上。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能整合到其电子商务网站中。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化对产品的报告。• 物品编号不必等于实际物品编号。• 未来采用的成本计算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 成本核算应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和涉及物品的间接费用。• 使用的任何成本计算方法都需要能够跟踪关于物品、成本类别和间接成本计算公式的成本记录。• 需要以路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力。• 如果供应商由于供应链问题无法再提供能量饮料的原材料，应使用从替代供应商采购原材料的成本来确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本计算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。在Trey Research赞助的极端体育赛事期间，某些产品将获得特殊定价。赛事前后，恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较”价格，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较”价格也将成为客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制的配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品因特定原因（如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能够从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的产品质量流程都应自动创建，以促进执行。• 测试要求： 要求1：在生产订单完成后，必须对所有营养补充剂进行100%测试，对所有能量饮料进行50%测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有测试。 要求2：在出库过程中，75%的营养补充剂和能量饮料应按照其所需测试进行测试。 损坏的产品应在检查过程中放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 您必须定义隔离区域，以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。您需要为要求配置产品。应使用哪种配置？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 53, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You need to configure the conversions for the items. Which measurement type should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate unit of measure types to the correct requirements. Each unit of measure type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，考试中可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔、白板用品如钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板颜料。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间更长。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构 美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。 ○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于供应地区性物品。 ○ 格拉斯哥2用于供应商库存的本地存储和美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程 美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码的电子表格中。 • 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常被错误更新，存在输入错误，并且计算公式损坏。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是用预印的三联单手写的。 • 暑期是公司最繁忙的时候。在此期间，员工通常在仓库或赶着向学校送货以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用 FIFO 成本法来核算库存。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售出但等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存膨胀，随后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户并等待发货的物品。 • 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接从供应商发往学校。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里或箱子里而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存中蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，造成延迟交货和不满的学校。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 产品每年可能会根据每个新学年的流行尺寸、颜色和款式发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，这带来了大量的工作量，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 • 采购由采购员根据学年开始的季节性高峰手动管理，直到学年结束假期后，再进入下一个学年。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折出售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。 • 复印纸和手工纸按托盘订购至都柏林1，并需拆分成较小尺寸。托盘通常被拆分，然后一部分留在都柏林1，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不提供这些商品。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品。没有其他替代供应商。 • 美术学院同意从供应商处购买新的智能板系列。商定的智能板采购价格将按55英寸、75英寸或85英寸智能板的成本价计算。 • 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板颜料受欢迎程度的上升，需求也增加。这导致供应短缺。白板颜料需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司在每个学年开始前与学校签订某些商品的价格合同。 • 学校可以订购大批产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且没有供应链短缺。 • 如丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，以常规定价卖给所有学校。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年低。学校选择使用白板颜料，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年约定的数量购买特定商品。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单添加商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板颜料的销售必须受到限制，以防止一所学校买光所有库存，导致其他学校的延迟交货。 • 学校必须同意整个学年购买的白板颜料数量。要求。库存成本 • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须有相关成本。 • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍必须包含数量，但不包括库存估值中的成本。 • 每月月底，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。 • 尽可能自动创建年度库存配置更改。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - • 仓库员工必须能够使用手机和移动应用接收电话并创建仓库交易。 • 书桌必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码，无论生产年份和供应商。 • 供应商提供的水基颜料必须以桶的形式接收。 • 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库工人1在格拉斯哥2工作。该工人收到一项请求，将纸张的托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库工人1必须在系统中创建运输，将纸张的托盘从格拉斯哥1运送到都柏林1。 • 书桌的延迟交货数量增加了。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一所学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要加急运送替换品。 • 一所参与特殊颜料项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的售价比其颜料项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。 • 一所学校报告说，丙烯颜料的不同批次颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够将信息传达给客户。 • 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，以对每份采购订单行的一定比例进行库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止该采购订单行的所有库存。您需要配置物品的转换。应使用哪种测量类型？要回答，请将适当的单位类型拖放到正确的需要上。每个单位类型可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 54, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing - • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing - • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You need to configure the smartboards. What should you create?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "price groups", "text_cn": "价格组" }, { "label": "B", "text": "a new product master for each variation", "text_cn": "每个变体的新产品主数据" }, { "label": "C", "text": "a bill of material (BOM) version", "text_cn": "物料清单（BOM）版本" }, { "label": "D", "text": "variants by using the variant suggestions tool", "text_cn": "通过变体建议工具生成的变体" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。在您开始新的一节后，您将无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上显示的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板漆等物品。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间变长了。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构 美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 拥有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。 ○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于供应地区性物品。 ○ 格拉斯哥2作为供应商库存的本地存储和美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程 美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。 • 管理员经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常被错误更新，存在输入错误和计算公式损坏的问题。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是用预印的三联单手写的。 • 暑期是公司最繁忙的时候。在此期间，员工通常在仓库现场或赶着向学校送货以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用FIFO成本法来评估库存。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售出但等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存膨胀，随后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户并等待发货的物品。 • 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接从供应商发往学校。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里或箱子里而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存中蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，产生缺货订单并使学校不满。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 产品每年可能会根据新学年各尺寸、颜色和风格的流行程度发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，造成大量工作量，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 - • 补货由采购员根据学年开始前的季节性高峰手动管理，学年末假期后逐渐减少，直到下个学年。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折销售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。 • 复印纸和手工纸按托盘订购至都柏林1，并需拆分成较小尺寸。托盘通常被拆分后，一部分留在都柏林1，另一部分运往格拉斯哥1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不提供这些商品。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品，没有替代供应商。 • 美术学院同意从供应商处购买新的智能板系列。商定的智能板采购价格将按55英寸、75英寸或85英寸智能板的成本价计算。 • 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 从供应商A采购标准铅笔 • 从供应商B采购彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 从供应商A采购标准铅笔 • 从供应商A采购彩色铅笔 • 随着白板漆的受欢迎程度增加，需求也增加，导致供应短缺。白板漆需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司在每个学年开始前与学校签订合同，约定某些商品的价格。 • 学校可以订购大批产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且供应链没有短缺。 • 如丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，以常规列表价格卖给所有学校。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年低。学校选择使用白板漆，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年购买特定商品的约定数量。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单添加商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板漆的销售必须受到限制，以防止一个学校买光所有库存，导致其他学校的缺货。 • 学校必须同意在整个学年内购买的白板漆数量。要求。库存成本 - • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍需包含数量，但不包括在库存估值中。 • 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。 • 尽可能自动创建年度商品配置更改。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - 要求。库存 - • 仓库员工必须能够使用手机和移动应用接听电话并创建仓库交易。 • 书桌无论制造年份和供应商如何，都必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码。 • 供应商提供的水基涂料必须以桶的形式接收。 • 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库工人1在格拉斯哥2工作。该工人收到一项请求，将纸张托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库工人1必须在系统中创建运输，将纸张托盘从格拉斯哥1转移到都柏林1。 • 书桌的缺货订单数量增加了。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一所学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要紧急运送替换品。 • 一所参与特殊油漆项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的售价比其油漆项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。 • 一所学校报告说，不同批次的丙烯颜料颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够在销售订单行上向客户传达信息。 • 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏了。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，对每份采购订单行的收货进行一定比例的库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止该采购订单行的所有库存。您需要配置智能板。您应该创建什么？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 55, "stem": "This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You need to configure a new item that contains a vintage. What should you configure for the vintage?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Color", "text_cn": "颜色" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Configuration", "text_cn": "配置" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Batch", "text_cn": "批次" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Owner", "text_cn": "所有者" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Style B C (100%)", "text_cn": "风格 B C（100%）" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。你可以使用任意多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。你必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦你开始新的章节，就无法返回到此章节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在你回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。\n\n背景 - Coho酒庄与酒厂是一家母公司，下设两家子公司：Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州梅德福。酒庄种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒厂位于俄勒冈州格兰斯帕斯，负责将包装好的葡萄酒分销给企业和消费者。酒厂还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。\n\n当前环境。技术环境 \n• Coho酒庄与酒厂需要来自Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具对财务数据进行合并。 \n• Coho酒厂目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司分开。\n\n当前环境。库存与仓储 \n• 整个仓库是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要更低温存储的物品。 \n• 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 \n• Coho目前对奶酪项目使用智能编号。这些项目以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： \n• F11234 = 法国奶酪 \n• U14567 = 美国奶酪 \n• 目前葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 \n• 库存按先进先出（FIFO）计价。 \n• 橄榄油的保质期为12个月。 \n• WineA价格昂贵，不在仓库中经常库存。 \n• WineB必须存放在仓库的冷藏区。 \n• WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中主要的库存。\n\n当前环境。供应商与采购 \n• 奶酪从两个国家的供应商处购买：法国和美国。 \n• 非奶酪物品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 \n• 橄榄油以每箱六瓶的方式买卖。 \n• 当Coho酒庄在一个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会向月采购额超过5000美元的任何公司提供返利计划。\n\n要求。通用 \n• Coho酒庄与酒厂母公司以及Coho酒庄不会被纳入Coho酒厂的Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management的实施中。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。\n\n要求。库存与仓储 \n• 必须在新系统中重新编号物品。 \n• 每个进口物品必须使用单独的物品编号，以便根据来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 \n• 新系统中必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 \n• 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的物品编号。 \n• 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响该瓶的成本。必须按年跟踪此成本。 \n• 一些葡萄酒需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 \n• 葡萄酒必须按以下层次结构分组： \n• 红酒 \n• 赤霞珠 \n• 黑皮诺 \n• 白酒 \n• 霞多丽 \n• 霍克 \n• 每月末必须记录库存价值。 \n• 每月评估现库存的橄榄油。保质期少于六个月的将卖给折扣零售店。如果保质期少于90天，则将橄榄油捐赠或销毁。 \n• 至少有20箱橄榄油且不超过50箱未预留用于即将来临的客户订单。 \n• WineB必须冷藏。\n\n要求。供应商与采购 \n• 未来不再使用奶酪的智能编号系统。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用对应国家或地区的奶酪项目。 \n• 橄榄油只能以整箱方式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 \n• 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 \n• 必须计算并提交供应商返利以申请赔偿。 \n• 返利计划会转嫁给销售Coho酒厂葡萄酒的零售商。必须从Coho酒庄申请返利。 \n• 采购订单（PO）必须在线维护，并跟踪供应商和买家之间的更改。 \n• 财务主管决定WineA不能在Coho酒厂账面上作为财务库存持有。酒厂与供应商达成协议，WineA将在以后的某个日期之前由供应商拥有。 \n• Vendor1发送大批量货物。Coho酒厂有时没有足够的仓库员工接收库存。公司要求Vendor1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 \n• 运营协调员必须安排入库货物。公司要求尽可能自动化入库货物的创建。\n\n问题 - \n• 仓库已达到最大容量。空置的货位并不总是可用。 \n• 仓库经理希望在地面上为WineB设立快速流动区域，并从高货架存储中补充货位。 \n• Coho酒厂最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被编辑且缺乏控制。 \n• 在统计橄榄油后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划师必须确定是否需要为橄榄油下达新的采购订单。 \n• 供应商返利索赔经常被拒绝，因为索赔计算时未包括折扣。 \n• 采购经理收到关于采购订单（PO）的多项投诉： \n• 问题1：PO更改未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 \n• 问题2：供应商无法控制对PO的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。\n\n你需要配置一个包含年份的新物品。你应该为年份配置什么？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 56, "stem": "This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You need to configure cheese smart numbering to meet the requirement. Which component should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Country of origin", "text_cn": "原产国" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Filter codes", "text_cn": "过滤代码" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Purchase agreement", "text_cn": "购买协议" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Default order settings A A (100%)", "text_cn": "默认订单设置 A A（100%）" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中包含的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。\n\n背景 - Coho酒庄与酒厂是一家母公司，下设两家子公司：Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州梅德福。酒庄种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒厂位于俄勒冈州格兰茨帕斯，负责将包装好的葡萄酒分销给企业和消费者。酒厂还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。\n\n当前环境。技术环境 • Coho酒庄与酒厂需要来自Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具进行财务合并。 • Coho酒厂目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司分开。\n\n当前环境。库存与仓储 • 整个仓库都是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要更低温存储的物品。 • 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 • Coho目前对奶酪项目使用智能编号。这些项目以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： • F11234 = 法国奶酪 • U14567 = 美国奶酪 • 当前，葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 • 库存按先进先出（FIFO）方式进行估值。 • 橄榄油的保质期为12个月。 • WineA价格昂贵，通常不在仓库中常备库存。 • WineB必须存放在仓库的冷藏区。 • WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中主要的库存。\n\n当前环境。供应商与采购 • 奶酪从两个国家的供应商处购买：法国和美国。 • 非奶酪物品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 • 橄榄油以每箱六瓶的方式购买和销售。 • 当Coho酒庄在一个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会向任何月采购额超过5000美元的公司提供返利计划。\n\n要求。一般要求 - • Coho酒庄与酒厂母公司以及Coho酒庄不会被纳入Coho酒厂Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management的实施中。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。\n\n要求。库存与仓储 • 在新系统中，物品必须重新编号。 • 必须为每个进口物品使用单独的物品编号，以便根据来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 • 新系统必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 • 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的物品编号。 • 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响该瓶的成本。该成本必须按年跟踪。 • 一些葡萄酒需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 • 葡萄酒必须按层次结构分组，如下所示： • 红酒 • 赤霞珠 • 梅洛 • 白酒 • 霞多丽 • 黑皮诺 • 每月末必须记录库存价值。 • 每月评估现库存的橄榄油。保质期剩余少于六个月的橄榄油将被卖给折扣零售店。如果保质期剩余少于90天，则橄榄油将被捐赠或销毁。 • 现库存的橄榄油至少20箱，最多不超过50箱，且未预留用于即将到来的客户订单。 • WineB必须冷藏。\n\n要求。供应商与采购 • 未来的奶酪智能编号系统将不再使用。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用适用于相应国家或地区的奶酪项目。 • 橄榄油只能以整箱方式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 • 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 • 必须计算并提交供应商返利以申请赔偿。 • 返利计划会转嫁给销售Coho酒厂葡萄酒的零售商。必须从Coho酒庄申请返利。 • 采购订单（PO）必须在线维护，并跟踪供应商和买家之间的更改。 • 财务主管决定WineA不得在Coho酒厂账面上列为库存。酒厂与供应商达成协议，WineA在以后的某个日期之前仍归供应商所有。 • Vendor1发送大批货物。Coho酒厂有时没有足够的仓库员工来接收库存。公司要求Vendor1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 • 运营协调员必须安排进货负载。公司要求尽可能自动化进货负载的创建。\n\n问题 - • 仓库已达到最大容量。空置的货位并不总是可用。 • 仓库经理希望在仓库地板上设立WineB的快速流动区域，并从高架存储区补充库存。 • Coho酒厂最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被编辑且缺乏控制。 • 橄榄油清点后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划师必须确定是否需要为橄榄油下达新的采购订单。 • 供应商返利索赔经常被拒绝，因为索赔计算时未包括折扣。 • 采购经理收到关于采购订单（PO）的多项投诉： • 问题1：PO更改未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 • 问题2：供应商无法控制对PO的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。 您需要配置奶酪智能编号以满足要求。应配置哪个组件？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 57, "stem": "This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You must configure the olive oil case requirements. Which two configurations should you use for PO creation by using MRP? Each correct answer presents part of the solution NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set standard validation on default order quantities.", "text_cn": "设置默认订单数量的标准验证。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set strict validation on default order quantities.", "text_cn": "对默认订单数量设置严格的验证。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set the inventory unit of measure to cases.", "text_cn": "将库存单位设置为箱。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Enter multiples on default order settings.", "text_cn": "在默认订单设置中输入多个值。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Complete the unit configuration wizard.", "text_cn": "完成单元配置向导。" } ], "answer": "BC", "stem_cn": "这是一个案例研究。案例研究不会单独计时。您可以使用任意考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的场景的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究——要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。\n\n背景 - Coho酒庄与酒厂是一家母公司，下设两个子公司：Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州梅多斯。酒庄种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒厂位于俄勒冈州格兰茨帕斯，向企业及消费者分销包装好的葡萄酒。酒厂还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。\n\n当前环境。技术环境 \n• Coho酒庄与酒厂需要来自Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具对财务数据进行合并。 \n• Coho酒厂目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司无关。\n\n当前环境。库存与仓储 \n• 整个仓库是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要更低温储存的物品。 \n• 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 \n• 当前Coho使用智能编号为奶酪商品编号。商品编号以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： \n• F11234 = 法国奶酪 \n• U14567 = 美国奶酪 \n• 当前葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 \n• 库存按先进先出（FIFO）方式计价。 \n• 橄榄油的保质期为12个月。 \n• WineA价格昂贵，不在仓库中经常库存。 \n• WineB必须储存在仓库的冷藏区。 \n• WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中主要的库存。\n\n当前环境。供应商与采购 \n• 奶酪从法国和美国两个国家的供应商处购买。 \n• 非奶酪物品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 \n• 橄榄油以每箱6瓶的方式买卖。 \n• 当Coho酒庄在某个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会向月采购额超过5000美元的任何公司提供返利计划。\n\n要求。通用 \n• Coho酒庄与酒厂母公司以及Coho酒庄将不参与Coho酒厂Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management的实施。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。\n\n要求。库存与仓储 \n• 必须在新系统中重新编号物品。 \n• 每个进口物品必须使用单独的物品编号，以便根据来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 \n• 新系统必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 \n• 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的物品编号。 \n• 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响该瓶的成本。必须按年跟踪此成本。 \n• 一些葡萄酒需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 \n• 葡萄酒必须按以下层次结构分组： \n• 红葡萄酒 \n• 赤霞珠 \n• 黑皮诺 \n• 白葡萄酒 \n• 霞多丽 \n• 霞多丽 \n• 每月末必须记录库存价值。 \n• 每月评估现库存的橄榄油。保质期少于六个月的将被卖给折扣零售店。如果保质期少于90天，则橄榄油将被捐赠或销毁。 \n• 至少有20箱橄榄油且不超过50箱未预留用于即将来临的客户订单。 \n• WineB必须冷藏。\n\n要求。供应商与采购 \n• 未来将不再使用奶酪智能编号系统。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用对应国家或地区的奶酪商品。 \n• 橄榄油只能以整箱方式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 \n• 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 \n• 必须计算并提交供应商返利以申请退款。 \n• 返利计划会转嫁给销售Coho酒厂葡萄酒的零售商。必须从Coho酒庄申请返利。 \n• 采购订单（PO）必须在线维护，并跟踪供应商和买家之间的更改。 \n• 财务主管决定WineA不得在Coho酒厂账面上列为库存。酒厂与供应商达成协议，WineA在以后的某个日期前仍归供应商所有。 \n• Vendor1发送大批量货物。Coho酒厂有时没有足够的仓库员工接收库存。公司要求Vendor1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 \n• 运营协调员必须安排进货批次。公司要求尽可能自动化进货批次的创建。\n\n问题 \n• 仓库已达到最大容量。空的货位并不总是可用。 \n• 仓库经理希望在仓库地面设立WineB的快速流动区域，并从高货架存储中补充库存。 \n• Coho酒厂最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被编辑且缺乏控制。 \n• 在统计橄榄油后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划人员必须确定是否应为橄榄油下达新的采购订单。 \n• 供应商返利申请经常被拒绝，因为申请时未包括折扣导致计算错误。 \n• 采购经理收到关于采购订单（PO）的多项投诉： \n• 问题1：PO更改未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 \n• 问题2：供应商无法控制对PO的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。\n\n您必须配置橄榄油的箱要求。在使用MRP创建采购订单时，应使用哪两种配置？每个正确答案代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 58, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as eaches. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator1 must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to make changes based on the internal audit findings. You need to make changes based on the internal audit findings. Which feature should you enable?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Quarantine order", "text_cn": "隔离令" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Inventory journal workflows", "text_cn": "库存日记账流程" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Scrap method", "text_cn": "报废方法" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Tag counting", "text_cn": "标签计数" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农贸市场以及杂货店供应腌菜、果酱、腌制用品和辅助产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产或提供任何物品的罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 的会计系统与仓储系统脱节。这导致了库存控制和估值的问题。基于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 拥有一个仓库，作为所有产品的分发中心。• 仓库有散装位置以及货架，但没有位置名称和编号。• 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣选位置的额外库存。• 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。• 由于缺乏库存控制，经常进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 项目编号不一致，并被设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。• 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民处采购。• 腌黄瓜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格。瓶子装在纸箱中。• 瓶子内的腌黄瓜可以是尖形、片状或整颗形状，这不会影响相同口味腌黄瓜的成本。• 腌黄瓜口味包括甜味、辣味和莳萝味，价格不同。• 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄。这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前由供应商拥有。芒果果酱需要冷藏，其他果酱不需要冷藏。• 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。• 一些库存物品有保质期，例如醋。• 快速流动的商品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌黄瓜最受欢迎。采购与销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。• 在线商店仅限于部分配件类产品，例如瓶子和罐子。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 将推出一个新的犹太教腌黄瓜产品线。• VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的商品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员易于获取，AisleA 中每个货位最多只放一件商品。甜味和辣味腌黄瓜的库存量超过 AisleA 的容量，因此需存放在散装位置。o 辣味腌黄瓜在 AisleA 中任何时候至少要有半托盘。o 在创建仓库工作波次之前，甜味腌黄瓜在 AisleA 中必须有足够的库存。• 本季草莓果酱销售缓慢。它们被存放在较高的货位，因为它们不被视为快速流动的商品。库存与数据 - • 项目编号必须设置为创建一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧项目编号以供交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 确定了 0000001 作为腌黄瓜的项目格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。• 只要可能，腌黄瓜的项目编号应合并为单一项目编号，无论瓶装大小如何。• 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。• 犹太教腌黄瓜必须在物料主数据中设置。犹太教腌黄瓜的尺寸和口味与其他腌黄瓜相同，只是具有犹太教认证，并且价格略高。• 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品过期日期。• 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存入非易腐区而被丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从本地供应商处采购，仅限于特殊订单。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了一项独家协议，买家现在只能从 VendorA 采购。• VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望在他们将两家公司合并为一家公司期间，确保与 VendorA 的所有协议也适用于 VendorB。• VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下： o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品发送给 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有该产品。 o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存果酱。问题 - • CustomerD 报告称，他们订购的醋在收到时只剩下一周就过期了，这不足以让 CustomerD 在必须丢弃之前使用该醋。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋的保质期必须在到期日之前超过 30 天。• 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太教腌黄瓜，却收到了普通腌黄瓜。库存控制员 2 报告称，犹太教和非犹太教腌黄瓜同一品种存放在同一仓库位置，导致了拣选错误。• 一位销售人员报告称，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次收到的黄瓜成本，而不是特定客户订单收到的黄瓜成本。• 内部审计发现，过去一年中多次丢失大量腌黄瓜，并被记为损坏。没有关于这些损失的记录或解释。没有处置记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌黄瓜没有被盗。• 腌黄瓜罐头以单个形式接收。腌黄瓜罐头的箱数根据尺寸不同而变化： o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱中不同的数量在仓库中造成了额外的负担。• 仓库的收货员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移动到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应被移动到名为 LocationB 的退货给供应商的位置。其他所有醋应按照正常位置指令存放并销售。• Operator1 正从一个位置将草莓果酱的托盘运送到发货码头。在搬运托盘时，Operator1 摔倒了托盘。Operator1 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成之前不可用于发货。• Operator2 尝试打印包含项目 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后发生卡纸。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。您需要根据内部审计结果进行更改。您需要根据内部审计结果进行更改。应该启用哪个功能？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 59, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as eaches. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator1 must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to resolve the mango preserve issue and minimize the number of location directives. You need to resolve the mango preserve issue and minimize the number of location directives. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Item group setup product filter", "text_cn": "项目组设置产品过滤器" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Customer product filter", "text_cn": "客户产品过滤器" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Released product setup product filter", "text_cn": "发布的产品设置产品过滤器" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Warehouse management setup product filter", "text_cn": "仓库管理设置产品过滤器" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的章节，就无法返回到此章节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农民市场以及杂货店供应腌菜、果酱、腌制用品和相关产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产任何物品，也不提供任何物品的罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 的会计系统与仓储系统是脱机的。这导致了库存控制和估值方面的问题。基于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 拥有一个仓库，作为所有产品的配送中心。• 该仓库设有散装位置和货架，但没有位置名称和编号。• 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣选位置的额外库存。• 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。• 由于缺乏库存控制，经常需要进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 项目编号不一致，并被设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。• 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民处采购。• 腌菜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格，瓶子装在纸箱中。• 瓶中的腌菜可能是尖形、片状或整块形状，这不会影响相同口味腌菜的成本。• 腌菜口味包括甜味、辣味和莳萝味，口味不同价格也不同。• 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄，这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前归供应商所有。芒果果酱需要冷藏，其他果酱不需要冷藏。• 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。• 一些库存物品有保质期，例如醋。• 快速流动的商品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌菜最受欢迎。采购与销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。• 在线商店仅限于部分配件类产品，例如瓶子和罐子。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 将要推出一个新的犹太腌菜产品线。• VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的商品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员易于获取，AisleA 中每个货位最多只能放一件商品。甜味和辣味腌菜的库存量超过了 AisleA 的容量，因此需要储存在散装位置。o 辣味腌菜任何时候在 AisleA 中至少要有半托盘的库存。o 在创建仓库工作波次之前，甜味腌菜在 AisleA 中必须有足够的库存。• 草莓果酱这个季节销售缓慢。因为它们不属于快速流动商品，所以被存放在较高的货位。库存与数据 - • 项目编号必须设置为一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧的项目编号以便交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 确定了 0000001 作为腌菜的项目格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。• 只要可能，腌菜的项目编号应合并为单一的项目编号，无论瓶装大小如何。• 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。• 犹太腌菜必须在物料主数据中设置。犹太腌菜的尺寸和口味与其他腌菜相同，只是具有犹太认证，并且价格略高。• 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品保质期。• 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存入非易腐区而被丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从本地供应商处采购，仅限于特殊订单。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了独家协议，现在买家只能从 VendorA 处采购。• VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望确保所有与 VendorA 的协议也适用于 VendorB，直到他们将两家公司合并为一家。• VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下： o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品发运至 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有该产品。 o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存果酱。问题 - • CustomerD 报告称他们订购的醋在收到时还有整整一周才过期，这不足以让他们在必须丢弃之前使用完。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋在到期日之前至少有 30 天的有效期。• 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太腌菜，却收到了普通腌菜。库存控制员 2 报告称，犹太腌菜和非犹太腌菜同一品种存放在同一个仓库位置，导致了拣选错误。• 一位销售人员报告称，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次收货的黄瓜成本，而不是特定客户订单的黄瓜成本。• 内部审计发现过去一年中多次丢失大量腌菜，并被记为损坏。没有关于这些损失的记录或解释。没有处置记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌菜没有被盗。• 腌菜罐头以单个形式接收。腌菜罐头的箱数根据尺寸不同而变化： o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱不同的数量给仓库带来了额外的负担。• 仓库的收货员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应被移到名为 LocationB 的退回到供应商的位置。其他所有醋应按照正常的存放指示进行存放和销售。• Operator1 正从某个位置将一托盘草莓果酱运送到发货码头。在搬运托盘时，Operator1 摔倒了托盘。Operator1 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成之前不可用于发货。• Operator2 尝试打印包含项目 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后，突然卡住。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。您需要解决芒果果酱的问题并尽量减少地点指令的数量。您需要解决芒果果酱的问题并尽量减少地点指令的数量。您应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 60, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as cases. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator] must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to determine the number of pickle bottles in each case. You need to determine the number of pickle bottles in each case. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Unit of measure conversion per product variant", "text_cn": "产品变体的计量单位转换" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Unit sequence group", "text_cn": "单元序列组" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Unit of measure conversation per product", "text_cn": "每种产品的计量单位转换" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Operating units", "text_cn": "运营单位" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，此考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您在进入考试的下一节之前回顾您的答案并进行修改。一旦您开始新的一节，就无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农民市场以及杂货店供应腌菜、果酱、腌制用品和辅助产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产或提供任何物品的罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 的会计系统与仓储系统脱机，这导致了库存控制和估值的问题。鉴于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 只有一个仓库，作为所有产品的分发中心。• 仓库有散装位置和货架，但没有位置名称和编号。• 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣选位置的额外库存。• 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。• 由于缺乏库存控制，经常需要进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 物品编号不一致，并设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。• 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民处采购。• 腌菜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格。瓶子装在纸箱中。• 瓶子内的腌菜可以是尖形、片状或整块形状，这不会影响相同口味腌菜的成本。• 腌菜口味包括甜味、辣味和莳萝味，口味不同价格也不同。• 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄。这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前归供应商所有。芒果果酱需要冷藏，其他果酱不需要冷藏。• 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。• 一些库存物品有保质期，例如醋。• 快速流动的商品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌菜最受欢迎。采购与销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。• 在线商店仅限于部分配件类产品，例如瓶子和罐子。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 将要推出一种新的犹太教腌菜产品线。• VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的商品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员易于获取，AisleA 中每个货位最多只能有一个商品。甜味和辣味腌菜的库存量超过 AisleA 的容量，因此需存入散装位置。o 辣味腌菜在 AisleA 中任何时候不得少于半托盘。o 在创建仓库工作波次之前，甜味腌菜在 AisleA 中必须有足够的库存。• 本季草莓果酱销售缓慢。因为它们不被视为快速流动商品，所以被存放在较高的货位。库存与数据 - • 物品编号必须设置为一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧物品编号以供交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 已决定使用 0000001 作为腌菜的物品格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。• 尽可能将不同瓶装尺寸的腌菜物品编号合并为一个物品编号。• 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。• 犹太教腌菜必须在物料主数据中设置。犹太教腌菜的罐子大小和口味与其他腌菜相同，只是具有犹太教标识，并且价格略高。• 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品保质期。• 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存入非易腐区而被丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从当地供应商处采购，仅限于特殊订单。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了独家协议，买家现在只能从 VendorA 采购。• VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望确保与 VendorA 的所有协议也适用于 VendorB，直到他们将两家公司合并为一家。• VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下： o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品运送到 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有该产品。 o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存果酱。问题 - • CustomerD 报告称他们订购的醋在收到时距离过期还有一周时间，这不足以让 CustomerD 使用醋，不得不丢弃。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋在过期前至少有 30 天剩余。• 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太教腌菜，却收到了普通腌菜。库存控制员 2 报告称，犹太教和非犹太教腌菜在同一仓库位置，导致了拣选错误。• 一位销售人员报告称，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次黄瓜收货的成本，而不是特定客户订单的黄瓜收货成本。• 内部审计发现过去一年中多次丢失大量腌菜，并被记为损坏。没有关于这些冲销的文档或解释。没有处置记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌菜没有被盗。• 腌菜罐头以箱的形式接收。腌菜罐头的箱数根据尺寸不同而变化： o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱中不同的数量给仓库带来了额外的负担。• 仓库的接收员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移动到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应被移动到名为 LocationB 的退货给供应商的位置。其他所有醋应按照正常位置指令存放并销售。• Operator1 正从一个位置将一托盘草莓果酱运送到发货码头。在搬运托盘时，Operator1 摔倒了托盘。Operator] 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成前不可用于发货。• Operator2 试图打印包含物品 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后卡住了。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。您需要确定每箱腌菜瓶的数量。您需要确定每箱腌菜瓶的数量。您应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 61, "stem": "A distribution company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company plans to expand into providing trucking services for its primary distribution center. The company may expand into other locations later. All vehicle maintenance will be performed at standardized intervals to meet trucking regulations. The vehicles must be established on the maintenance schedule at the distribution center. The fleet manager requires all vehicles to be grouped together by location for the distribution center and by sublocations for any hubs. The company requires the following implementation: • Sublocations must inherit the maintenance schedule. • Non-vehicle assets must not inherit the maintenance schedule. You need to configure the system to meet the requirements. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "work orders", "text_cn": "工单" }, { "label": "B", "text": "asset service levels", "text_cn": "资产服务级别" }, { "label": "C", "text": "asset counters", "text_cn": "资产计数" }, { "label": "D", "text": "functional location types", "text_cn": "功能位置类型" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家分销公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司计划扩展其主要分销中心的货运服务业务。以后可能会扩展到其他地点。所有车辆维护都将按照标准化的时间间隔进行，以满足货运法规的要求。这些车辆必须在分销中心的维护计划中建立。车队经理要求所有车辆按位置分组，针对分销中心，按子位置分组，针对任何中转站。公司需要以下实施：• 子位置必须继承维护计划。• 非车辆资产不得继承维护计划。您需要配置系统以满足要求。应配置什么？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 62, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Products must be classified. You need to create the ABC model. Which three ABC codes should you configure? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Cost", "text_cn": "成本" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Revenue", "text_cn": "收入" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Profit", "text_cn": "利润" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Value", "text_cn": "价值" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Margin BDE", "text_cn": "边际BDE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。产品必须进行分类。您需要创建 ABC 模型。应配置哪三个 ABC 代码？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 63, "stem": "A distribution company wants to set up barcodes in their Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management system for warehouse scanning. Barcodes will be entered manually. You need to minimize the risk of errors on barcode entry. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Select an item and set up security on the barcode field.", "text_cn": "选择一个条目并在条码字段上设置安全选项。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a new barcode, enter the value, select the type, and enter the size and max length.", "text_cn": "创建新条形码，输入值，选择类型，并输入大小和最大长度。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a new barcode, enter the value, select the type, and enter the mask.", "text_cn": "创建新条码，输入数值，选择类型，并输入掩码。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家分销公司希望在其Dynamics 365供应链管理系统中为仓库扫描设置条形码。条形码将手动输入。您需要尽量减少条形码输入时的错误风险。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 2, "question_num": 64, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company is configuring Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company plans to configure the system to enter the following two fields when a single scan is conducted: item id and batch number. You need to configure the bar codes. Which configuration should you use for each action? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司正在配置 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司计划在进行单次扫描时输入以下两个字段：物料编号和批次号。您需要配置条形码。对于每个操作应使用哪种配置？回答时，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 1, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). From sales order number 000720, you need to ensure that a product named Projector Television is delivered directly to a customer. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. When you configure Direct Delivery (direct from the Vendor), a PO is created to purchase the item from the Vendor and have it shipped directly to the customer. The instructions below include generating the PO and a product receipt. These steps may not be required in the exam but are included for reference. 1. Go to Navigation pane > Modules > Accounts receivable > Orders > All sales orders. 2. Select New. 3. Search for and select sales order number 000720. 4. On the Action Pane, select Sales order, then select Direct delivery. The Create delivery page lists all the open sales order lines as copied from the sales order. 5. Select the sales order line for the product named Projector Television. 6. The Vendor account field will be populated. A message informs you that the purchase order has now been created. 7. Expand the Line details section. 8. Select the Delivery tab and verify that the Direct delivery field is set to Yes. 9. On the Action Pane, select General. 10. Select Related orders. 11. Select the link in the Purchase order field. 12. Expand the Line details section and select the Address tab. \u0000 The delivery address for this purchase order line is the customer's delivery address and not your company's address. 13. Select the Delivery tab. \u0000 Like the sales order line, the associated purchase order line type is also set to Direct delivery. 14. On the Action Pane, select Purchase. 15. Select Confirmation. 16. Select OK. 17. On the Action Pane, select Receive. 18. Select Product receipt. 19. In the Product receipt field, type a value. 20. Select OK. 20. Select OK. 21. On the Action Pane, select General. 22. Select Related orders and highlight the desired record. \u0000 After the purchase order has been updated as received, or in other words, after the vendor has shipped the goods to your customer's address, the status of the originating sales order is automatically updated to Delivered. \u0000 The sales order can now be invoiced. 23. Select OK. 24. Close the page. 25. Select OK. Close the pages and return to the home page. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/sales-marketing/direct-deliveries", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您是名为 Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF) 的公司的功能顾问。从销售订单号 000720 开始，您需要确保名为 Projector Television 的产品直接交付给客户。要完成此任务，请登录 Dynamics 365 门户。请参见下面的说明。当配置直接交货（直接从供应商）时，会创建采购订单，从供应商处购买该商品并直接发送给客户。以下说明包括生成采购订单和产品收据。这些步骤在考试中可能不需要，但为了参考而包含在内。1. 转到导航窗格 > 模块 > 应收账款 > 订单 > 所有销售订单。2. 选择新建。3. 搜索并选择销售订单号 000720。4. 在操作窗格中，选择销售订单，然后选择直接交货。创建交货页面将列出所有从销售订单复制的开放销售订单行。5. 选择名为 Projector Television 的产品的销售订单行。6. 供应商账户字段将被填充。一条消息会通知您采购订单现已创建。7. 展开行详细信息部分。8. 选择交货选项卡，并验证直接交货字段是否设置为是。9. 在操作窗格中，选择常规。10. 选择相关订单。11. 选择采购订单字段中的链接。12. 展开行详细信息部分并选择地址选项卡。该采购订单行的交货地址是客户的交货地址，而不是您公司的地址。13. 选择交货选项卡。与销售订单行一样，相关的采购订单行类型也设置为直接交货。14. 在操作窗格中，选择采购。15. 选择确认。16. 选择确定。17. 在操作窗格中，选择接收。18. 选择产品收据。19. 在产品收据字段中输入一个值。20. 选择确定。20. 选择确定。21. 在操作窗格中，选择常规。22. 选择相关订单并突出显示所需的记录。在采购订单更新为已收到后，换句话说，当供应商将货物发送至客户的地址后，原始销售订单的状态将自动更新为已交付。现在可以对销售订单进行开票。23. 选择确定。24. 关闭页面。25. 选择确定。关闭页面并返回主页。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/sales-marketing/direct-deliveries" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 2, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). You need to configure a new quality process for item number M0017. The process must meet the following requirements: \u0000 Perform an impedance test on 100 percent of the units purchased. \u0000 Initiate the test after the product receipt is posted. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. Configure Item Sampling to specify 100 percent of the units. Configure Quality Association to specify what test to run and configure the test to run after the receipt is posted. Configure Item Sampling. 1. Go to Inventory management > Setup > Quality control > Item sampling. 2. Click New. 3. In the Item sampling field, type the name 100%. 4. In the Description field, type a value (100%). 5. In the Quantity specification field, select percent. 6. In the Value field, enter a number (100) 7. Click Save. 8. Close the page. Configure a Quality Association - 1. Go to Inventory management > Setup > Quality control > Quality associations. 2. Click New. 3. In the Reference type field, select Purchase. 4. In the Item code field, select Table. 5. In the Item field, select the item M0017. 6. In the Event type field, select Product Receipt. 7. In the Execution field, select After. 8. Expand or collapse the Specifications section. 9. In the Test group field, find and select the Impedance test. 10.Click Save. 11.Close the page. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/tasks/set-up-quality-orders https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/tasks/set-up-quality-orders https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/enable-quality-management", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您是名为Contoso Entertainment System USA（USMF）的公司的功能顾问。您需要为物料编号M0017配置一个新的质量流程。该流程必须满足以下要求：对所采购的所有单位进行阻抗测试；在产品收货过账后启动测试。要完成此任务，请登录Dynamics 365门户。请参见下面的说明。配置物料抽样以指定所有单位的100%。配置质量关联以指定要运行的测试，并配置测试在收货过账后运行。配置物料抽样。1. 进入库存管理 > 设置 > 质量控制 > 物料抽样。2. 单击新建。3. 在物料抽样字段中，输入名称100%。4. 在描述字段中，输入值（100%）。5. 在数量规范字段中，选择百分比。6. 在数值字段中，输入数字（100）。7. 单击保存。8. 关闭页面。配置质量关联 - 1. 进入库存管理 > 设置 > 质量控制 > 质量关联。2. 单击新建。3. 在参考类型字段中，选择采购。4. 在物料代码字段中，选择表。5. 在物料字段中，选择物料M0017。6. 在事件类型字段中，选择产品收货。7. 在执行字段中，选择之后。8. 展开或折叠规格部分。9. 在测试组字段中，查找并选择阻抗测试。10. 单击保存。11. 关闭页面。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/tasks/set-up-quality-orders https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/tasks/set-up-quality-orders https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/enable-quality-management" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 3, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). You perform a manual inventory count and discover that item number T0003 has an inventory count of 230 units. You need to adjust the inventory to reflect the manual count. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. There are several ways to update the inventory. You can use one of the inventory adjustment journals or you can use the quantity adjust functionality to adjust the Quantity of Inventory from the 'On hand inventory' form. 1. Navigate to Product Information management > Products > Released Product 2. In the Released Product form, select item number T0003. 3. On the Manage Inventory action tab, click the 'On Hand inventory' button. 4. On 'On Hand inventory' you can check available quantity. 5. Click the Quantity adjustment button to adjust the quantity. 6. In the Quantity field, specify the quantity 230. 7. Once the quantity has been specified click on OK button. 8. Now you can check adjusted quantity on 'On Hand Inventory' form. Reference: https://www.cloudfronts.com/quantity-adjustment-hand-inventory-d365-finance-operations/", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您是名为Contoso Entertainment System USA（USMF）的公司的功能顾问。您进行人工库存盘点时发现，物品编号T0003的库存数量为230单位。您需要调整库存以反映人工盘点的结果。要完成此任务，请登录Dynamics 365门户。详见下文说明。有几种方法可以更新库存。您可以使用其中一种库存调整日记账，或者可以使用数量调整功能，从“在手库存”表中调整库存数量。1. 导航到产品信息管理 > 产品 > 已发布产品 2. 在已发布产品表中，选择物品编号T0003。 3. 在“管理库存”操作选项卡上，点击“在手库存”按钮。 4. 在“在手库存”中，您可以查看可用数量。 5. 点击“数量调整”按钮以调整数量。 6. 在“数量”字段中，指定数量230。 7. 一旦数量被指定，点击“确定”按钮。 8. 现在您可以在“在手库存”表中查看调整后的数量。参考：https://www.cloudfronts.com/quantity-adjustment-hand-inventory-d365-finance-operations/" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 4, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is implementing inventory by using Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to set up inventory journals and ensure that they are used for the correct processes. Which journal types should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate journal types to the correct actions. Each journal type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-journals", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来实施库存。您需要设置库存日记账，并确保它们用于正确的流程。应使用哪些日记账类型？要回答，请将适当的日记账类型拖放到正确的操作处。每个日记账类型可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动，或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-journals" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 5, "stem": "A company is implementing sales order functionality in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has a business requirement to fulfill sales orders by using direct delivery. You need to enter a direct delivery sales order so that a purchase order is automatically created. What should you do after you enter the sales order and lines?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set the ship complete toggle to On and confirm the order on the sales order header.", "text_cn": "将船舶完整切换项设置为开启，并在销售订单抬头确认订单。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Select automatic and confirm the sales order on the line level setup tab in the reservation field.", "text_cn": "在预留字段的行级别设置选项卡中选择自动并确认销售订单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Change the site to direct delivery and confirm the sales order.", "text_cn": "将站点改为直送，并确认销售订单。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Select the direct delivery option under the sales order action pane and complete the form.", "text_cn": "在销售订单操作窗格中选择直接配送选项并填写表单。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在Dynamics 365供应链管理中实施销售订单功能。该公司有一个业务需求，要求通过直接送货来履行销售订单。您需要输入一个直接送货销售订单，以便自动生成采购订单。在输入销售订单和明细后，您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 6, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company is implementing inventory management in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company needs to block inventory and ensure that physical inventory will not be reserved by other outbound transactions. You need to select the appropriate option to block the inventory in the system. Solution: Select the full blocking option in the item sampling page. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-blocking", "text_cn": "无B参考资料：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-blocking" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确的解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在本节中回答问题后，您将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理中的库存管理。该公司需要对库存进行封锁，并确保物理库存不会被其他出库事务预留。您需要选择适当的选项来在系统中对库存进行封锁。解决方案：在物品抽样页面中选择完全封锁选项。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 7, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company is implementing inventory management in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company needs to block inventory and ensure that physical inventory will not be reserved by other outbound transactions. You need to select the appropriate option to block the inventory in the system. Solution: Create a quality order on the quality orders page for the quantity to be blocked. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在本节中回答问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理中的库存管理。该公司需要阻止库存，并确保物理库存不会被其他出库事务预留。您需要选择适当的选项来在系统中阻止库存。解决方案：在质量订单页面上为要阻止的数量创建一个质量订单。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 8, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company is implementing inventory management in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company needs to block inventory and ensure that physical inventory will not be reserved by other outbound transactions. You need to select the appropriate option to block the inventory in the system. Solution: Manually create a transaction on the inventory blocking page. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No A References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-blocking", "text_cn": "无参考文献：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-blocking" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确的解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在回答本部分的问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理中的库存管理。该公司需要阻止库存，并确保实物库存不会被其他出库事务预留。您需要选择适当的选项来在系统中阻止库存。解决方案：在库存阻止页面上手动创建交易。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 9, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Inventory in a warehouse is assigned to an inventory status of available. You need to set up an inventory status for damaged items so that they are not sold to customers. Which values should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 仓库中的库存被分配到可用的库存状态。您需要为损坏的商品设置一个库存状态，以防止它们被销售给客户。应该使用哪些值？回答时，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 10, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company plans to stock new items and value those items by using FIFO principle. The company has multiple sites set up. There are multiple warehouses for each site. You must be able to view the value and quantity of these items at each warehouse. You need to apply FIFO costing per warehouse. How should you complete the costing setup? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 一家公司计划上架新商品，并使用先进先出（FIFO）原则对这些商品进行估值。该公司设有多个站点，每个站点有多个仓库。您必须能够查看每个仓库中这些商品的价值和数量。您需要在每个仓库应用FIFO成本计算。您应该如何完成成本设置？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每选正确一项得一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 11, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company implements warehouse locations in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to configure location directives for inventory movement. Which configurations should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate strategies to the correct requirements. Each strategy may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司将在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中实施仓库位置。您需要为库存移动配置位置指令。应该使用哪些配置？回答时，请将适当的策略拖放到相应的需求处。每个策略可以使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 12, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You are the quality supervisor for a company. You receive 100 units of item C0001. You find defects in some units. You move the items to quarantine for further inspection. Fifty units fail inspection. You need to scrap the defective units. Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 您是公司的质量主管。您收到100件物品C0001。您发现其中一些物品有缺陷。您将这些物品移到待检区以进行进一步检验。五十件物品未通过检验。您需要报废这些有缺陷的物品。您应按顺序执行哪四项操作？要回答，请从操作列表中移动适当的操作到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 13, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company sells a new product line. Buyers purchase a large shipment into the distribution center. The product must be divided among the retail stores equally. You need to configure buyer push functionality. Which configuration options should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司销售一条新产品线。买家将大批货物采购至配送中心。该产品必须平均分配给各零售店。您需要配置买家推送功能。应使用哪些配置选项？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择值1分。热区：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 14, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You are implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A user reports that some of the quarantine statuses appear to mean the same thing. You need to explain the status of quarantine orders by the location of the item. What is the status of the orders based on the location of the item? To answer, drag the appropriate statuses to the correct steps. Each status may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quarantine-orders", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 您正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。一位用户报告称，一些隔离状态似乎意思相同。您需要根据物品的位置解释隔离订单的状态。根据物品的位置，这些订单的状态是什么？要回答，请将适当的隔离状态拖放到正确的步骤中。每个状态可能被使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动开，或者滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quarantine-orders" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 15, "stem": "A company runs out of inventory in warehouse 22 but has overstock in warehouse 11. The warehouses are linked to the same site. The inventory must be moved from warehouse 11 to warehouse 22. The company must retain ownership of the inventory financially and be able to generate reports as to where the inventory value resides at all times. You need to create an order to move the stock. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a transfer order from the transit warehouse to warehouse 22.", "text_cn": "从转运仓库向仓库22创建调拨单。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a transfer order from warehouse 11 to the transit warehouse.", "text_cn": "从仓库11创建调拨单到中转仓库。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a transfer order from warehouse 11 to warehouse 22.", "text_cn": "从仓库11创建调拨单到仓库22。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a sales order for warehouse 11 and a purchase order for warehouse 22.", "text_cn": "为仓库11创建销售订单，为仓库22创建采购订单。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司在仓库22的库存耗尽，但在仓库11有库存过剩。这些仓库连接到同一个站点。必须将库存从仓库11转移到仓库22。该公司在财务上必须保留库存的所有权，并能够随时生成报告以说明库存价值所在的位置。你需要创建一个订单来转移库存。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 16, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company must ship product from one warehouse, receive it in another, and account for the inventory. It will take two days for the shipment to travel between locations. You need to set up and process the transfer between the two warehouses. How should you complete the setup? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司必须从一个仓库发货，另一个仓库接收，并进行库存核算。货物在两个地点之间运输需要两天时间。您需要设置并处理这两个仓库之间的调拨。您应如何完成设置？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 17, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company is implementing inventory management in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company needs to block inventory and ensure that physical inventory will not be reserved by other outbound transactions. You need to select the appropriate option to block the inventory in the system. Solution: Configure a blocking cause in the inventory setup configuration. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：此问题是一系列问题的一部分，这些问题呈现相同的场景。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回到该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中的库存管理。该公司需要阻止库存，并确保实物库存不会被其他出库事务预留。您需要选择适当的选项来在系统中阻止库存。解决方案：在库存设置配置中配置一个阻止原因。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 18, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to perform month-end close processes. At which process steps should you perform the actions? To answer, drag the appropriate process steps to the appropriate actions. Each process step may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您需要执行月末结账流程。应在哪些流程步骤中执行这些操作？要回答，请将适当的流程步骤拖放到相应的操作中。每个流程步骤可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 19, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. An employee notices a discrepancy in inventory. You need to create the inventory blocking transaction. What are two possible ways to achieve the goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "inventory status", "text_cn": "库存状态" }, { "label": "B", "text": "quality order", "text_cn": "质量订单" }, { "label": "C", "text": "batch disposition code", "text_cn": "批次处置代码" }, { "label": "D", "text": "manual inventory blocking BD References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-blocking", "text_cn": "手动库存冻结 BD 参考资料：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-blocking" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。一名员工发现库存存在差异。你需要创建库存阻止交易。有哪些两种可能的方法可以实现此目标？每个正确的答案都提供一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确的选择各占1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 20, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Orders are reserved against open purchase orders that have not yet been received. As a result, there are issues prioritizing deliveries, which is causing backorders on both sales orders and transfer orders. Negative inventory is not currently allowed. Product reservations must be performed against physical stock only. You need to update the configuration for product reservations. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Clear the Reserve Items Automatically check box for transfers.", "text_cn": "自动清除储备项目复选框用于转移。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Clear the Reserve Ordered Items check box.", "text_cn": "取消勾选“保留已订购项目”复选框。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Select the Auto batch reservations check box.", "text_cn": "选择自动批次预订复选框。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Select the Physical negative inventory check box.", "text_cn": "选择物理负库存检查框。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。订单是针对尚未收到的开放采购订单进行预留的。结果导致交货优先级出现问题，这导致销售订单和调拨订单都出现了缺货情况。目前不允许出现负库存。产品预留只能针对实物库存进行。您需要更新产品预留的配置。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 21, "stem": "A company has revenue items that generate high, medium, or low revenue. You need to configure ABC classifications as follows: Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Define highest, middle, and lowest ABC values as percentages", "text_cn": "将最高、中间和最低的ABC值定义为百分比" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Define highest, middle, and lowest ABC values as amounts", "text_cn": "定义最高、中间和最低的ABC值为金额" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Select ABC model of revenue", "text_cn": "选择 ABC 收入模型" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Define internal interest in percentage", "text_cn": "定义内部利率百分比" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Select ABC model of value", "text_cn": "选择 ABC 价值模型" } ], "answer": "AC", "stem_cn": "一家公司有产生高、中或低收入的收入项目。您需要按照以下方式配置ABC分类：应执行哪两项操作？每个正确答案都代表了解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 22, "stem": "HOTSPOT - All items that a company purchases from a specific vendor arrive with defects. You need to automatically generate quality orders for all items when the products are physically received from the vendor, and product receipts are issued. How should you configure the quality association? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-orders https://docs.microsoft.com/en- us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-associations", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司从特定供应商处采购的所有物品都存在缺陷。您需要在产品从供应商处实际收到并签发产品收据时，自动生成质量订单。您应该如何配置质量关联？要回答此问题，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占1分。 热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-orders https://docs.microsoft.com/en- us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-associations" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 23, "stem": "A company plans to run their profit and loss statements by using the site storage dimension. If the site is changed on sales order, purchase order, or other source document, a mismatch is created between financial and storage dimensions. This leads to incorrect profit and loss reporting. You need to ensure that the financial dimension updates when the site storage dimension changes. Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Lock the dimension link.", "text_cn": "锁定尺寸链接。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Associate the financial dimension hierarchy with the storage dimension hierarchy in the organization chart.", "text_cn": "将财务维度层次与组织图中的存储维度层次相关联。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "On the storage dimension site setup screen, select Default inventory status ID.", "text_cn": "在存储维度站点设置屏幕上，选择默认库存状态ID。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Associate the site storage dimension with the site financial dimension.", "text_cn": "将站点存储维度与站点财务维度相关联。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Activate the dimension link. ADE", "text_cn": "激活尺寸链接。ADE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司计划通过使用站点存储维度来生成其损益报表。如果在销售订单、采购订单或其他源单据中更改了站点，就会在财务维度和存储维度之间产生不匹配。这会导致损益报告出现错误。您需要确保当站点存储维度发生变化时，财务维度也会更新。应该执行哪三项操作？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 24, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Products must automatically be classified based on the company's objectives and priorities. You need to create the ABC model. Which three ABC codes should you configure? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Margin", "text_cn": "保证金" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Cost", "text_cn": "成本" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Revenue", "text_cn": "收入" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Profit", "text_cn": "利润" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Value ACE", "text_cn": "价值 ACE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。产品必须根据公司的目标和优先级自动分类。你需要创建ABC模型。应配置哪三个ABC代码？每个正确答案都属于解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 25, "stem": "You are the materials manager at a distribution company. You are responsible for setting up the ABC classification of all items as follows: \u0000 Class A materials represent 70 percent of the material value. \u0000 Class B materials represent 20 percent of the material value. \u0000 Class C materials represent 10 percent of the material value but are the most commonly used. You need to assign an ABC classification value model to all items using those values. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Run the ABC classification report", "text_cn": "运行 ABC 分类报告" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Run the ABC classification periodic task to update the value model for all items", "text_cn": "运行ABC分类周期任务以更新所有项目的价值模型" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Manually update the Value classification on the Released product record", "text_cn": "手动更新已发布产品记录上的价值分类" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Run the ABC classification periodic task to update the revenue model for all items", "text_cn": "运行ABC分类周期任务以更新所有项目的收入模型" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "你是分销公司的物料经理。你需要按照以下方式建立所有物料的ABC分类：A类物料代表70%的物料价值；B类物料代表20%的物料价值；C类物料代表10%的物料价值，但却是最常使用的。你需要使用这些数值为所有物料分配一个ABC分类值模型。你应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 26, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You are the sales manager at a distribution company. You have a drop-ship order for a batch of chemicals that will go directly from your vendor to your customer. You need to create and process this direct delivery within Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: References: https://community.dynamics.com/ax/b/abhijeethelestheaxeffect/archive/2018/09/19/direct-delivery-in-dynamics-365-for- finance-and-operations", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 你是分销公司的销售经理。你有一份需要直接从供应商发往客户的化学品订单。你需要在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中创建并处理此直接发货。你应该按顺序执行哪三项操作？要回答，请将操作列表中的适当操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://community.dynamics.com/ax/b/abhijeethelestheaxeffect/archive/2018/09/19/direct-delivery-in-dynamics-365-for- finance-and-operations" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 27, "stem": "HOTSPOT - An inventory control clerk manages adjustments in inventory. Some adjustments have a cost impact. Other adjustments must be posted to a specific ledger account or must be registered in inventory. You need to configure the system. Which journal types should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一名库存控制文员负责处理库存调整。一些调整会有成本影响，其他调整必须过账到特定的总账账户或必须在库存中登记。您需要配置系统。应该使用哪些日记账类型？回答时，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 28, "stem": "A company employee is in charge of warehouse operations and controlling inventory adjustments through journals. The employee needs to add inventory for samples at a specific cost. The samples were shipped by a vendor without a purchase order. The employee needs to be sure that the inventory value goes to a ledger account so that the value of the samples is not mixed in with other inventory value. You need to ensure that the employee is able to correctly add the inventory. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a movement journal, add the cost, and specify the offset ledger account on the line.", "text_cn": "创建一个移动日志，添加成本，并在该行指定对冲总账账户。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create an adjustment journal, add the cost, and specify the offset ledger account on the line.", "text_cn": "创建调整分录，添加费用，并在该行指定抵销总账科目。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create an arrival journal, add the cost, and specify the offset ledger account on the line.", "text_cn": "创建到达日志，添加成本，并在每行中指定冲销总账科目。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a transfer journal, transfer to a different warehouse, and then adjust the cost. A References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-journals", "text_cn": "创建调拨分录，调拨至其他仓库，然后调整成本。参考文献：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/inventory-journals" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "负责仓库运营并通过分录控制库存调整的公司员工需要以特定成本为样品增加库存。这些样品是由供应商发出的，没有采购订单。该员工需要确保库存价值记入一个总账账户，以便样品的价值不会与其他库存价值混在一起。你需要确保该员工能够正确地增加库存。你应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 29, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You are the inventory manager for a distribution center. You are configuring the inventory breakdown for a new center in California. You need to set up warehouse locations for the center and configure the prerequisite inventory hierarchy. Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 您是配送中心的库存经理。您正在为位于加利福尼亚的新中心配置库存分解。您需要为该中心设置仓库位置并配置必要的库存层次结构。您应按顺序执行哪四项操作？要回答，请从操作列表中将适当的操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 30, "stem": "DRAG DROP - During a company's busy season, the sales team experiences multiple backorders. The company wants to use forecasting to determine seasonal buying trends. You need to define the setup and data set required for forecasting. Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 在公司的繁忙季节，销售团队面临多个订单积压。公司希望使用预测来确定季节性购买趋势。你需要定义预测所需的设置和数据集。应按顺序执行哪四个操作？要回答，请将适当的操作从操作列表中移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 31, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company sells vehicles and performs multiple quality checks on them while in production. The company receives a customer complaint about a 2019 vehicle that has leaks around the windows and door seals. You need to block inventory on these vehicles and perform quality tests to ensure that there are no leaks. What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-test-variables", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司销售车辆，并在生产过程中对它们进行多项质量检查。该公司收到关于一辆2019年车辆的客户投诉，该车辆在车窗和门密封处有泄漏。你需要对这些车辆进行库存锁定，并进行质量测试以确保没有泄漏。你应该怎么做？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确的选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-test-variables" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 32, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage inventory. The company realizes that there is an incorrect inventory amount for Item 33442 in Warehouse 1. You need to correct the inventory amount by using the posting setup configured on the item group. Which two journal types achieve the goal? Each correct selection provides a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Inventory adjustment journal", "text_cn": "库存调整分录" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Inventory transfer journal", "text_cn": "库存调拨凭证" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Inventory movement journal", "text_cn": "库存变动日记账" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Inventory counting journal", "text_cn": "库存盘点日记账" } ], "answer": "AD", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management来管理库存。该公司发现仓库1中物品33442的库存金额有误。您需要通过使用物品组上配置的过账设置来更正库存金额。哪两种日记账类型可以实现此目标？每个正确的选择都提供一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确的选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 33, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company opens a new warehouse facility. You need to receive items on a transfer order by using an arrival overview. In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/arrival-overview", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司开设了一个新的仓库设施。您需要通过到货概览接收转运订单上的物品。您应该按什么顺序执行这些操作？要回答这个问题，请将操作列表中的所有操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/arrival-overview" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 34, "stem": "You use Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage inventory. You need to adjust inventory and override the current item posting setup. Which journal type should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "inventory adjustment", "text_cn": "库存调整" }, { "label": "B", "text": "inventory transfer", "text_cn": "库存转移" }, { "label": "C", "text": "movement", "text_cn": "运动" }, { "label": "D", "text": "item arrival", "text_cn": "物品到达" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "您使用 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management 来管理库存。您需要调整库存并覆盖当前的物料凭证设置。应使用哪种日记账类型？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 35, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). You plan to manage safety stock level. You need to configure a minimum stock level of 1,500 units for an item named StandardSpeakerUpSel in warehouse number 13. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. Select Product information management > Products > Released products and then select the product (StandardSpeakerUpSel), and then on the Action Pane, in the Plan tab, in the Coverage group, select Item coverage to open the Item coverage page. Select Min/Max in for the Coverage code and enter the value 1,500 for the Minimum value. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/configure-use-master-planning-dyn365-supply-chain-mgmt/02-setup", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "仿真 - 您是名为Contoso Entertainment System USA（USMF）的公司的功能顾问。您计划管理安全库存水平。您需要为仓库编号13中的一个名为StandardSpeakerUpSel的物料设置最低库存水平1,500件。要完成此任务，请登录Dynamics 365门户。详见下文说明。选择产品信息管理 > 产品 > 已发布的產品，然后选择该产品（StandardSpeakerUpSel），接着在操作窗格的“计划”选项卡的“覆盖组”中，选择“物料覆盖”以打开“物料覆盖”页面。在“覆盖代码”中选择“最小/最大”，并在“最小值”中输入数值1,500。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/configure-use-master-planning-dyn365-supply-chain-mgmt/02-setup" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 36, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management with advanced warehouse capabilities. Warehouse workers use mobile devices. High value stocked items are classified as A items and are stocked in different locations in the warehouse. The accounting department requires that all A items be counted weekly. If there are any inconsistencies, the A items must be counted a second time prior to posting the counts. You need to configure the system to meet the requirements. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司使用具有先进仓库功能的 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。仓库员工使用移动设备。高价值库存物品被归类为 A 类物品，并存放在仓库的不同位置。会计部门要求所有 A 类物品每周进行盘点。如果发现任何不一致，必须在录入盘点结果之前对 A 类物品进行第二次盘点。您需要配置系统以满足这些要求。针对每个要求，应配置什么？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 37, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Inventory is valued through FIFO costing. The company is preparing for cutover and go-live activities. The accounting manager wants to ensure that on-hand inventory is brought into Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management at the correct cost. ItemA has the following costing tiers: • Tier 1: 20 each, $5 • Tier 2: 20 each, $10 • Tier 3: 20 each, $15 You need to configure the item and journals to meet the cutover requirement. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。库存采用先进先出法（FIFO）进行成本核算。该公司正在为切换和上线活动做准备。会计经理希望确保在手库存以正确的成本导入 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。ItemA 有以下成本层级：• 第1级：20个，5美元 • 第2级：20个，10美元 • 第3级：20个，15美元 您需要配置该物料和日记账以满足切换要求。应配置什么？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 38, "stem": "A company uses the nonconformance functionality in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. When a manufactured part fails a quality test, a quality clerk creates a nonconformance. You determine that additional items are needed to correct the issue. You must record the additional items for the nonconformance. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Reject the nonconformance and add the items to the quality order.", "text_cn": "拒绝不符合项，并将这些项目添加到质量订单中。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Reject the nonconformance and add a related operation.", "text_cn": "拒绝不符合项并添加相关操作。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Approve the nonconformance and add the items to the quality order.", "text_cn": "批准不符合项并将项目添加到质量订单中。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Approve the nonconformance and add a related operation.", "text_cn": "批准不符合项并添加相关操作。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中的不符合项功能。当制造的零件未通过质量测试时，质量文员会创建一个不符合项。您确定需要额外的物品来解决该问题。您必须为不符合项记录额外的物品。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 39, "stem": "A company that uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management recently became ISO 9001-certified. The company must begin documenting nonconformances. You need to configure the nonconformance functionality. Which three features must you configure? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "routes", "text_cn": "路线" }, { "label": "B", "text": "operations", "text_cn": "操作" }, { "label": "C", "text": "diagnostic types", "text_cn": "诊断类型" }, { "label": "D", "text": "quality charges", "text_cn": "质量电荷" }, { "label": "E", "text": "quarantine zones BCE", "text_cn": "隔离区 BCE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理的公司最近获得了 ISO 9001 认证。该公司必须开始记录不符合项。您需要配置不符合项功能。必须配置哪三个功能？每个正确答案代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 40, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Inventory is valued through FIFO costing. The warehouse manager identifies item discrepancies and increases quantities in a counting journal. Finance then discovers that the cost on ItemA posted as zero dollars on the journal transaction. You need to configure the system to ensure that the cost is populated on the transaction. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area, NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。库存通过先进先出（FIFO）成本法进行估值。仓库经理在盘点日记中发现物品差异并增加数量。财务部门随后发现 ItemA 在日记账交易中记录的成本为零美元。您需要配置系统以确保交易中填充成本。应配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 41, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A distribution company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A customer contacts the company to identify a defect in an ordered part. Additional quantities of the defective item are in stock. The defective items require a task that will trigger an action for the items and a label printed. You need to configure the system. Which features should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家分销公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。一位客户联系该公司，指出所订购的零件存在缺陷。该缺陷物品还有库存。这些缺陷物品需要执行一项任务，该任务将触发对物品的操作并打印标签。您需要配置系统。应配置哪些功能？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 42, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A frozen food distribution company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The warehouse manager wants to ensure that after items are picked, a temperature check is performed and verified on the items before shipment to customers. The temperature check must fall within a specific temperature range to pass. You need to configure the system. Which components should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家冷冻食品分销公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。仓库经理希望确保在物品被拣选后，在发运给客户前对物品进行温度检查并验证温度是否符合特定的温度范围。您需要配置系统。应配置哪些组件？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 43, "stem": "A warehouse uses mobile devices for locating products. Products are listed in the Inventory module in incorrect locations. Users must therefore manually locate products to be picked. You need to ensure that the users’ mobile device updates the locations of the products. Which two actions should you take to update product locations by using the mobile devices? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Manually move product to the correct physical location.", "text_cn": "将产品手动移动到正确的物理位置。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Log into a desktop computer and update the Inventory module.", "text_cn": "登录到台式计算机并更新库存模块。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Manually find the physical location of the product.", "text_cn": "手动查找产品的物理位置。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Scan a shelf barcode and update the inventory.", "text_cn": "扫描货架条形码并更新库存。" } ], "answer": "CD", "stem_cn": "仓库使用移动设备来定位产品。产品在库存模块中被列在错误的位置。因此，用户必须手动定位要拣选的产品。您需要确保用户的移动设备能更新产品的位置。要通过移动设备更新产品位置，应该采取哪两项措施？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确的选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 44, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A distribution company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A high-volume warehouse for the distribution company automatically releases transfer order lines to the warehouse throughout the day. Order line quantities are frequently changed after release to the warehouse. However, the load lines are not always updated. You need to configure automatic updates to the load lines. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家分销公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该分销公司的高流量仓库会在一天中自动将转移订单行释放到仓库。在释放到仓库后，订单行的数量经常发生变化。然而，装载行并不总是得到更新。您需要配置装载行的自动更新。应配置什么？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 45, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A food distribution company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management without the Warehouse management module. The company sells prepackaged meals purchased from one or more vendors. The prepackaged meals contain a single item number. The vendors routinely communicate that lots of prepackaged meals be held if any risk of exposure is identified until they can confirm safe handling per lot. This created supply chain issues because the items are in inventory and therefore not reordered. You need to resolve the issues. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家食品分销公司正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理，但未使用仓库管理模块。该公司从一个或多个供应商处购买预包装餐食。预包装餐食包含一个单一的物料编号。供应商通常会通知，如果发现任何暴露风险，应将该批次的预包装餐食暂存，直到他们可以按批次确认安全处理。这导致了供应链问题，因为这些物品在库存中，因此无法重新订购。您需要解决这些问题。应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 46, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has multiple shrink wrap machines on the shipping dock. An older shrink wrap machine has a unique vibration. The older machine must be inspected frequently and measured against the vibration and performance of other machines. You need to configure the following requirements for the aging shrink wrap machine: • Inspect the older machine frequently. • Measure results against other machines. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司在发货区有多个收缩包装机。一台较旧的收缩包装机有独特的振动。这台较旧的机器必须经常进行检查，并与其他机器的振动和性能进行对比。您需要为这台老化的收缩包装机配置以下要求：• 频繁检查旧机器。 • 将结果与其他机器进行对比。 您应为每个要求配置什么？回答时，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。 注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 47, "stem": "A cement manufacturing company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has two manufacturing plants. On average, each production plant produces 300,000 bags of cement before it must shut down for maintenance. The production controller must allocate the required resources during the maintenance period. You need to configure the system to meet the controller’s requirements. Which two options should you configure? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Attributes", "text_cn": "属性" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Counters", "text_cn": "计数器" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Maintenance plans", "text_cn": "维护计划" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Asset service levels", "text_cn": "资产服务级别" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Maintenance requests", "text_cn": "维护请求" } ], "answer": "BC", "stem_cn": "一家水泥制造公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司有两个制造工厂。平均每个生产工厂在必须停机维护之前可生产30万袋水泥。生产控制员必须在维护期间分配所需的资源。您需要配置系统以满足控制员的要求。应该配置哪两个选项？每个正确答案都代表了解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 48, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology - Current environment. Technology - Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to define the number of quarantine zones. How many should you define?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "1", "text_cn": "1" }, { "label": "B", "text": "2", "text_cn": "2" }, { "label": "C", "text": "4", "text_cn": "4" }, { "label": "D", "text": "6", "text_cn": "6" }, { "label": "E", "text": "8", "text_cn": "8" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用任何所需的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在其补充剂方面迅速扩展，而且作为生活方式品牌也销售服装产品。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正在从过时的本地Dynamics AX版本迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益时采用新的效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品都使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。为了报告目的，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个连字符为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示物品1001，尺寸为小号，颜色为红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz 或 02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同尺寸。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的系列产品属性。• 补充剂可能共享相同的系列产品SKU，但可以针对产品的不同尺寸、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不必要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品始终有一个默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个客户等级创建四个不同的价格，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的估计成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价等级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以按30天、60天和90天的增量协商特定物品的特殊定价。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本计算模型；然而，使用FIFO成本计算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库要求简单。只有一个地点。该地点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保所有能量饮料和营养补充剂按照最高标准进行制造和包装。Trey Research在所有产品报告为完成时自动检查产品。所有产品在拣选时都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸含量和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、保质期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试是在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理的。• 可重新销售的产品被放置在仓库中的两个货架之一。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能集成到其电子商务网站上。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化产品报告。• 物品编号不必等于实际物品编号。• 未来采用的成本计算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 成本核算应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和计入物品的间接费用。• 使用的任何成本计算方法都需要能够跟踪有关物品的成本记录、成本类别以及间接成本的计算公式。• 营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力需要用路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达。• 如果供应商由于供应链问题无法再为能量饮料提供原材料，那么使用替代供应商获取原材料的成本应用于确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本计算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。某些产品在Trey Research赞助的极端体育赛事期间将获得特殊定价。活动前后恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较”价格，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较”价格也将成为客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制的配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果因特定原因（如健康和安全审查）需要阻止仓库中的产品交易，仓库用户应能够从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的产品质量流程应自动创建，以促进执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：当生产订单完成时，必须对100%的营养补充剂和50%的能量饮料进行测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成100%的所有测试。 \u0000 要求2：在出库过程中，75%的营养补充剂和能量饮料应根据其所需测试进行测试。 \u0000 损坏的产品应在检验过程中放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 您必须定义隔离区域以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。您需要定义隔离区域的数量。应该定义多少个？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 49, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology - Current environment. Technology - Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to configure the system to automatically enforce inbound and outbound product requirements to and from the warehouse. Which feature should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "quality associations", "text_cn": "质量关联" }, { "label": "B", "text": "quality orders", "text_cn": "质量订单" }, { "label": "C", "text": "quarantine zones", "text_cn": "隔离区" }, { "label": "D", "text": "quality tests", "text_cn": "质量测试" }, { "label": "E", "text": "nonconformances", "text_cn": "不符合项" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。在您开始新一节后，将无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于美国华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂业务方面迅速扩展，还作为生活方式品牌销售服装产品。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正从过时的本地Dynamics AX版本迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益时采用新的效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品均使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。在报告中，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个连字符为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示编号为1001的物品，尺寸为小号，颜色为红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz或02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同尺寸。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的系列产品属性。• 补充剂可能共享相同的SKU，但可以根据产品的不同尺寸、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不必要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品都有默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个客户层级创建四个不同的价格，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的估计成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价层级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以就物品进行30天、60天和90天的特殊定价协商。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本计算方法；然而，使用FIFO成本计算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求简单。只有一个地点。该地点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保所有能量饮料和营养补充剂按照最高标准进行制造和包装。Trey Research在所有产品报告为完成时自动检查产品。所有产品在拣选时都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸水平和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、有效期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试是在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理的。• 可重新销售的产品被放置在仓库中的两个货架之一。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能集成到其电子商务网站上。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化对产品的报告。• 物品编号不必等于实际物品编号。• 未来采用的成本计算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 成本核算应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和涉及物品的间接费用。• 使用的任何成本计算方法都需要能够跟踪关于物品、成本类别和间接成本计算公式的成本记录。• 需要以成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力。• 如果供应商因供应链问题无法再提供能量饮料的原材料，应使用替代供应商获取原材料的成本来确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本计算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。某些产品在Trey Research赞助的极端体育赛事期间将获得特殊定价。活动前后恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较”价格，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较”价格也将成为客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品因特定原因（如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的产品质量流程都应自动创建，以促进执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：当生产订单完成时，所有营养补充剂的100%和所有能量饮料的50%必须进行测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有100%的测试。 \u0000 要求2：在出库过程中，75%的营养补充剂和能量饮料应按其所需测试进行测试。 \u0000 在检验过程中，损坏的产品必须放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 您必须定义隔离区域以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。您需要配置系统以自动执行仓库的入库和出库产品要求。应该使用哪个功能？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 50, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to configure the products in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for the requirements. Which system objects should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含更多的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束后，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。在您开始新一节后，将无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂方面迅速扩展，还作为生活方式品牌销售服装产品。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体进行制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正在从过时的本地 Dynamics AX 版本迁移到 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益的情况下采用新的效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品都使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。在报告中，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个短横线为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示物品1001的尺寸为小号且颜色为红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz 或 02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同尺寸。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的系列产品属性。• 补充品可能共享相同的产品SKU，但可以根据产品的不同尺寸、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不必要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品始终有一个默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个物品创建四个不同的价格，分别对应四个客户等级，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的预计成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价等级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以就物品进行30天、60天和90天的特殊定价协商。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在 Dynamics AX 2009 环境中，物品使用 FIFO 成本核算模型；然而，使用 FIFO 成本核算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求简单。只有一个地点。该地点有两个仓库。• Trey Research 需要确保所有能量饮料和营养补充剂按照最高标准进行制造和包装。Trey Research 在所有产品报告为完工时自动检查产品。所有产品在拣选时都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸含量和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、保质期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试是在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理的。• 可重新销售的产品被放置在仓库中的两个货架之一。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research 将将其电子商务网站的所有定价和折扣功能进行集成。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化对产品的报告。• 物品编号不需要等于实际物品编号。• 未来采用的成本核算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 库存成本应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和计入物品的间接费用。• 任何使用成本核算方法都需要能够跟踪关于物品、成本类别和间接成本计算公式的成本记录。• 营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力需要用路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达。• 如果供应商由于供应链问题无法再为能量饮料提供原材料，那么使用替代供应商获取原材料的成本应用于确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本核算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research 计划进行促销定价。某些产品在 Trey Research 赞助的极端体育赛事期间将获得特殊定价。赛事前后将恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research 希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只能销售给特定客户。• Trey Research 将提供并维护一个“比较价格”，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较价格”也将成为客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制的配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品因特定原因（例如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能从 ERP 系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质检应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的质检流程应自动创建，以促进执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：在生产订单完成后，必须对所有营养补充剂进行100%测试，对所有能量饮料进行50%测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有100%的测试。 \u0000 要求2：在出库过程中，应对75%的营养补充剂和能量饮料进行其所需测试。 \u0000 损坏的产品应在检验过程中放入四个分类箱之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 您必须定义隔离区域，以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。您需要在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中配置产品以满足要求。应该使用哪些系统对象？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 51, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to configure quality controls. Which solution objects should you configure? To answer, drag the appropriate solution objects to the correct configurations. Each solution object may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，考试中可能还有其他案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。一旦你开始新的一节，就不能返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂业务方面迅速扩张，而且作为生活方式品牌也销售服装产品。补充剂业务不仅在补充剂方面迅速扩张，而且作为生活方式品牌也销售服装产品。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体进行制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正在从过时的本地Dynamics AX版本迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益时采用新的效率。公司使用一个由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品都使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。在报告中，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个短横线为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示编号为1001的S码红色物品。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz或02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同尺寸。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的系列产品属性。• 补充剂可能共享相同的SKU，但可以根据产品的不同尺寸、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不需要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品都有默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个客户层级创建四个不同的价格，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的预估成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价等级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以按30天、60天和90天的增量协商特定物品的特殊定价。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 当前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本计算方法；然而，使用FIFO成本计算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求简单。只有一个地点。该地点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保所有能量饮料和营养补充剂按照最高标准进行制造和包装。当所有产品被报告为完成时，Trey Research会自动检查产品。当物品被挑选时，所有产品都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸水平和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、有效期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试是在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理的。• 可再售产品放置在仓库中的两个货架之一。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能整合到其电子商务网站上。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化产品报告。• 物品编号不必等于实际物品编号。• 未来采用的成本计算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 成本核算应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和间接费用。• 使用的任何成本计算方法都应能够跟踪有关物品、成本类别和间接成本计算公式的成本记录。• 营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力需要用路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达。• 如果供应商因供应链问题无法继续提供能量饮料的原材料，应使用替代供应商采购原材料的成本来确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本计算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。某些产品在Trey Research赞助的极端体育赛事期间将获得特殊定价。赛事前后恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较价格”，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较价格”也将成为客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品因特定原因（如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 产品入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者时的质量流程应自动创建以促进执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：当生产订单完成时，必须对所有营养补充剂进行100%的测试，以及50%的能量饮料进行测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有测试。 \u0000 要求2：在出库过程中，75%的营养补充剂和能量饮料应对它们的必要测试进行测试。 \u0000 在检查过程中，损坏的产品必须放入四个箱子（根据产品类型）中。 \u0000 你必须定义隔离区域以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。你需要配置质量控制。应该配置哪些解决方案对象？要回答这个问题，请将适当的解决方案对象拖放到正确的配置中。每个解决方案对象可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。你可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 52, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company purchased a high-tech machine that cuts production time in half compared to existing machines. The new machine must be serviced after 200 finished goods are produced. Downtime for the new machine will impact production and must be planned in advance so the production lead times are adjusted. The service technicians must always prioritize the new machine repairs over any other repairs. You need to configure the new machine to prioritize servicing over other repairs. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, drag the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. Each configuration may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司购买了一台高科技机器，与现有机器相比，该机器将生产时间减少了一半。新机器在生产了 200 件成品后必须进行维护。新机器的停机时间会影响生产，必须提前计划以调整生产前置时间。维修技术人员必须始终将新机器的维修优先于任何其他维修。您需要配置新机器，使其在维修方面优先于其他维修。针对每个要求，您应该配置什么？要回答，请将适当的配置拖放到相应的要求处。每个配置可能被使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动，或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 53, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A bottle manufacturing company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage operations. The company plans to install machines that accept empty bottles for a cash refund or donation at several recycling locations. You need to complete the setup for installation of the assets. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, drag the appropriate features to the correct requirements. Each feature may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家瓶装公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理运营。该公司计划在多个回收地点安装机器，用于接受空瓶子以获得现金退款或捐赠。您需要完成资产安装的设置。针对每个需求，应配置什么？回答时，请将适当的特性拖放到对应的需求处。每个特性可能被使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 54, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to optimize the warehouse inbound operations. You need to select the inbound operation business process based on the scenario. Which inbound operations should you select? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司希望优化仓库的入库操作。您需要根据场景选择入库操作的业务流程。应选择哪些入库操作？要回答这个问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确的选择各占1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 55, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company purchased new forklifts for the warehouse. The types of forklifts vary based on the purpose within the warehouse. Parts, such as belts and wheels, are not always universal and could be specific to the forklift manufacturer and model. The forklift purchase orders must go through a purchase requisition approval process because they are being purchased from new vendors. You need to determine where to capture the manufacturer and model information for each forklift. On which component should you capture the information for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司为仓库购买了新的叉车。根据仓库内的用途不同，叉车的类型也有所不同。零件，如皮带和轮子，并不总是通用的，可能特定于叉车制造商和型号。由于这些叉车是从新供应商处购买的，因此叉车采购订单必须经过采购申请审批流程。您需要确定在何处捕获每辆叉车的制造商和型号信息。对于每个需求，应在哪个组件中捕获该信息？要回答此问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 56, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company plans to add trucks to the existing truck fleet over the upcoming months. The company requires truck drivers to complete a daily self-inspection of their trucks. The government requires that commercial trucks are inspected annually by a certified repair facility. The fleet manager wants to minimize the amount of time the truck is in the shop. • When a truck driver reports a problem during the daily inspection that requires a repair and is within a week of the annual inspection, the company requires that both events occur the same time in the shop. • The annual inspection can vary on due date for both new and existing trucks. You must configure the requirements to minimize truck downtime. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司计划在未来几个月内向现有的卡车队列中增加卡车。公司要求卡车司机在每天的自我检查中检查他们的卡车。政府要求商用卡车由认证维修设施每年进行一次检查。车队经理希望尽量减少卡车在修理厂的时间。• 当卡车司机在每日检查中报告一个需要维修的问题，并且该问题在年度检查的一周内，公司要求这两个事件同时在修理厂进行。• 年度检查的到期日期对于新旧卡车都可以有所不同。您必须配置这些要求以最大限度地减少卡车停机时间。对于每个要求，应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 57, "stem": "A manufacturing company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company replaced its burners to limit carbon dioxide emissions. The new burners require frequent servicing to be compliant with environmental regulations. The new burners are more complex and take longer to service than the previous burners. The production controller must track fuel use in liters to schedule timely maintenance. The additional time taken to plan maintenance must be considered. You must configure the system to meet the requirements. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Register consumption.", "text_cn": "注册消耗。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Configure counter types.", "text_cn": "配置计数器类型。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set up asset service level.", "text_cn": "设置资产服务等级" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Configure asset BOM.", "text_cn": "配置资产BOM。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Create attributes.", "text_cn": "创建属性。" } ], "answer": "AD", "stem_cn": "一家制造公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司更换了燃烧器以限制二氧化碳排放。新燃烧器需要频繁维护以符合环保法规。新燃烧器更为复杂，维护时间比之前的燃烧器更长。生产控制员必须以升为单位跟踪燃料使用量，以安排及时的维护。必须考虑计划维护所额外花费的时间。您必须配置系统以满足这些要求。应执行哪两个操作？每个正确答案都代表了解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 58, "stem": "A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Based on a vendor agreement, the company must take ownership of items when they are shipped. Items must be part of inventory valuation but not available for sale until they are physically received into the warehouse. You need to configure the system to meet the vendor's requirements. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Landed cost", "text_cn": "到岸成本" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Item group", "text_cn": "项目组" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Item status", "text_cn": "项目状态" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Item arrival", "text_cn": "物品到达" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Transportation management", "text_cn": "运输管理" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。根据供应商协议，公司在货物发出时必须取得物品的所有权。这些物品必须属于库存估值范围，但在实际入库到仓库之前不得用于销售。您需要配置系统以满足供应商的要求。应配置什么？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 59, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management and the FIFO valuation method for inventory. The company’s warehouse experienced a roof leak. The leak caused damage to items in the warehouse. Accounting must know the total cost of inventory that is damaged but does not want the damaged items removed from inventory until they have been inspected. You need to meet the requirements of the accounting department. Which two features should you use? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Stop item for inventory transactions", "text_cn": "库存交易停止项" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Movement journal", "text_cn": "移动日志" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Order holds", "text_cn": "秩序保持" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Location profile", "text_cn": "位置概况" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Inventory status BE", "text_cn": "库存状态 BE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理以及先进先出（FIFO）的库存计价方法。该公司的仓库发生了屋顶漏水，漏水导致仓库内的物品受损。会计部门需要知道受损库存的总成本，但希望在这些受损物品经过检查之前不将其从库存中移除。你需要满足会计部门的要求。应该使用哪两个功能？每个正确答案都代表了解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确的选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 60, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A manufacturing company has implemented Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company relies on machinery and equipment for its operations. It has a diverse range of assets, including manufacturing equipment, vehicles, and tools. The company wants to optimize its asset maintenance processes to minimize downtime and improve overall productivity. The company wants to implement both preventive and reactive maintenance strategies on the following scenarios: • Changing the tires and oil on the maintenance vehicle fleet. • Replacing a faulty component on a box maker. You need to determine the functionality to use for each maintenance requirement. Solution: Create maintenance plans for the vehicle fleet and the box maker. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回重新查看。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家制造公司已实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司依靠机械和设备进行运营。它拥有多种资产，包括制造设备、车辆和工具。该公司希望优化其资产维护流程，以减少停机时间并提高整体生产率。该公司希望在以下情况下实施预防性和响应性维护策略：• 对维护车辆车队进行轮胎和机油更换。• 更换箱式包装机上的故障部件。您需要确定每种维护需求应使用的功能。解决方案：为车辆车队和箱式包装机创建维护计划。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 61, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A manufacturing company has implemented Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company relies on machinery and equipment for its operations. It has a diverse range of assets, including manufacturing equipment, vehicles, and tools. The company wants to optimize its asset maintenance processes to minimize downtime and improve overall productivity. The company wants to implement both preventive and reactive maintenance strategies on the following scenarios: • Changing the tires and oil on the maintenance vehicle fleet. • Replacing a faulty component on a box maker. You need to determine the functionality to use for each maintenance requirement. Solution: Create maintenance plan for the vehicle fleet and a maintenance round for the box maker. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同情景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确的解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回重新查看。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家制造公司已实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司依靠机械和设备进行运营。它拥有多种资产，包括生产设备、车辆和工具。该公司希望优化其资产维护流程，以减少停机时间并提高整体生产力。该公司希望在以下场景中实施预防性维护和反应性维护策略：• 对维修车辆车队进行轮胎和机油更换。• 更换包装机上的故障部件。您需要确定每项维护需求应使用的功能。解决方案：为车辆车队创建维护计划，并为包装机创建维护轮次。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 62, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A manufacturing company has implemented Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company relies on machinery and equipment for its operations. It has a diverse range of assets, including manufacturing equipment, vehicles, and tools. The company wants to optimize its asset maintenance processes to minimize downtime and improve overall productivity. The company wants to implement both preventive and reactive maintenance strategies on the following scenarios: • Changing the tires and oil on the maintenance vehicle fleet. • Replacing a faulty component on a box maker. You need to determine the functionality to use for each maintenance requirement. Solution: Create maintenance round for the vehicle fleet and a maintenance plan for the box maker. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的一个问题后，将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家制造公司已实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司依靠机械和设备进行运营。它拥有多种资产，包括制造设备、车辆和工具。该公司希望优化其资产维护流程，以减少停机时间并提高整体生产力。该公司希望在以下情形中实施预防性和反应性维护策略：• 对维护车辆队列进行轮胎和机油更换。• 更换箱式机器上的故障部件。您需要确定每种维护需求应使用的功能。解决方案：为车辆队列创建维护轮次，并为箱式机器创建维护计划。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 63, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A manufacturing company has implemented Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company relies on machinery and equipment for its operations. It has a diverse range of assets, including manufacturing equipment, vehicles, and tools. The company wants to optimize its asset maintenance processes to minimize downtime and improve overall productivity. The company wants to implement both preventive and reactive maintenance strategies on the following scenarios: • Changing the tires and oil on the maintenance vehicle fleet. • Replacing a faulty component on a box maker. You need to determine the functionality to use for each maintenance requirement. Solution: Create maintenance rounds for both the vehicle fleet and the box maker. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确的解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回到该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家制造公司已实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司依靠机械和设备进行运营。它拥有多种资产，包括生产设备、车辆和工具。该公司希望优化其资产维护流程，以减少停机时间并提高整体生产力。该公司希望在以下情形中实施预防性维护和反应性维护策略：• 对维护车辆车队进行轮胎和机油更换。• 更换箱式包装机上的故障部件。您需要确定每种维护需求应使用的功能。解决方案：为车辆车队和箱式包装机分别创建维护轮次。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 64, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has a history of incorrect inventory valuation reporting due to non-existence of a proper cycle counting policy. You need to select the type of cycle counting to perform for each use case. Which cycle counting types should you perform? To answer, drag the appropriate cycle counting types to the correct use cases. Each cycle counting type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司由于缺乏适当的循环盘点政策，过去曾出现库存价值报告错误的情况。您需要为每个使用案例选择适当的循环盘点类型。应该执行哪些循环盘点类型？要回答这个问题，请将适当的循环盘点类型拖放到正确的使用案例中。每个循环盘点类型可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各值1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 65, "stem": "A manufacturing company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for asset maintenance. The temperature control system requires calibration every six months by a certified metrologist. You need to configure the six-month cadence requirement. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Maintenance job trade", "text_cn": "维护工作类别" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Maintenance job type category", "text_cn": "维护作业类型类别" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Maintenance checklist variable", "text_cn": "维护检查表变量" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Maintenance job type variant", "text_cn": "维护工单类型变体" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家制造公司正在为资产维护实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。温度控制系统需要每六个月由经认证的计量学家进行校准。您需要配置六个月的周期要求。应配置什么？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 66, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A manufacturing company is using Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management and wants to take advantage of the asset management capabilities. The company has a fleet of delivery trucks and wants to maintain the trucks to maximize the vehicle's performance and lifespan while minimizing the risk of breakdowns. To meet these requirements, the asset maintenance plan for the trucks should be configured with the following: • Require an oil change every 25,000 miles. • Require a comprehensive inspection every six months. You need to determine how to configure the asset maintenance plan lines for the delivery trucks. How should you configure the maintenance plan line? To answer, move the appropriate plan type to the correct requirement. You may use each plan type once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放操作 - 一家制造公司正在使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理，并希望利用资产管理系统功能。该公司拥有一支配送卡车车队，希望对这些卡车进行维护，以最大化车辆的性能和使用寿命，同时最小化故障风险。为满足这些要求，应按照以下内容配置卡车的资产维护计划：• 每25,000英里需进行一次机油更换。 • 每六个月需进行一次全面检查。您需要确定如何为配送卡车配置资产维护计划行。应如何配置维护计划行？要回答此问题，请将适当的计划类型移动到相应的需求处。您可以将每个计划类型使用一次、多次或完全不用。您可能需要移动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 67, "stem": "HOTSPOT - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You need to configure the requirements for WineA. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示更多关于案例研究中描述的情景的图表和其他资源。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新一节，就无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。\n\n背景 - Coho酒庄与酒厂是一家母公司，下设两家子公司：Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州梅德福。酒庄种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒厂位于俄勒冈州格兰茨帕斯，负责将包装好的葡萄酒分销给企业和消费者。酒厂还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。 \n\n当前环境。技术环境 \n• Coho酒庄与酒厂需要来自Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具对财务数据进行合并。 \n• Coho酒厂目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司分开。 \n\n当前环境。库存与仓储 \n• 整个仓库是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要更低温储存的物品。 \n• 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 \n• Coho目前为奶酪商品使用智能编号。这些商品以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： \n• F11234 = 法国奶酪 \n• U14567 = 美国奶酪 \n• 目前葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 \n• 库存按先进先出（FIFO）方式计价。 \n• 橄榄油的保质期为12个月。 \n• WineA价格昂贵，不在仓库中常规库存。 \n• WineB必须存放在仓库的冷藏区。 \n• WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中主要的库存。 \n\n当前环境。供应商与采购 \n• 奶酪从两个国家的供应商处购买：法国和美国。 \n• 非奶酪商品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 \n• 橄榄油以每箱六瓶的形式买卖。 \n• 当Coho酒庄在一个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会向月采购额超过5000美元的任何公司提供返利计划。 \n\n要求。通用 \n• Coho酒庄与酒厂母公司以及Coho酒庄不会被纳入Coho酒厂实施Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management的范围。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。 \n\n要求。库存与仓储 \n• 必须在新系统中重新编号物品。 \n• 每个进口物品必须使用单独的物品编号，以便根据来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 \n• 新系统必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 \n• 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的物品编号。 \n• 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响其成本。必须按年跟踪该成本。 \n• 一些葡萄酒需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 \n• 葡萄酒必须按以下层次结构分组： \n• 红酒 \n• 赤霞珠 \n• 梅洛 \n• 白酒 \n• 霞多丽 \n• 黑皮诺 \n• 每月末必须记录库存价值。 \n• 每月评估库存中的橄榄油。保质期剩余少于六个月的橄榄油将被卖给折扣零售店。如果保质期剩余少于90天，则橄榄油将被捐赠或销毁。 \n• 至少有20箱橄榄油且不超过50箱未被预留用于即将到来的客户订单。 \n• WineB必须冷藏。 \n\n要求。供应商与采购 \n• 未来的奶酪智能编号系统将不再使用。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用对应国家或地区的奶酪商品。 \n• 橄榄油只能以整箱形式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 \n• 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 \n• 必须计算并提交供应商返利以申请赔偿。 \n• 返利计划会转嫁给销售Coho酒厂葡萄酒的零售商。返利必须从Coho酒庄申请。 \n• 采购订单（PO）必须在线维护，并且在供应商和买家之间需追踪变更。 \n• 财务主管决定WineA不得在Coho酒厂账目中计入财务库存。酒厂与供应商达成协议，WineA在之后某个日期前仍归供应商所有。 \n• 供应商1发送大批货物。Coho酒厂有时没有足够的仓库员工接收库存。公司要求供应商1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 \n• 运营协调员必须安排入库货物。公司要求尽可能自动化地创建入库货物。 \n\n问题 \n• 仓库已达到最大容量。空置的货位并不总是可用。 \n• 仓库经理希望在仓库地板上设立WineB的快速流动区域，并从高架存储中补充货位。 \n• Coho酒厂最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被修改且缺乏控制。 \n• 在统计橄榄油后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划员必须确定是否需要为橄榄油下达新的采购订单。 \n• 供应商返利索赔经常被拒绝，因为索赔计算时未包括折扣。 \n• 采购经理收到关于采购订单（PO）的多个投诉： \n• 问题1：PO更改未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 \n• 问题2：供应商无法控制对PO的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。 \n\n您需要为WineA配置需求。您应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 68, "stem": "This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You need to resolve the risk issue identified from the internal audit. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Inventory value report storage report", "text_cn": "库存价值报告 存储报告" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Planned costing version", "text_cn": "计划成本版本" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Active costing version", "text_cn": "活动成本版本" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Inventory value report A A (100%)", "text_cn": "库存价值报告 A A（100%）" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用任意考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。你必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，提供有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦你开始新的部分，就不能返回到此部分。要开始案例研究——要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在你回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景——Coho葡萄园与酒庄是一家母公司，拥有两家子公司：Coho葡萄园和Coho酒庄。Coho葡萄园位于俄勒冈州梅德福。葡萄园种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州格兰斯帕斯，向企业及消费者分销包装好的葡萄酒。酒庄还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。当前环境。技术环境 • Coho葡萄园与酒庄需要来自Coho葡萄园和Coho酒庄的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具进行财务合并。 • Coho酒庄目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司分开。当前环境。库存与仓储 • 整个仓库都是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要更低温存储的物品。 • 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 • Coho目前对奶酪项目使用智能编号。这些项目以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： • F11234 = 法国奶酪 • U14567 = 美国奶酪 • 目前葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 • 库存按先进先出（FIFO）方式计价。 • 橄榄油有12个月的保质期。 • WineA价格昂贵，不在仓库中经常库存。 • WineB必须存放在仓库的冷藏区。 • WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中大部分库存。当前环境。供应商与采购 • 奶酪从两个国家的供应商处购买：法国和美国。 • 非奶酪物品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 • 橄榄油以每箱六瓶的方式买卖。 • 当Coho葡萄园在一个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会为任何月采购额超过5000美元的公司提供返利计划。要求。通用 • Coho葡萄园与酒庄母公司以及Coho葡萄园不会被考虑在Coho酒庄实施Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management的范围内。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。要求。库存与仓储 • 必须在新系统中重新编号物品。 • 必须为每个进口物品使用单独的物品编号，以便根据来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 • 新系统必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 • 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的物品编号。 • 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响该瓶葡萄酒的成本。此成本必须按年跟踪。 • 一些葡萄酒需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 • 葡萄酒必须按层次结构分组，如下所示： • 红酒 • 赤霞珠 • 黑皮诺 • 白酒 • 霞多丽 • 霞多丽 • 每月末必须存储库存价值。 • 每月评估一次现库存的橄榄油。保质期少于六个月的橄榄油将被卖给折扣零售店。如果保质期少于90天，则橄榄油将被捐赠或销毁。 • 至少有20箱橄榄油且不超过50箱未预留用于即将到来的客户订单。 • WineB必须冷藏。要求。供应商与采购 • 未来的奶酪智能编号系统将不再使用。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用对应国家或地区的奶酪项目。 • 橄榄油只能以整箱方式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 • 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 • 必须计算并提交供应商返利以申请赔偿。 • 返利计划会转嫁给销售Coho酒庄葡萄酒的零售商。必须从Coho葡萄园处申请返利。 • 采购订单（PO）必须在线维护，并跟踪供应商和买家之间的更改。 • 财务主管决定WineA不得在Coho酒庄账面上作为财务库存持有。酒庄与供应商达成协议，WineA在以后的某个日期之前仍归供应商所有。 • Vendor1发送大批量货物。Coho酒庄有时没有足够的仓库员工接收库存。公司要求Vendor1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 • 运营协调员必须安排进货负载。公司要求尽可能自动化进货负载的创建。问题 • 仓库已达到最大容量。空置的货位并不总是可用。 • 仓库经理希望在仓库地板上设立WineB的快速流动区域，并从高货架存储中补充货位。 • Coho酒庄最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被编辑且缺乏控制。 • 在统计橄榄油后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划师必须确定是否应为橄榄油下新的采购订单。 • 供应商返利索赔经常被拒绝，因为索赔计算时未包括折扣。 • 采购经理收到关于采购订单（PO）的多个投诉： • 问题1：PO变更未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 • 问题2：供应商无法控制对PO的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。你需要解决内部审计中识别的风险问题。你应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 69, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as eaches. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator1 must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to configure the location directives for vinegar. Which features should you choose for the given configurations? To answer, move the appropriate features to the correct configurations. You may use each feature once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的计时。你可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，考试中可能还有其他案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束后，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。一旦你开始新的一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农民市场以及杂货店供应腌菜、果酱、腌制用品和辅助产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产或为任何物品提供罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 的会计系统与仓储系统脱节。这导致了库存控制和估值的问题。基于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个仓库，作为所有产品的配送中心。• 仓库有散装位置和货架，但没有位置名称和编号。• 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣货位置的额外库存。• 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。• 由于缺乏库存控制，经常需要进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 项目编号不一致，并被设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。• 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民处采购。• 腌黄瓜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格。瓶子装入纸箱中。• 瓶中的腌黄瓜可以是尖形、片状或整条形状，这不会影响相同口味腌黄瓜的成本。• 腌黄瓜口味包括甜味、辣味和莳萝味。口味价格不同。• 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄。这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前由供应商拥有。芒果果酱需要冷藏，其他果酱不需要冷藏。• 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。• 一些库存物品有保质期，例如醋。• 快速流动的商品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌黄瓜最受欢迎。采购与销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。• 在线商店仅限于部分仅限配件的产品，例如瓶子和罐子。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 将要推出一个新的犹太教腌黄瓜产品线。• VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的商品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员易于获取，AisleA 中每个货位最多只能有一个商品。甜味和辣味腌黄瓜的库存量超过了 AisleA 的容量，因此需要储存在散装位置。o 辣味腌黄瓜在 AisleA 中任何时候都不得少于半托盘。o 在创建仓库工作波次之前，甜味腌黄瓜在 AisleA 中必须有足够的库存。• 草莓果酱这个季节销售缓慢。它们被存放在较高的货位，因为它们不被视为快速流动的商品。库存与数据 - • 项目编号必须设置为创建一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧项目编号以便交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 已决定使用 0000001 作为腌黄瓜的项目格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。• 尽可能将腌黄瓜的项目编号合并为单一项目编号，无论瓶装大小如何。• 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。• 犹太教腌黄瓜必须在项目主数据中设置。犹太教腌黄瓜的尺寸和口味与普通腌黄瓜相同，只是具有犹太教标识，并且价格略高。• 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品过期日期。• 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存放在非易腐区而被丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从本地供应商处采购，仅限于特殊订单。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了独家协议，现在买家只能从 VendorA 采购。• VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望确保所有与 VendorA 的协议也适用于 VendorB，直到他们将两家公司合并为一家。• VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下： o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品发送给 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有产品。 o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存果酱。问题 - • CustomerD 报告称他们订购的醋在收到时还有一周才过期，这不足以让 CustomerD 在必须丢弃之前使用完醋。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋的过期日期至少还有 30 天。• 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太教腌黄瓜，却收到了普通腌黄瓜。库存控制员 2 报告称，同一品种的犹太教和非犹太教腌黄瓜存放在同一仓库位置，导致了拣货错误。• 一位销售人员报告称，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次收到的黄瓜成本，而不是特定客户订单的黄瓜成本。• 内部审计发现过去一年中多次丢失大量腌黄瓜，并被记为损坏。没有相关的文档或解释。没有处置记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌黄瓜没有被盗。• 腌黄瓜罐头以单个接收。腌黄瓜罐头的箱数根据尺寸不同： o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱不同的数量在仓库中造成了额外的工作负担。• 仓库的收货员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移动到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应被移动到名为 LocationB 的退货供应商位置。其他所有醋应按照正常的存放指示进行存放和销售。• Operator1 正从一个位置将草莓果酱的托盘运送到发货码头。在搬运托盘时，Operator1 摔落了托盘。Operator1 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成前不可用于发货。• Operator2 尝试打印包含项目 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后发生卡纸。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。你需要配置醋的位置指令。你应该选择哪些功能来配置这些情况？为了回答这个问题，请将适当的功能移动到正确的配置中。你可以每次使用一次、多次使用或根本不使用每个功能。你可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 70, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A process manufacturer is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to produce sports energy bars, beverages, and nutritional supplements. The company must run a series of quality control tests for all its beverage items for each production run after the items are completed from a production job The testing process for all beverages must follow the same process. The energy bars and nutritional supplements have their own testing requirements. The specific tests are not yet defined. You need to configure the quality associations in preparation for the requirements. Solution: Create a test group for all beverage items. Create a quality association with Reference type as Production and Item code as All. Assign the test group to the quality association. Set Event type to Report as finished. Set Execution to After. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B B (100%)", "text_cn": "无 B B（100%）" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家流程制造商正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理，以生产运动能量棒、饮料和营养补充剂。该公司必须在其所有饮料产品每次生产完成后，从生产工单中完成产品后，运行一系列质量控制测试。所有饮料的测试过程必须遵循相同的流程。能量棒和营养补充剂有其自身的测试要求。具体的测试尚未定义。您需要配置质量关联，以准备满足这些要求。解决方案：为所有饮料产品创建一个测试组。创建一个质量关联，参考类型设为“生产”，项目代码设为“全部”。将测试组分配给质量关联。将事件类型设为“报告为完成”，执行设为“之后”。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 71, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A process manufacturer is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to produce sports energy bars, beverages, and nutritional supplements. The company must run a series of quality control tests for all its beverage items for each production run after the items are completed from a production job The testing process for all beverages must follow the same process. The energy bars and nutritional supplements have their own testing requirements. The specific tests are not yet defined. You need to configure the quality associations in preparation for the requirements. Solution: Create a quality association for each item with Reference type as Inventory, using item code as Table and specifying each item on the quality associations. Set Event type to Registered. Set Execution to Before. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B B (100%)", "text_cn": "无 B B（100%）" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个可能满足所述目标的独特解决方案。某些题组可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他题组可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的一个问题后，将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家流程制造商正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理，以生产运动能量棒、饮料和营养补充剂。该公司必须在其所有饮料产品每次生产完成后，从生产任务中完成之后，针对每个生产批次运行一系列质量控制测试。所有饮料的测试流程必须遵循相同的流程。能量棒和营养补充剂有其自身的测试要求。具体的测试尚未定义。您需要配置质量关联以满足这些要求。解决方案：为每个物品创建一个质量关联，参考类型设为“库存”，使用物品代码作为“表”，并在质量关联中指定每个物品。设置事件类型为“已注册”。设置执行时间为“之前”。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 72, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A process manufacturer is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to produce sports energy bars, beverages, and nutritional supplements. The company must run a series of quality control tests for all its beverage items for each production run after the items are completed from a production job The testing process for all beverages must follow the same process. The energy bars and nutritional supplements have their own testing requirements. The specific tests are not yet defined. You need to configure the quality associations in preparation for the requirements. Solution: Create a quality association for each item with Reference type as Inventory, using item code as Table and specifying each item on the quality associations. Set Event type to Report as finished. Set Execution to After. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B B (100%)", "text_cn": "无 B 型血（100%）" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个可能满足所述目标的独特解决方案。某些题组可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他题组可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家流程制造商正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理，以生产运动能量棒、饮料和营养补充剂。该公司必须在其所有饮料产品每次生产运行完成后，从生产工单中完成产品后，进行一系列质量控制测试。所有饮料的测试过程必须遵循相同的流程。能量棒和营养补充剂有其自身的测试要求。具体的测试尚未定义。您需要配置质量关联，以满足这些要求。解决方案：为每个物品创建一个质量关联，参考类型设为“库存”，使用物品代码作为“表”，并在质量关联中指定每个物品。将事件类型设为“报告为完成”。将执行设置为“之后”。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 73, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A manufacturing company has implemented Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company relies on machinery and equipment for its operations. It has a diverse range of assets, including manufacturing equipment, vehicles, and tools. The company wants to optimize its asset maintenance processes to minimize downtime and improve overall productivity. The company wants to implement both preventive and reactive maintenance strategies on the following scenarios: • Changing the tires and oil on the maintenance vehicle fleet. • Replacing a faulty component on a box maker. You need to determine the functionality to use for each maintenance requirement. Solution: Create maintenance round for the vehicle fleet and a maintenance plan for the box maker. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回到该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家制造公司已实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司依靠机械和设备进行运营。它拥有多种资产，包括制造设备、车辆和工具。该公司希望优化其资产维护流程，以减少停机时间并提高整体生产力。该公司希望在以下情形中实施预防性和反应性维护策略：• 对维修车辆队列进行轮胎和机油更换。• 更换箱式包装机上的故障部件。您需要确定每种维护需求应使用的功能。解决方案：为车辆队列创建维护轮次，并为箱式包装机创建维护计划。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 74, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as eaches. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator1 must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to determine Operator1’s next steps. Which next two process steps should Operator1 complete? To answer, move the appropriate processes to the correct process steps. You may use each process once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦你开始新的部分，就不能返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农民市场以及杂货店供应腌黄瓜、果酱、腌制用品和辅助产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产或为任何物品提供罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个与仓储系统脱机的会计系统。这导致了库存控制和估值的问题。鉴于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个仓库，作为所有产品的配送中心。 • 仓库有散装位置和货架，但没有位置名称和编号。 • 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣选位置的额外库存。 • 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。 • 由于缺乏库存控制，经常需要进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 项目编号不一致，并设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。 • 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民处采购。 • 腌黄瓜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格。瓶子装在箱子里。 • 腌黄瓜在瓶中有尖形、片状或整块形状，这不会影响相同口味腌黄瓜的成本。 • 腌黄瓜口味有甜味、辣味和莳萝味。口味价格不同。 • 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄。这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前归供应商所有。芒果果酱需要冷藏，其他果酱不需要冷藏。 • 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。 • 一些库存物品有保质期，例如醋。 • 快速流动的商品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌黄瓜最受欢迎。采购与销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。 • 在线商店仅限于部分仅限配件的产品，例如瓶子和罐子。 • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 将推出一个新的犹太教腌黄瓜产品线。 • VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的商品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员来说易于获取，AisleA 中每个货位最多只放一件商品。甜味和辣味腌黄瓜的库存量超过 AisleA 的容量，因此需要储存在散装位置。 o 辣味腌黄瓜在 AisleA 中任何时候不得少于半托盘。 o 在创建仓库工作波次之前，甜味腌黄瓜在 AisleA 中必须有足够的库存。 • 草莓果酱这个季节销售缓慢。它们被存放在较高的货位，因为它们不被视为快速流动的商品。库存与数据 - • 项目编号必须设置为创建一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧项目编号以供交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 确定了 0000001 作为腌黄瓜的项目格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。 • 可能的情况下，腌黄瓜的项目编号应合并为单一项目编号，无论瓶装大小如何。 • 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。 • 犹太教腌黄瓜必须在项目主数据中设置。犹太教腌黄瓜的尺寸和口味与普通腌黄瓜相同，只是具有犹太教标识，并且价格略高。 • 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品保质期。 • 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存入非易腐区而不得不丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从本地供应商处采购，仅用于特殊订单。 • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了独家协议，现在买家只能从 VendorA 采购。 • VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望确保所有与 VendorA 的协议也适用于 VendorB，直到他们将两家公司合并为一家。 • VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下： o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品发运给 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有该产品。 o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存果酱。问题 - • CustomerD 报告说他们订购的醋在收到时还有一周就过期了，这不足以让他们在到期前使用，不得不丢弃。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋在过期前至少有 30 天剩余。 • 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太教腌黄瓜，却收到了普通腌黄瓜。库存控制员 2 报告说，同一品种的犹太教和非犹太教腌黄瓜存放在同一个仓库位置，导致了拣选错误。 • 一位销售人员报告说，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次收到的黄瓜成本，而不是特定客户订单收到的黄瓜成本。 • 内部审计发现过去一年中多次丢失大量腌黄瓜，并被记为损坏。没有相关记录或解释。没有处置记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌黄瓜不是被盗的。 • 腌黄瓜罐头以单个接收。腌黄瓜罐头的箱数根据尺寸不同： o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱不同的数量增加了仓库的负担。 • 仓库的收货员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应移到名为 LocationB 的退货给供应商的位置。其他所有醋应按照正常位置指令存放并销售。 • Operator1 正从一个位置将一托盘草莓果酱运送到装运码头。在搬运托盘时，Operator1 摔倒了托盘。Operator1 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成之前不可用于装运。 • Operator2 尝试打印包含项目 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后卡住了。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。你需要确定 Operator1 的下一步操作。你应该让 Operator1 完成哪两个下一步流程？为了回答这个问题，请将适当的过程移动到正确的流程步骤。你可以每次使用一个过程、多次使用或根本不使用。你可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 75, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A process manufacturer is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to produce sports energy bars, beverages, and nutritional supplements. The company must run a series of quality control tests for all its beverage items for each production run after the items are completed from a production job The testing process for all beverages must follow the same process. The energy bars and nutritional supplements have their own testing requirements. The specific tests are not yet defined. You need to configure the quality associations in preparation for the requirements. Solution: Create a quality association with Reference type as Production and Item code as Group. Create a quality group for all items and assign it to the quality association. Set Event type to Report as finished. Set Execution to After. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B B (100%)", "text_cn": "无 B B（100%）" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个可能满足所述目标的独特解决方案。某些题组可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他题组可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家流程制造商正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理，以生产运动能量棒、饮料和营养补充剂。该公司必须在其所有饮料产品每次生产运行完成后，从生产订单中完成产品后，进行一系列质量控制测试。所有饮料的测试过程必须遵循相同的流程。能量棒和营养补充剂有其自身的测试要求。具体的测试尚未定义。您需要配置质量关联，以准备这些要求。解决方案：创建一个参考类型为“生产”、项目代码为“组”的质量关联。为所有项目创建一个质量组，并将其分配给质量关联。将事件类型设置为“报告为完成”。将执行设置为“之后”。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 76, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Three assets at a single location all need the same tune-up. A single worker can complete all three tune-ups. The worker’s hours must be allocated to each asset. You need to configure the system for the worker. Which configuration should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a consumption registration for the items.", "text_cn": "为这些物品创建消费登记。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Configure a job card for the device.", "text_cn": "为该设备配置作业卡。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Configure labor standards.", "text_cn": "配置劳动标准。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create three separate work orders.", "text_cn": "创建三个独立的工单。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。一个地点的三项资产都需要相同的调整。一名员工可以完成所有三项调整。该员工的工作时间必须分配给每项资产。您需要为该员工配置系统。应使用哪种配置？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 77, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for asset management. A specific piece of equipment has a high volume of work orders. You need to identify the costs associated with machine repairs. What should you use to identify the costs? To answer, move the appropriate locations to the correct requirements. You may use each location once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理进行资产管理。某台设备有大量工单。您需要确定与机器维修相关的成本。您应该使用什么来确定这些成本？要回答，请将适当的地点移动到正确的要求上。您可以每个地点使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条移动或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 78, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Three assets at a single location all need the same tune-up. A single worker can complete all three tune-ups. The worker’s hours must be allocated to each asset. You need to configure the system for the worker. Which configuration should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a consumption registration for the expenses.", "text_cn": "创建费用登记。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create three separate work orders.", "text_cn": "创建三个独立的工作订单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Configure work line details.", "text_cn": "配置工作线详情。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a consumption registration for the items.", "text_cn": "为这些物品创建消费登记。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。一个地点的三项资产都需要相同的维护。一名员工可以完成所有三项维护。该员工的工作时间必须分配给每项资产。您需要为该员工配置系统。应使用哪种配置？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 79, "stem": "A distribution company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company implements a new safety policy. The policy dictates that all business units must undergo a rapid routine safety checkup every week. To follow the new policy, the warehouse manager must ensure the following: • The business unit must be unavailable for use during that period. • The maintenance activities must be conducted during the lunch break to avoid production downtime losses. You must configure the system to meet the safety requirements. Which two configurations should you complete? Each correct answer presents a part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Work order service levels", "text_cn": "工单服务级别" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Maintenance request lifecycle models", "text_cn": "维护请求生命周期模型" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Asset BOMs", "text_cn": "资产BOM清单" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Work order types", "text_cn": "工单类型" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Attributes", "text_cn": "属性" } ], "answer": "BD", "stem_cn": "一家分销公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司实施了一项新的安全政策。该政策规定，所有业务单元必须每周进行一次快速常规安全检查。为遵循新政策，仓库经理必须确保以下事项：• 在此期间，业务单元必须不可用。 • 维护活动必须在午休时间进行，以避免生产停机损失。您必须配置系统以满足安全要求。应完成哪两种配置？每个正确答案代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 80, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Three assets at a single location all need the same tune-up. A single worker can complete all three tune-ups. The worker’s hours must be allocated to each asset. You need to configure the system for the worker. Which configuration should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Configure the operations resource and set it to human resource.", "text_cn": "配置操作资源并将其设置为人力资源。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Configure work line details.", "text_cn": "配置工作线详情。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a consumption registration for the expenses.", "text_cn": "创建费用登记。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create one work order and split hours by work order job.", "text_cn": "创建一个工单并按工单任务拆分工时。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。一个地点的三项资产都需要相同的维护。一名员工可以完成所有三项维护。该员工的工作时间必须分配给每项资产。您需要为该员工配置系统。应使用哪种配置？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 81, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for the management and maintenance of company assets. The company has a single legal entity in the United States. All assets are installed at the company’s locations. The company performs routine maintenance on assets. At times, the assets break and require emergency repairs. Several of the asset repairs must be performed by engineers who have specialized certifications. The certified engineers may be out of office, so a request may not be completed immediately. The company must be able to use Supply Chain Management to track the asset repairs and the progress of the repairs by the engineers by using the following configurable states: • New • Pending • In progress • Completed You need to configure the system. Which feature should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理，用于公司资产的管理和维护。该公司在美国有一个法人实体。所有资产都安装在公司的场所。公司对资产进行常规维护。有时，资产会损坏，需要紧急维修。一些资产维修必须由具有专业认证的工程师执行。这些认证工程师可能不在办公室，因此请求可能无法立即完成。公司必须能够使用供应链管理来通过以下可配置状态跟踪资产维修以及工程师的维修进度：• 新 • 待处理 • 进行中 • 已完成 您需要配置系统。应配置哪个功能？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 82, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company is introducing a new line of products that require multiple pieces of new shop floor equipment. The accounting manager requires the following: • The new equipment must be tightly controlled throughout the acquisition cycle with vendors. • All assets must have expected receipts. • The asset must be automatically created when it is received by the warehouse. You need to meet the accounting manager’s requirements. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司正在推出一系列需要多件新车间设备的新产品。会计经理要求如下：• 新设备在整个采购周期中必须与供应商保持严格控制。• 所有资产都必须有预期的收货。• 当资产被仓库接收时，必须自动创建该资产。你需要满足会计经理的要求。针对每个要求，你应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 83, "stem": "A company is implementing asset management in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company manually assigns workers to work orders. The quality of maintenance suffers due to the manual assignment process. The company requires preferred maintenance workers to be assigned to a given work order based on specific criteria. You need to assign the workers to work orders. Which criteria should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "title", "text_cn": "标题" }, { "label": "B", "text": "asset type", "text_cn": "资产类型" }, { "label": "C", "text": "job", "text_cn": "工作" }, { "label": "D", "text": "work history", "text_cn": "工作经历" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理中的资产管理。该公司手动将员工分配到工单。由于手动分配流程，维护质量受到影响。该公司需要根据特定标准，将首选的维护员工分配到给定的工单。您需要将员工分配到工单。应使用哪些标准？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 84, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company is using Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for its asset management operations. The company must manage periodic, preventative maintenance for two types of conveyor belt assets. • One type of conveyor belt asset must be maintained daily for a total of 365 total inspections. • The other type of conveyor belt asset must be maintained weekly for a total of 52 total inspections. Preventative maintenance must be consolidated under a single record for all conveyor belt assets. You need to configure the features for the solution. Which features should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司正在使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理进行其资产管理工作。该公司必须对两种类型的输送带资产进行定期预防性维护。• 一种类型的输送带资产必须每天进行维护，总共进行 365 次检查。• 另一种类型的输送带资产必须每周进行维护，总共进行 52 次检查。所有输送带资产的预防性维护必须在单一记录下进行汇总。您需要配置解决方案的相应功能。应配置哪些功能？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 85, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Three assets at a single location all need the same tune-up. A single worker can complete all three tune-ups. The worker’s hours must be allocated to each asset. You need to configure the system for the worker. Which configuration should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a consumption registration for the expenses.", "text_cn": "创建费用登记。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a consumption registration for the items.", "text_cn": "为这些物品创建消费登记。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create one work order and split hours by work order job.", "text_cn": "创建一个工单并按工单任务拆分工时。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Configure labor standards.", "text_cn": "配置劳动标准。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。一个地点的三项资产都需要相同的维护。一名员工可以完成所有三项维护。该员工的工作时间必须分配给每项资产。您需要为该员工配置系统。应使用哪种配置？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 86, "stem": "A company is implementing sales order functionality in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has a business requirement to fulfill sales orders by using direct delivery. You need to enter a direct delivery sales order so that a purchase order is automatically created. What should you do after you enter the sales order and lines?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Change the site to direct delivery and confirm the sales order.", "text_cn": "将站点改为直送，并确认销售订单。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Select automatic and confirm the sales order on the line level setup tab in the reservation field.", "text_cn": "在预留字段中选择自动，并在行级别设置选项卡上确认销售订单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Change the delivery type on the sales order line to direct delivery and select save.", "text_cn": "将销售订单行的交货类型更改为直接交货并选择保存。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set the ship complete toggle to On and confirm the order on the sales order header.", "text_cn": "将船舶完整切换项设置为开启，并在销售订单抬头确认订单。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在Dynamics 365供应链管理中实施销售订单功能。该公司有一个业务需求，要求通过直接配送来履行销售订单。您需要输入一个直接配送销售订单，以便自动生成采购订单。在输入销售订单和明细后，应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 87, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Three assets at a single location all need the same tune-up. A single worker can complete all three tune-ups. The worker’s hours must be allocated to each asset. You need to configure the system for the worker. Which configuration should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Configure a job card for the device.", "text_cn": "为设备配置作业卡。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create three separate work orders.", "text_cn": "创建三个独立的工单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Configure work line details.", "text_cn": "配置工作线详情。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a consumption registration for the items.", "text_cn": "为这些物品创建消费登记。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。一个地点的三项资产都需要相同的维护。一名员工可以完成所有三项维护。该员工的工作时间必须分配给每项资产。您需要为该员工配置系统。应使用哪种配置？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 88, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company plans to configure Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to perform preventative maintenance for several machines on its shop floor. The company has the following requirements: • Create work orders automatically. • Inspect assets daily starting June 1 of this year. • Perform five calibration and safety checks on a set of assets each day to maintain safety compliance. You need to configure the appropriate solution. Solution: Create a maintenance request for each asset in the work order pool with a maintenance request type of Safety, add the work order pool to the maintenance request configure the maintenance request for the requirements, and update the maintenance request state to Scheduled. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同情景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个可能满足所述目标的独特解决方案。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在本部分中回答问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司计划配置Dynamics 365供应链管理，以对其车间内的若干机器进行预防性维护。该公司有以下要求：• 自动创建工单。• 从今年6月1日起每天检查资产。• 每天对一组资产进行五次校准和安全检查，以保持安全合规。您需要配置适当的解决方案。解决方案：为工作订单池中的每个资产创建维护请求，维护请求类型为安全，将工作订单池添加到维护请求中，配置维护请求以满足要求，并将维护请求状态更新为已安排。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 89, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company plans to configure Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to perform preventative maintenance for several machines on its shop floor. The company has the following requirements: • Create work orders automatically. • Inspect assets daily starting June 1 of this year. • Perform five calibration and safety checks on a set of assets each day to maintain safety compliance. You need to configure the appropriate solution. Solution: Create a maintenance plan, assign the assets, configure the maintenance plan for the requirements, and schedule the maintenance plan. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的一个问题后，将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司计划配置Dynamics 365供应链管理，以对其车间内的多台机器进行预防性维护。该公司有以下要求：• 自动创建工单。• 从今年6月1日起每天检查资产。• 每天对一组资产进行五次校准和安全检查，以保持安全合规性。您需要配置适当的解决方案。解决方案：创建维护计划，分配资产，为需求配置维护计划，并安排维护计划。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 90, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company plans to configure Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to perform preventative maintenance for several machines on its shop floor. The company has the following requirements: • Create work orders automatically. • Inspect assets daily starting June 1 of this year. • Perform five calibration and safety checks on a set of assets each day to maintain safety compliance. You need to configure the appropriate solution. Solution: Create a work order, assign a work order maintenance job for each asset, configure the work order for the requirements, and schedule the work order. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些题组可能有多个正确答案，而其他题组可能没有正确答案。在您回答了本部分的问题后，将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司计划配置Dynamics 365供应链管理，以对其车间内的多台机器进行预防性维护。该公司有以下要求：• 自动创建工单。• 从今年6月1日起每天检查资产。• 每天对一组资产进行五次校准和安全检查，以保持安全合规。您需要配置适当的解决方案。解决方案：创建工单，为每项资产分配工单维护任务，根据要求配置工单，并安排工单。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 91, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company plans to configure Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to perform preventative maintenance for several machines on its shop floor. The company has the following requirements: • Create work orders automatically. • Inspect assets daily starting June 1 of this year. • Perform five calibration and safety checks on a set of assets each day to maintain safety compliance. You need to configure the appropriate solution. Solution: Create a maintenance round, assign the assets, configure the maintenance round for the requirements, and schedule the maintenance round. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司计划配置Dynamics 365供应链管理，以对其车间内的若干机器进行预防性维护。该公司有以下要求：• 自动创建工单。• 从今年6月1日起每天检查资产。• 每天对一组资产进行五次校准和安全检查，以保持安全合规。您需要配置适当的解决方案。解决方案：创建一个维护轮次，分配资产，为需求配置维护轮次，并安排维护轮次。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 92, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage maintenance requests by using asset management. The company requires the creation of automatic assets for a functional location. You need to configure the data. Which two configurations should you use? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "lifecycle state", "text_cn": "生命周期状态" }, { "label": "B", "text": "asset type default", "text_cn": "资产类型默认" }, { "label": "C", "text": "functional location type", "text_cn": "功能位置类型" }, { "label": "D", "text": "functionality profiles", "text_cn": "功能配置文件" }, { "label": "E", "text": "attribute types", "text_cn": "属性类型" } ], "answer": "BC", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理通过资产管理系统来处理维护请求。该公司需要为功能位置创建自动资产。您需要配置数据。应使用哪两个配置？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 93, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage work orders in asset management. Some work orders require workers who have current certifications. Active certifications are maintained in Supply Chain Management. You need to configure the work order for the certification requirement. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "functional location", "text_cn": "功能位置" }, { "label": "B", "text": "asset types", "text_cn": "资产类型" }, { "label": "C", "text": "maintenance job types", "text_cn": "维护作业类型" }, { "label": "D", "text": "worker skill mapping", "text_cn": "工人技能映射" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理资产中的工单。一些工单需要具有当前认证的工作人员。有效的认证在供应链管理中进行维护。您需要配置工单以满足认证要求。应配置什么？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 94, "stem": "A construction equipment rental company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Equipment can be rented out more than once throughout its useful life. The company requires the equipment to be configured as assets. The controller must be able to report on the cost of each asset and the group of assets at a single construction site. You need to configure the financial dimensions. Where should you configure the financial dimension?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Work orders", "text_cn": "工单" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Functional location", "text_cn": "功能位置" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Condition assessment", "text_cn": "条件评估" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Asset", "text_cn": "资产" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Work order pools", "text_cn": "工单池" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家建筑设备租赁公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。设备在其使用寿命期内可以被多次出租。该公司要求将设备配置为资产。控制器必须能够报告每个资产以及单个施工现场的一组资产的成本。您需要配置财务维度。应在何处配置财务维度？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 95, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Service technicians are taking items out of inventory for use in work orders. You need to remove the items from stock and account for them in the work order. Solution: Post a picking journal and post a packing slip. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在本节中回答问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。服务技术人员正在从库存中取出物品用于工单。您需要从库存中扣除这些物品，并在工单中进行核算。解决方案：录入拣货日记并录入装运单。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 96, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Service technicians are taking items out of inventory for use in work orders. You need to remove the items from stock and account for them in the work order. Solution: Post a picking journal and post a report as finished journal. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在本节中回答问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。服务技术人员正在从库存中取出物品用于工单。您需要从库存中扣除这些物品并在工单中进行核算。解决方案：录入拣货日记并录入完工报告日记。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 97, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Service technicians are taking items out of inventory for use in work orders. You need to remove the items from stock and account for them in the work order. Solution: Create a picking registration and post a picking journal. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同情景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确的解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在回答本部分中的问题后，您将无法返回重新查看。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。服务技术人员正在从库存中取出物品用于工单。您需要从库存中扣除这些物品，并在工单中进行记录。解决方案：创建一个拣货登记并过账拣货日记。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 98, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Service technicians are taking items out of inventory for use in work orders. You need to remove the items from stock and account for them in the work order. Solution: Create a consumption registration and post the work order journal. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同情景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些题组可能有多个正确答案，而其他题组可能没有正确答案。在本节中回答问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。服务技术人员正在从库存中取出物品用于工单。您需要从库存中扣除这些物品并在工单中进行核算。解决方案：创建消耗登记并过账工单日记。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 3, "question_num": 99, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for its warehouse operations. The company has excess inventory in stock The company is selecting items that require a reduction in inventory quantity and will invest the value difference to achieve a higher profit. The company must use a specific interest rate to calculate higher profit. You need to configure the components. Which configuration should you use for each component? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理进行其仓库运营。该公司库存中存在多余库存。该公司正在选择需要减少库存数量的物品，并将价值差额用于实现更高的利润。该公司必须使用特定的利率来计算更高的利润。您需要配置各个组件。对于每个组件，应使用哪种配置？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 1, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). USMF recently experienced issues with a transport company. Many packages were returned because the boxes were opened during delivery. Users in the sales department are creating sales order returns for the returned open boxes. You need to configure the system to ensure that the sales department users can select a predefined description of Open Box for each sales order return. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. You need to configure a Return Reason Code. 1. Click Sales and marketing > Setup > Sales orders > Returns > Return reason codes. 2. Press CTRL + N to create a new return reason code line. 3. In the Return reason code field, enter text to identify this code (enter Open Box). 4. In the Description field, enter text to describe the return reason code. 5. Use the Return reason code group drop-down list to add the code to a return reason code group. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/service-management/set-up-return-reason-code", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您是名为 Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF) 的公司的功能顾问。USMF 最近与一家运输公司发生了问题。许多包裹在配送过程中被打开，因此被退回。销售部门的用户正在为被退回的已打开的箱子创建销售订单退货。您需要配置系统，以确保销售部门的用户可以为每个销售订单退货选择预定义的“已打开箱子”描述。要完成此任务，请登录 Dynamics 365 门户。详见下文。您需要配置一个退货原因代码。1. 单击销售和营销 > 设置 > 销售订单 > 退货 > 退货原因代码。2. 按下 CTRL + N 创建一个新的退货原因代码行。3. 在退货原因代码字段中，输入文本以标识此代码（输入“已打开箱子”）。4. 在描述字段中，输入文本以描述退货原因代码。5. 使用退货原因代码组下拉列表将该代码添加到一个退货原因代码组中。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/service-management/set-up-return-reason-code" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 2, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company orders parts from a vendor. The vendor frequently ships more units than the company orders. An approving manager must receive notification when the quantity of units received is more than 10 percent above the number of units ordered. You have an existing notification workflow. You need to ensure that the notification is generated. How should you configure the system? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司从供应商处订购零件。供应商经常发送的零件数量超过公司所订数量。当收到的零件数量比订购数量多出10%以上时，批准经理必须收到通知。您已有一个通知工作流。您需要确保生成通知。应如何配置系统？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 3, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A vendor is offering a rebate program on bottles of wine that have purchase orders placed within a month. There is a $5.00 rebate on the purchase of 10-100 bottles and a $6.00 rebate for the purchase of 101-200 bottles. Customers can purchase wine by the bottle or by the case. Discounts apply to all varieties of wine sold by the vendor. You need to create a vendor rebate agreement to ensure that the correct rebate amount is claimed at the end of the month. Solution: On the rebate agreement, in the unit of measure rebate option, select exact match. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同场景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的一个问题后，将无法返回重新查看。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。供应商正在对在一个月内下达采购订单的葡萄酒瓶提供返利计划。购买10-100瓶葡萄酒可获得5美元返利，购买101-200瓶葡萄酒可获得6美元返利。客户可以按瓶或按箱购买葡萄酒。折扣适用于供应商销售的所有葡萄酒种类。您需要创建一个供应商返利协议，以确保在月底正确申请返利金额。解决方案：在返利协议中，在“单位计量返利”选项中，选择精确匹配。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 4, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company has an agreement to pay royalties to a third party for use of their logo. A royalty contract must be setup so that the third party paid monthly. The payment is based on invoiced sales. You need to create a royalty contract and create monthly Accounts payable to the third party. Solution: Create a royalty claim in Accounts receivable. Set up the third party as a customer to be paid royalties for use of the logo. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题可能没有正确的解决方案。在回答本部分的问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司与第三方达成协议，使用其标志需支付特许权使用费。必须建立特许权使用费合同，以便第三方每月获得付款。付款基于开票销售额。您需要创建特许权使用费合同并为第三方创建每月的应付账款。解决方案：在应收账款中创建特许权使用费索赔。将第三方设置为需支付特许权使用费的客户以使用标志。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 5, "stem": "A company manufactures and sells custom bicycles. Customers can customize some components to create a custom bicycle. You need to configure sales orders to support the customization allowed for custom bicycle orders. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a sales order for the bicycle and make configuration selections on the order for the upgraded seat and handlebars. The production order will be automatically generated with the correct seat and handlebars.", "text_cn": "为自行车创建销售订单，并在订单上进行升级座椅和车把的配置选择。生产订单将自动生成，包含正确的座椅和车把。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a sales order for the bicycle and add separate line items for the upgraded seat and handlebars.", "text_cn": "为自行车创建销售订单，并为升级的座椅和把手分别添加行项目。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a sales order for the bicycle. Modify the production order after it has been reported as finished to delete the standard seat and handlebars and add the upgraded seat and handlebars.", "text_cn": "为自行车创建销售订单。在生产订单被报告为完成之后对其进行修改，以删除标准座椅和车把，并添加升级版的座椅和车把。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Configure the product to allow for the seat and handlebars selection to be defined at order creation, automatically adding an upcharge to the sales price.", "text_cn": "在订单创建时配置产品，以允许定义座椅和车把的选择，并自动增加销售价格的附加费用。" } ], "answer": "AD", "stem_cn": "一家公司制造并销售定制自行车。客户可以自定义一些部件以创建定制的自行车。您需要配置销售订单，以支持针对定制自行车订单的定制功能。实现此目标的两种可能方法是什么？每个正确的答案都提供一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确的选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 6, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company implements Dynamics 365 Sales to manage sales prospects. A salesperson must create a customer record for a new client in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to create a sales order from an existing quote. What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司实施Dynamics 365 Sales来管理销售机会。销售人员必须在Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management中为新客户创建客户记录。您需要从现有报价单创建销售订单。您应该怎么做？回答此问题，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 7, "stem": "A company manufactures and sells surround-sound audio systems. A third-party company manufactures the stereo receivers as part of the Bill of materials (BOM) for complete sound systems. You need to automatically create a purchase order for the stereo receiver from the production order for a sound system. Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Assign the Vendor account to the service item BOM line.", "text_cn": "将供应商账户分配到服务项BOM行。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set service item BOM line type to Vendor.", "text_cn": "将服务项BOM行类型设置为供应商。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set the service item BOM line type to Pegged supply.", "text_cn": "将服务项BOM行类型设置为已定位供应。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Link the service items to the vendor on the costing sheet.", "text_cn": "将服务项目与供应商在成本表上关联。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Attach the service item to the parent item as a BOM line. ABE", "text_cn": "将服务项目作为BOM行附加到父项上。ABE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司制造和销售环绕立体声音响系统。第三方公司作为完整音响系统物料清单（BOM）的一部分，制造立体声接收器。您需要从音响系统的生产订单中自动生成立体声接收器的采购订单。应该执行哪三个操作？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 8, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A primary vendor tells you that their purchase order (PO) items will be delivered seven days later than expected. You find another vendor that carries the product and can deliver it the next day. You need the purchases from both vendors, but only one PO exists in the system. You need to ensure that the system correctly reflects the inbound products from both vendors. How should you complete the setup? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一个主要供应商告知你，他们的采购订单（PO）项目将比预期晚七天送达。你发现另一个供应商有该产品，并且可以第二天送达。你需要从两个供应商处采购，但系统中只有一个PO。你需要确保系统能正确反映来自两个供应商的入库产品。应如何完成设置？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 9, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company has several vendors who require 1099s. You need to set up the vendors so that year-end reports can be correctly generated. What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司有多个需要1099表格的供应商。您需要设置这些供应商，以便正确生成年终报告。应该怎么做？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 10, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A customer returns a product that is defective for a replacement. You need to process the return order. Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a return of type Credit Only", "text_cn": "创建一种类型为仅信用的退货" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set the deadline date according to the company policy", "text_cn": "根据公司政策设定截止日期" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a credit note for the replaced product", "text_cn": "为更换的产品开具贷项通知单" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set the delivery address to the customer's address in the return order", "text_cn": "将配送地址设置为退货订单中客户的地址" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Create a return of type Physical Return", "text_cn": "创建一种类型的退货：实物退货" }, { "label": "F", "text": "Set the deadline date to the date the customer returns the defective product", "text_cn": "将截止日期设置为顾客退回缺陷产品之日" }, { "label": "G", "text": "Set the delivery address to the company warehouse in the return order BEG", "text_cn": "将退货订单BEG的送货地址设置为公司仓库" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。客户退回一个有缺陷的产品以进行更换。您需要处理退货订单。应执行哪三个操作？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 11, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company plans to use Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to automatically calculate and process royalties. You need to configure the system. Which actions should you perform? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/financials/accounts-payable/royalty-contract", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司计划使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来自动计算和处理特许权使用费。您需要配置系统。应该执行哪些操作？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/financials/accounts-payable/royalty-contract" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 12, "stem": "A client wants to use Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to assist processing intercompany trade. You need to ensure that intercompany sales order payments process correctly when intercompany payable journals are posted. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "In the intercompany trade parameters for sales order policies, select Post journal automatically", "text_cn": "在销售订单政策的公司间贸易参数中，选择自动过账凭证" }, { "label": "B", "text": "In the intercompany trade parameters for purchase order policies, select Post invoice automatically", "text_cn": "在采购订单政策的公司间贸易参数中，选择自动挂账" }, { "label": "C", "text": "In the intercompany trade parameters for purchase order policies, select Post journal automatically", "text_cn": "在公司间贸易的采购订单政策参数中，选择自动过账凭证" }, { "label": "D", "text": "In the intercompany trade parameters for sales order policies, select Allow summary update of documents for original customer", "text_cn": "在销售订单政策的公司间贸易参数中，选择允许对原始客户的文档进行汇总更新" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "客户希望使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来协助处理公司间贸易。您需要确保当公司间应付凭证过账时，公司间销售订单的付款能正确处理。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 13, "stem": "You are the customer relations manager at a wholesale company. You perform promotion planning and must track fund usage. You need to set up a trade allowance agreement to register and track promotion contracts. Which two items should you set up prior to creating the agreement? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Sales category hierarchy", "text_cn": "销售类别层次结构" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Opportunity reasons", "text_cn": "机会理由" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Customer category hierarchy", "text_cn": "客户类别层次结构" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Trade allowance funds", "text_cn": "贸易回扣资金" } ], "answer": "CD", "stem_cn": "你是一家批发公司的客户关系经理，需要进行促销计划并跟踪资金使用情况。你需要建立一个贸易津贴协议，以登记和跟踪促销合同。在创建协议之前，应先设置哪两项内容？每个正确答案都属于解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占1分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 14, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company wants to expand their purchasing power by enhancing their current procurement catalog in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to redirect to external websites to help build their purchase requisitions. You need to set up an external catalog. Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司希望通过增强其在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中的现有采购目录来扩大其采购能力。该公司希望引导至外部网站以帮助建立采购申请。您需要设置一个外部目录。您应按顺序执行哪三个操作？要回答，请从操作列表中选择适当的操作并将其移动到答案区域，然后按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 15, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You must implement commission groups to match commission rates to products. You need to configure commission tracking. Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select. Select and Place: References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/sales-marketing/tasks/set-up-sales- commission-rules commission-rules", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您必须实现佣金组，以将佣金率与产品匹配。您需要配置佣金跟踪。应按顺序执行哪三个操作？要回答，请从操作列表中移动适当的操作到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。注意：答案选项的顺序可能有多种正确形式。您选择的任何正确顺序都将获得分数。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/sales-marketing/tasks/set-up-sales-commission-rules commission-rules" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 16, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company hires four sales representatives for a region named Midwest. You must configure commission calculations for the sales representatives in the Midwest region. The calculations must meet the following requirements: \u0000 Calculate commissions for all items sold to customers at a rate of 10 percent of total revenue earned on a sales order. \u0000 Apply commissions for all customers in the Midwest Customer group for commission. \u0000 Split commissions equally between the representatives. You need to configure a commission calculation that meets these requirements. How should you configure the calculation? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 一家公司为一个名为中西部的地区雇佣了四位销售代表。您必须为中西部地区的销售代表配置佣金计算。计算必须满足以下要求：按销售订单产生的总收益的10%计算所有售出商品的佣金；对中西部客户组的所有客户支付佣金；将佣金在代表之间平均分配。您需要配置一个符合这些要求的佣金计算方式。如何配置该计算？要回答此问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 17, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management and implements procurement categories. Purchase requisitions are required for the purchase of procurement category goods. You need to ensure that the company purchases office supplies only from one specific vendor. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Add the preferred vendor to the office supplies procurement category setup", "text_cn": "将首选供应商添加到办公用品采购类别设置中" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a preferred trade agreement for the office supplies vendor", "text_cn": "为办公用品供应商创建首选贸易协议" }, { "label": "C", "text": "In purchasing policies, configure a specific category policy for office supplies", "text_cn": "在采购政策中，为办公用品配置特定类别政策" }, { "label": "D", "text": "In purchasing policies, create a Purchase requisition control rule", "text_cn": "在采购政策中，创建采购申请控制规则" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Configure the purchase requisition workflow to specify the office supplies vendor", "text_cn": "配置采购申请流程以指定办公用品供应商" } ], "answer": "AC", "stem_cn": "公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理并实施了采购类别。采购类别商品的采购需要采购申请。您需要确保公司仅从一个特定供应商处采购办公用品。应该执行哪两个操作？每个正确答案都代表了解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 18, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A vendor is offering a rebate program on bottles of wine that have purchase orders placed within a month. There is a $5.00 rebate on the purchase of 10-100 bottles and a $6.00 rebate for the purchase of 101-200 bottles. Customers can purchase wine by the bottle or by the case. Discounts apply to all varieties of wine sold by the vendor. You need to create a vendor rebate agreement to ensure that the correct rebate amount is claimed at the end of the month. Solution: On the rebate agreement, specify each item group assigned to wine. Add a rebate line break of quantity 10-100 and a second rebate line break of quantity 101-200. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是同一场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确的解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在本节中回答问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。供应商正在对在一个月内下达采购订单的葡萄酒瓶提供返利计划。购买10-100瓶时有5美元的返利，购买101-200瓶时有6美元的返利。客户可以按瓶或按箱购买葡萄酒。折扣适用于供应商销售的所有葡萄酒种类。您需要创建一个供应商返利协议，以确保月底正确申请返利金额。解决方案：在返利协议中，指定分配给葡萄酒的每个项目组。添加一个数量为10-100的返利行分界点和一个数量为101-200的第二个返利行分界点。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 19, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A vendor is offering a rebate program on bottles of wine that have purchase orders placed within a month. There is a $5.00 rebate on the purchase of 10-100 bottles and a $6.00 rebate for the purchase of 101-200 bottles. Customers can purchase wine by the bottle or by the case. Discounts apply to all varieties of wine sold by the vendor. You need to create a vendor rebate agreement to ensure that the correct rebate amount is claimed at the end of the month. Solution: On the rebate agreement, set the calculation date type field to created. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：此问题是一系列问题的一部分，这些问题呈现相同的场景。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些题组可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他题组可能没有正确的解决方案。在本节中回答问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。供应商正在对在一个月内下达采购订单的葡萄酒瓶提供回扣计划。购买10-100瓶时有5美元的回扣，购买101-200瓶时有6美元的回扣。客户可以按瓶或按箱购买葡萄酒。折扣适用于供应商销售的所有葡萄酒品种。您需要创建一个供应商回扣协议，以确保在月底正确申请回扣金额。解决方案：在回扣协议中，将计算日期类型字段设置为“已创建”。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 20, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A vendor is offering a rebate program on bottles of wine that have purchase orders placed within a month. There is a $5.00 rebate on the purchase of 10-100 bottles and a $6.00 rebate for the purchase of 101-200 bottles. Customers can purchase wine by the bottle or by the case. Discounts apply to all varieties of wine sold by the vendor. You need to create a vendor rebate agreement to ensure that the correct rebate amount is claimed at the end of the month. Solution: On the rebate agreement, set the start date to be the first of the month. Set the expiry date to be 30 days. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同情景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本节中的一个问题后，将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。供应商正在对在一个月内下达采购订单的葡萄酒瓶提供回扣计划。购买10-100瓶葡萄酒有5美元的回扣，购买101-200瓶葡萄酒有6美元的回扣。客户可以按瓶或按箱购买葡萄酒。折扣适用于供应商销售的所有葡萄酒种类。您需要创建一个供应商回扣协议，以确保在月底正确申请回扣金额。解决方案：在回扣协议中，将开始日期设置为当月的第一天。将过期日期设置为30天。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 21, "stem": "You configure purchasing policies and oversee purchasing processes for a company. Users often submit requisitions with incorrect information. Users also select non-approved vendors or incorrect categories. You need to set up a procurement policy that limits which procurement categories and vendors can be selected. Which two policy rules should you configure? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Category access policy rule", "text_cn": "类别访问策略规则" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Purchase requisition control rule", "text_cn": "采购申请控制规则" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Catalog policy rule", "text_cn": "目录策略规则" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Category policy rule", "text_cn": "类别政策规则" } ], "answer": "AC", "stem_cn": "您负责为公司配置采购政策并监督采购流程。用户经常提交信息错误的请购单。用户还会选择未经批准的供应商或错误的类别。您需要设置一项采购政策，限制可选择的采购类别和供应商。应配置哪两项政策规则？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选项值1分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 22, "stem": "A buyer places a purchase requisition for item C0001 from a new vendor. All purchases from a new vendor must go through an internal workflow approval process. You need to ensure that a purchase order (PO) is automatically created from the purchase requisition. Which setup must be in place?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Status = approved, item = C0001, vendor populated on the PO", "text_cn": "状态 = 已批准，项目 = C0001，供应商在采购订单上填写" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Status = in review, item = C0001, vendor populated on the purchase requisition", "text_cn": "状态 = 审核中，项目 = C0001，供应商在采购申请中填写" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Status = approved, item = C0001, vendor populated on the purchase requisition", "text_cn": "状态 = 已批准，项目 = C0001，供应商在采购申请中已填写" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Status = draft, item = C0001, vendor populated on the PO", "text_cn": "状态 = 草稿，项目 = C0001，供应商在采购订单上填写" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "买方从新供应商处为物料C0001提交采购申请。所有来自新供应商的采购必须经过内部工作流审批流程。你需要确保采购申请会自动生成采购订单（PO）。必须进行哪些设置？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 23, "stem": "You identify a new vendor. You must create a purchase agreement for the vendor that includes direct invoicing and insurance. You need to a create a classification for the purchase agreement. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set the value for Certification to Yes. Set the value for Requires direct invoicing to No.", "text_cn": "将“认证”值设置为是。将“需要直接开票”值设置为否。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set the value for Certification to No. Set the value for Requires direct invoicing to No.", "text_cn": "将认证值设置为否。将需要直接开票设置为否。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set the value for Certification to Yes. Set the value for Requires direct invoicing to Yes.", "text_cn": "将“认证”值设置为是。将“需要直接开票”值设置为是。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set the value for Certification to No. Set the value for Requires direct invoicing to Yes.", "text_cn": "将“认证”值设为“否”。将“需要直接开票”值设为“是”。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "您识别了一个新供应商。您必须为该供应商创建一份采购协议，该协议包括直接开票和保险。您需要为采购协议创建一个分类。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 24, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A client uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage prospects and the sales cycle. A sales representative needs to create a sales quotation for a current prospect and validate that the 40 percent margin requirements are being met. You need to create the sales quotation, verify the margin requirements, and send the quotation to the prospect. Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/sales-marketing/price-simulation", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 客户使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理潜在客户和销售流程。销售代表需要为当前的潜在客户创建销售报价，并验证是否满足40%的利润率要求。您需要创建销售报价、验证利润率要求并将报价发送给潜在客户。您应按顺序执行哪四项操作？回答时，请从操作列表中选择适当的操作并将其移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/sales-marketing/price-simulation" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 25, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses procurement in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to select the correct system functionalities to meet the company's requirements. Which system functionalities should you select? To answer, drag the appropriate system functionalities to the correct business requirements. Each system functionality may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中的采购功能。您需要选择正确的系统功能以满足公司的需求。应选择哪些系统功能？回答时，请将适当系统功能拖放到相应的业务需求处。每个系统功能可以使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择得一分。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 26, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company plans to simplify interactions between purchasing department employees and vendors. You need to ensure that employees are redirected to a vendor's online store to select items for inclusion on purchase requisitions. Solution: Create a retail product catalog. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/set-up-external-catalog-for-punchout", "text_cn": "无B引用：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/set-up-external-catalog-for-punchout" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的一个问题后，将无法返回该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司计划简化采购部门员工与供应商之间的互动。您需要确保员工被重定向到供应商的在线商店，以选择要包含在采购申请中的物品。解决方案：创建一个零售产品目录。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 27, "stem": "A company is implementing sales order functionality in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has a business requirement to fulfill sales orders by using direct delivery. You need to enter a direct delivery sales order so that a purchase order is automatically created. What should you do after you enter the sales order and lines?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Change the order type to journal and manually enter a PO for the sales order line items on the sales order header.", "text_cn": "将订单类型更改为日记账，并在销售订单主记录中手动输入销售订单行项目的采购订单。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Change the delivery type on the sales order line to direct delivery and select save.", "text_cn": "将销售订单行的交货类型更改为直接交货并选择保存。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Select automatic and confirm the sales order on the line level setup tab in the reservation field.", "text_cn": "在预留字段的行级别设置选项卡中选择自动并确认销售订单。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Change the customer's address to the vendor's direct delivery address and confirm the sales order. B Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/sales-marketing/tasks/ship-orders-direct-deliveries", "text_cn": "将客户的地址更改为供应商的直接送货地址，并确认销售订单。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/sales-marketing/tasks/ship-orders-direct-deliveries" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在Dynamics 365供应链管理中实施销售订单功能。该公司有一个业务需求，要求通过直接交货来履行销售订单。您需要输入一个直接交货销售订单，以便自动生成采购订单。在输入销售订单和行之后，您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 28, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company plans to simplify interactions between purchasing department employees and vendors. You need to ensure that employees are redirected to a vendor's online store to select items for inclusion on purchase requisitions. Solution: Create an external catalog. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No A Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/set-up-external-catalog-for-punchout", "text_cn": "无参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/set-up-external-catalog-for-punchout" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同情景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本节中的一个问题后，将无法返回重新查看。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司计划简化采购部门员工与供应商之间的互动。您需要确保员工被重定向到供应商的在线商店，以选择包含在采购申请中的物品。解决方案：创建一个外部目录。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 29, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage inventory. Backorders exist on customer sales orders because incorrect data was given on product quantities. Users need to look up what quantity can be sold and when more product will arrive. Solution: Physical Available shows what quantity can be sold. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些题组可能有多个正确答案，而其他题组可能没有正确答案。在您回答了本部分的问题后，将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复习屏幕上。一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理库存。由于产品数量的错误数据，客户销售订单存在缺货情况。用户需要查找可以出售的数量以及更多产品何时到达。解决方案：物理可用量显示可以出售的数量。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 30, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage inventory. Backorders exist on customer sales orders because incorrect data was given on product quantities. Users need to look up what quantity can be sold and when more product will arrive. Solution: Total Available shows what is available for sale at that point in time. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题中的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的问题后，将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理库存。由于产品数量的输入数据错误，客户销售订单存在缺货情况。用户需要查询可以出售的数量以及更多产品何时到达。解决方案：总可用量显示了当时可用于销售的数量。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 31, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage inventory. Backorders exist on customer sales orders because incorrect data was given on product quantities. Users need to look up what quantity can be sold and when more product will arrive. Solution: Ordered shows what quantities are on inbound orders to the warehouse. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在本节中回答问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理库存。由于产品数量的错误数据，客户销售订单上存在缺货情况。用户需要查询可以出售的数量以及更多产品何时到达。解决方案：已订货显示运往仓库的进货订单上的数量。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 32, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company plans to simplify interactions between purchasing department employees and vendors. You need to ensure that employees are redirected to a vendor's online store to select items for inclusion on purchase requisitions. Solution: Create a procurement catalog. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/set-up-external-catalog-for-punchout", "text_cn": "无B参考文献：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/set-up-external-catalog-for-punchout" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同情景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在回答本部分中的问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司计划简化采购部门员工与供应商之间的互动。您需要确保员工被重定向到供应商的在线商店，以选择要包含在采购申请中的物品。解决方案：创建采购目录。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 33, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage inventory. Backorders exist on customer sales orders because incorrect data was given on product quantities. Users need to look up what quantity can be sold and when more product will arrive. Solution: On Order shows what quantities are on inbound orders to the warehouse. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同情景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些题组可能有多个正确答案，而其他题组可能没有正确答案。在本部分回答问题后，将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理库存。由于产品数量的输入数据错误，客户销售订单存在缺货情况。用户需要查找可以出售的数量以及更多产品何时到达。解决方案：在订单中显示仓库的入库订单数量。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 34, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Products are being added to purchase orders for the incorrect vendors. You need to restrict which products can be purchased from specific vendors. Which two features should you use? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Approved vendor list", "text_cn": "批准的供应商清单" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Item group", "text_cn": "项目组" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Vendor group", "text_cn": "供应商组" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Vendor external item", "text_cn": "供应商外部物品" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Item model group AE", "text_cn": "项目型号组 AE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。产品被错误地添加到采购订单的供应商中。您需要限制可以从特定供应商购买的产品。应该使用哪两个功能？每个正确答案都代表了解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 35, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company is implementing purchase requisition features in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to configure the appropriate purchase requisition solutions. Which solution should you use for each scenario? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司正在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中实施采购申请功能。您需要配置适当的采购申请解决方案。针对每个场景，应该使用哪个解决方案？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 36, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company plans to create purchase agreements in the system for specific vendors. You need to select the correct purchase agreement types for each vendor. Which purchase agreement types should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate purchase agreement types to the correct scenarios. Each purchase agreement type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/purchase-agreements", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司计划在系统中为特定供应商创建采购协议。您需要为每个供应商选择正确的采购协议类型。应该使用哪些采购协议类型？回答时，请将适当的采购协议类型拖放到相应的场景中。每个采购协议类型可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择得一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/purchase-agreements" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 37, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You are helping a company implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to implement disposition codes for sales return orders. Which disposition codes should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate disposition codes to the correct scenarios. Each disposition code may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 你正在帮助一家公司实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。你需要为销售退货订单实施处置代码。应该使用哪些处置代码？要回答这个问题，请将适当的处置代码拖放到正确的场景中。每个处置代码可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 38, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company plans to simplify interactions between purchasing department employees and vendors. You need to ensure that employees are redirected to a vendor's online store to select items for inclusion on purchase requisitions. Solution: Create a vendor catalog. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在本部分回答问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司计划简化采购部门员工与供应商之间的互动。您需要确保员工被重定向到供应商的在线商店，以选择包含在采购申请中的物品。解决方案：创建供应商目录。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 39, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The finance department processes royalty claims using the accounts payable module. You need to pass the claims to the accounts payable group for payment. Which three events will occur? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "A Royalty accrual journal posting reverses the previous interim postings for accrual and expense amounts.", "text_cn": "应计费用的摊销分录冲销了之前为应计和费用金额所做的临时分录。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "A credit is posted to the vendor's payable account.", "text_cn": "向供应商的应付款账户记入贷方。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "A vendor invoice for the royalty payment is set to draft.", "text_cn": "供应商的版税付款发票已设置为草稿。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "A new vendor invoice for the royalty is created and posted.", "text_cn": "为版税创建并记账了一张新的供应商发票。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "A hold is put on the amounts held in the royalty fees account. ABD References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract", "text_cn": "对特许权使用费账户中的金额进行冻结。ABD参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。财务部门使用应付账款模块处理特许权使用费索赔。您需要将这些索赔传递给应付账款组进行付款。哪三个事件将会发生？每个正确答案代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 40, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company has an agreement to pay royalties to a third party for use of their logo. A royalty contract must be setup so that the third party paid monthly. The payment is based on invoiced sales. You need to create a royalty contract and create monthly Accounts payable to the third party. Solution: Use the automatically calculated royalty amounts to approve and then create a monthly claim to pay the vendor. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract", "text_cn": "无B参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是多个问题中的一部分，这些问题呈现的是相同的场景。系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在回答本部分的问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司与第三方达成协议，为其使用其标志支付特许权使用费。必须建立特许权使用费合同，以便第三方每月获得付款。付款基于开票销售额。您需要创建特许权使用费合同并为第三方创建每月的应付账款。解决方案：使用自动计算的特许权使用费金额进行批准，然后创建每月的索赔以支付供应商。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 41, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company has an agreement to pay royalties to a third party for use of their logo. A royalty contract must be setup so that the third party paid monthly. The payment is based on invoiced sales. You need to create a royalty contract and create monthly Accounts payable to the third party. Solution: Add line items to a royalty contract with the associated customer and create sales orders for the items. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No B Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract", "text_cn": "无B参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些题组可能有多个正确答案，而其他题组可能没有正确答案。在您回答了本部分的问题后，将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司与第三方达成协议，为其使用其标志支付特许权使用费。必须设置特许权使用费合同，以便第三方每月获得付款。付款基于已开票的销售额。您需要创建特许权使用费合同并为第三方创建每月的应付账款。解决方案：在特许权使用费合同中添加与相关客户关联的明细行，并为这些商品创建销售订单。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 42, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company has an agreement to pay royalties to a third party for use of their logo. A royalty contract must be setup so that the third party paid monthly. The payment is based on invoiced sales. You need to create a royalty contract and create monthly Accounts payable to the third party. Solution: Create a royalty contract. Select monthly for the cumulative sales. Add line item, products, and value to pay the vendor for use of the logo. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No A Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract", "text_cn": "无参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题之一。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些题组可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他题组可能没有正确的解决方案。在回答本部分的问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司已达成协议，为其使用对方的标志支付特许权使用费。必须建立一个特许权使用费合同，以便第三方每月获得付款。付款基于开票销售额。您需要创建一个特许权使用费合同，并为第三方创建每月的应付账款。解决方案：创建一个特许权使用费合同。选择“累计销售额”为每月。添加项目行、产品和金额，以向供应商支付使用标志的费用。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 43, "stem": "An organization has two legal entities. One of the companies is going to sell a new product to the other company. The company that will receive the product must get a discount on items for the first three months of initial sales. You need to configure the system to apply the discount for the specified period. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set the default purchase price on the company that is receiving the product.", "text_cn": "在接收产品的公司上设置默认采购价格。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Enter the default purchase price on the company that is selling the product.", "text_cn": "输入销售该产品的公司的默认采购价格。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set up an intercompany purchase agreement. Do not allow the validity period to be edited.", "text_cn": "建立公司间采购协议。不允许编辑有效期限。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set up a Trade Agreement. Set the To Date field to end in three months.", "text_cn": "建立贸易协议。将“至日期”字段设置为三个月后结束。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一个组织有两个法人实体。其中一家公司即将向另一家公司销售一种新产品。接收产品的公司必须在初始销售的前三个月内对商品获得折扣。您需要配置系统以在指定期间应用折扣。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 44, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A parent company owns two subsidiaries. Some of the products manufactured in one of the subsidiaries must be sold to the other subsidiary so they can be sold in retail stores. You need to configure the customer and products for intercompany setup. How should you configure the setup? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer areas. NOTE: Each selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家母公司拥有两家子公司。其中一家子公司的部分产品必须销售给另一家子公司，以便在零售店销售。您需要为内部公司设置配置客户和产品。应如何配置设置？回答时，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个选择各占1分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 45, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company sells licensed products. You must pay the licensor royalties for the items each month. You need to set up a royalty agreement to pay the licensor. How should you set up the royalty agreement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司销售授权产品。您必须每月为这些物品向许可方支付特许权使用费。您需要建立一个特许权使用费协议以支付给许可方。您应如何设置特许权使用费协议？回答时，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/finance/accounts-payable/royalty-contract" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 46, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You are the purchasing manager for a company. You enter into a consignment agreement with a vendor. Raw material R0001 is managed under the consignment agreement with the vendor. You need to replenish raw material R0001 for consumption and update ownership. Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/consignment", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 您是一家公司的采购经理。您与供应商签订了一份寄售协议。原材料 R0001 在与供应商的寄售协议下进行管理。您需要为消耗而补充原材料 R0001 并更新所有权。您应按顺序执行哪四项操作？要回答，请从操作列表中选择适当的操作并将其移动到答案区域，然后按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/consignment" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 47, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). You need to generate a requisition for the supply of 50 units of a product named Lifecam HD 5000, and then submit the requisition for approval. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. Create a new requisition - \u0000 Go to Navigation pane > Modules > Procurement and sourcing > Purchase requisitions > Purchase requisitions prepared by me. \u0000 Select New. \u0000 In the Name field, give the requisition a name. \u0000 In the Requested date field, enter a date. \u0000 In the Accounting date field, enter a date. Select OK. \u0000 In the Reason field, select an option from the drop-down menu. Select the reason. \u0000 In the details field enter a more descriptive justification for the requisition. Add a line to the requisition - \u0000 Select Add line. There are two ways of adding lines to the purchase requisition. If you already know the product number or you already know that you are requesting a product that is not in the product catalog, then you can add the line directly with Add line. The other way is to use Add products where you can use searching and filtering to find items in the product catalog. \u0000 Select the row you just created. \u0000 In the Item number field, type a value. The items that are available for you to choose are limited by the category access policy and the procurement catalog for the buying legal entity. \u0000 In the Quantity field, enter a number. Submit the requisition - Select Workflow to open the drop dialog. \u0000 Select Submit. \u0000 Close the page. \u0000 In the Comment field, type a note for the approver of the requisition. \u0000 Select Submit. \u0000 Select Submit. \u0000 Close the page. \u0000 Refresh the page. Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/tasks/create-requisition-consumption", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您是名为 Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF) 的公司的功能顾问。您需要为供应 50 单位名为 Lifecam HD 5000 的产品生成采购申请，然后提交采购申请以供审批。要完成此任务，请登录 Dynamics 365 门户。详见下文说明。创建新的采购申请 - 选择导航窗格 > 模块 > 采购和供应商 > 采购申请 > 我编制的采购申请。选择“新建”。在“名称”字段中，为采购申请命名。在“请求日期”字段中，输入一个日期。在“会计日期”字段中，输入一个日期。选择“确定”。在“原因”字段中，从下拉菜单中选择一个选项。选择原因。在“详细信息”字段中，输入更详细的采购申请理由。向采购申请中添加一行 - 选择“添加行”。向采购申请中添加行有两种方式。如果您已经知道产品编号，或者您已知您请求的产品不在产品目录中，那么您可以直接使用“添加行”来添加该行。另一种方法是使用“添加产品”，您可以在产品目录中通过搜索和筛选来查找项目。选择您刚刚创建的行。在“项目编号”字段中，输入一个值。可供您选择的项目受购买法律实体的类别访问策略和采购目录的限制。在“数量”字段中，输入一个数字。提交采购申请 - 选择“工作流”以打开提交对话框。选择“提交”。关闭页面。在“备注”字段中，输入一条注释给采购申请的审批人。选择“提交”。选择“提交”。关闭页面。刷新页面。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/tasks/create-requisition-consumption" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 48, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). Sales order number 000754 contains a delivery detail of three ruggedized laser projectors. The customer reports that only two projectors were delivered. You need to update the packing slip for the sales order. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. 1. Select Sales and marketing > Common > Sales orders > All sales orders. 2. Search for and select sales order number 000754. 3. On the Pick and pack tab, select Packing slip to open the packing slip. 4. Click on the Correct button. 5. On the Parameters FastTab, in the Quantity field, enter 2. 6. Set the Posting option to Yes to post the packing slip. 7. Set the Print packing slip option to Yes to print the packing slip when it's posted.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您是名为Contoso Entertainment System USA（USMF）公司的功能顾问。销售订单号000754包含三个加固型激光投影仪的交货详情。客户报告称只收到了两个投影仪。您需要更新该销售订单的装箱单。要完成此任务，请登录Dynamics 365门户。详见下文说明。1. 选择销售与市场 > 常用 > 销售订单 > 所有销售订单。2. 搜索并选择销售订单号000754。3. 在“拣选和打包”选项卡中，选择“装箱单”以打开装箱单。4. 单击“更正”按钮。5. 在“参数”快速选项卡中，在“数量”字段中输入2。6. 将“过账”选项设置为“是”以过账装箱单。7. 将“打印装箱单”选项设置为“是”，以便在过账时打印装箱单。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 49, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company plans to make changes to change management processes for purchase orders. Currently, the system requires an approval for any change. The company wants to implement re-approval only when there is a change to the quantity or the unit price in a purchase order. You need to configure the change management process to require re-approval only on changes to quantity and unit price. In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/set-up-a-reapproval-rule-for-purchase-orders", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司计划对采购订单的变更管理流程进行更改。目前，系统要求任何变更都需要审批。该公司希望仅在采购订单中的数量或单价发生变更时才实施重新审批。您需要配置变更管理流程，以便仅在数量和单价发生变更时要求重新审批。您应按什么顺序执行这些操作？要回答，请将操作列表中的所有操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/set-up-a-reapproval-rule-for-purchase-orders" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 50, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company distributes products. The company produces some of the products it distributes. The company needs to move from manual to automatic inventory reservations. You need to set up automatic reservations. Which parameters should you select? To answer, drag the appropriate parameters to the correct reservation policies. Each parameter may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司分销产品。该公司生产部分其分销的产品。该公司需要从手动库存预留转向自动库存预留。您需要设置自动预留。应选择哪些参数？要回答，请将适当的参数拖放到正确的预留策略中。每个参数可能被使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 51, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage item returns. You need to ensure that the original quantity and price from a sales order is used for return order. Solution: Use the Find sales order function to link the return order to the original sales order. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同情景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确的解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在回答本部分中的问题后，您将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来处理物品退货。您需要确保退货订单使用销售订单中的原始数量和价格。解决方案：使用“查找销售订单”功能将退货订单与原始销售订单关联。该解决方案是否符合目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 52, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage item returns. You need to ensure that the original quantity and price from a sales order is used for return order. Solution: Create a margin alert. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是呈现相同场景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都有一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些题组可能有多个正确答案，而其他题组可能没有正确答案。在本节中回答问题后，将无法返回。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来处理物品退货。您需要确保退货订单使用销售订单中的原始数量和价格。解决方案：创建一个利润警报。该解决方案是否达到目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 53, "stem": "Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen. A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage item returns. You need to ensure that the original quantity and price from a sales order is used for return order. Solution: Create a Sales Order that uses the returned order sales type. Does the solution meet the goal?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Yes", "text_cn": "是" }, { "label": "B", "text": "No", "text_cn": "否" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "注意：这个问题是提出相同情景的一系列问题的一部分。该系列中的每个问题都包含一个独特的解决方案，可能满足所述目标。某些问题集可能有多个正确解决方案，而其他问题集可能没有正确的解决方案。在您回答了本部分中的一个问题后，将无法返回到该问题。因此，这些问题不会出现在复查屏幕上。一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来处理物品退货。您需要确保退货订单使用销售订单中的原始数量和价格。解决方案：创建一个使用退货订单销售类型的销售订单。该解决方案是否满足目标？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 54, "stem": "A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management with batch-controlled items. The management team wants to ensure that sales margins are calculated based on the cost of the product. Because the company values inventory using FIFO, the cost of the product fluctuates. The product is typically less expensive in the beginning of a sales cycle and becomes more expensive toward the end of the sales cycle. You must ensure that products are sold and that margins are calculated based on the cost of the inventory. You need to ensure that the correct costs are assigned. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Run the Update expiry date job.", "text_cn": "运行更新到期日期作业。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Configure Reserve ordered items.", "text_cn": "配置预留订单项。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Enable automatic reservation.", "text_cn": "启用自动预订。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Configure an item model group reservation policy.", "text_cn": "配置项目模型组预订策略。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在实施带有批次控制项目的Dynamics 365供应链管理。管理层希望确保销售毛利是根据产品的成本进行计算的。由于该公司使用FIFO方法核算库存，产品的成本会波动。在销售周期开始时，产品通常较为便宜，而在销售周期结束时则变得更贵。您必须确保产品被售出，并且毛利基于库存的成本进行计算。您需要确保分配了正确的成本。应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 55, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A customer negotiated a sales price for 100 items for the next 60 days. Management reviews reports on how many items the customer has purchased at this price. The customer has an existing order for the agreed sales agreement quantity. The customer calls to add an additional quantity that exceeds the sales agreement maximum amount. The customer is not entitled to the discounted sales price outside of the agreement. You need to ensure that the customer receives the ordered amount and that the management reports are correct. Which action should you perform?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Modify the sales agreement quantity as unconfirmed.", "text_cn": "将销售协议数量修改为未确认。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Edit the sales order quantity and when prompted to save changes, select Yes.", "text_cn": "编辑销售订单数量，当提示保存更改时，选择是。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Modify the sales agreement to clear the Max Enforced checkbox and do not confirm.", "text_cn": "修改销售协议以取消勾选“最大强制”复选框，并且不进行确认。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a new sales order for the quantity that exceeds the sales agreement amount.", "text_cn": "为超出销售协议金额的数量创建新的销售订单。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。客户与公司协商了未来60天内100件商品的销售价格。管理层需要查看客户以该价格购买了多少件商品的报告。客户已有符合协议数量的订单。客户打电话要求增加超出销售协议最大数量的采购量。客户在协议范围之外不享有折扣销售价格。您需要确保客户获得所订购的数量，并且管理层的报告准确。应执行哪项操作？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 56, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management and has a single legal entity. The company manually creates and adds new items frequently. Many of these items require the same setup as existing items. The company requires a streamlined process to copy fields from another item upon creation and allow for other employees to use the same process. You need to configure the simplified process. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a personalization.", "text_cn": "创建个性化设置。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Release the product master.", "text_cn": "释放产品主数据。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create an item template.", "text_cn": "创建项目模板。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a new product master.", "text_cn": "创建新产品主数据。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理，并且只有一个法律实体。该公司经常手动创建并添加新物料。其中许多物料需要与现有物料相同的设置。该公司需要一种简化流程，在创建物料时从其他物料复制字段，并允许其他员工使用相同的流程。您需要配置此简化流程。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 57, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The top 10 customers receive a special price on ItemA when they buy a minimum of 50. Customers who qualify as the top 10 changes periodically throughout the year. The price of ItemA must remain static throughout the year and set up annually. You must configure the system to meet the requirements. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。前10名客户在购买至少50件ItemA时可享受特殊价格。前10名客户的资格会在一年中定期发生变化。ItemA的价格在整个年度内必须保持不变，并且每年需重新设置。您必须配置系统以满足要求。应该配置什么？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 58, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage procurement operations. A purchasing manager creates a procurement request of the main product line from an offshore vendor. The vendor informs the purchasing manager that the items will be delivered in two phases due to raw materials shortages. The purchasing manager wants to maintain this information by keeping the procurement request intact for tracking. You need to configure the procurement requirements before the goods are shipped. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Update folio.", "text_cn": "更新档案" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Update voyage.", "text_cn": "更新航次。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Update vessel.", "text_cn": "更新船舶。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Update purchase order.", "text_cn": "更新采购订单。" } ], "answer": "BD", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理采购操作。采购经理从海外供应商处创建主要产品线的采购请求。供应商通知采购经理，由于原材料短缺，这些物品将分两个阶段交付。采购经理希望保持采购请求的完整性以便跟踪此信息。您需要在货物发出前配置采购需求。要实现此目标，哪两种可能的方法？每个正确的答案都提供一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确的选择各占1分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 59, "stem": "A company has multiple legal entities. The company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Purchase orders are generated from multiple legal entities. To reduce shipping costs, the purchase orders must be consolidated into multiple shipping containers of the same type and placed onto a single vessel for inbound receipt into the country/region. You need to configure the path of the shipping containers. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Journey", "text_cn": "旅程" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Voyage", "text_cn": "航行" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Route", "text_cn": "路由" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Route segment", "text_cn": "路段" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家公司拥有多个法律实体。该公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。采购订单来自多个法律实体。为了降低运输成本，采购订单必须合并到相同类型的多个运输集装箱中，并装载到一艘船舶上，以便进入该国家/地区。您需要配置运输集装箱的路径。应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 60, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology - Current environment. Technology - Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to configure the system for the customer tier B pricing. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Configure an item sales control for the item.", "text_cn": "为该商品配置商品销售控制。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Enable the customer group in the Activate price/discount form.", "text_cn": "在“激活价格/折扣”表单中启用客户组。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Assign the product filter code for the item to the customer tier B customer group.", "text_cn": "为该商品分配产品过滤代码至客户层级B的客户组。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Assign the item to the customer tier B price group.", "text_cn": "将该商品分配至客户层级B的价格组。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Approve and confirm the trade allowance agreement. E", "text_cn": "批准并确认贸易让利协议。" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的时间限制。您可以使用考试的全部时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到本部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂业务上迅速扩展，还作为生活方式品牌销售服装产品。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体进行制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正在从过时的本地Dynamics AX版本迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益时采用新的效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品均使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。在报告中，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个连字符为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示物品1001，小号红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz或02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同规格。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的产品属性集。• 补充剂可能共享相同的商品SKU，但可以根据产品的不同规格、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不必要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品都有默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个客户等级创建四个不同的价格，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特殊定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的预估成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价等级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以按30天、60天和90天的增量与我们协商特殊定价。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本计算方法；然而，使用FIFO成本计算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求简单。只有一个站点。该站点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保任何能量饮料和营养补充剂都按照最高标准进行制造和包装。Trey Research在所有产品报告为完成时自动检查产品。所有产品在拣选时都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸水平和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、有效期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试是在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理的。• 可再售产品被放置在仓库的两个货架之一上。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能集成到其电子商务网站中。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化对产品的报告。• 物品编号不需要等于实际物品编号。• 采用的未来成本计算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 成本核算应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和间接费用。• 使用的任何成本计算方法都需要能够跟踪关于物品、成本类别和间接成本计算公式的成本记录。• 营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力需要用路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达。• 如果供应商由于供应链问题无法继续提供能量饮料的原材料，应使用从替代供应商采购原材料的成本来确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本计算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。某些产品在Trey Research赞助的极端体育赛事期间将获得特殊定价。活动前后恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较”价格供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较”价格也将是客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在创建这些客户的新产品时自动应用这些限制的配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果因特定原因（如健康和安全审查）需要阻止仓库中的产品进行交易，仓库用户应能从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的产品质量流程应自动创建以方便执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：当生产订单完成时，所有营养补充剂的100%和所有能量饮料的50%必须进行测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有测试。 \u0000 要求2：75%的所有营养补充剂和能量饮料应在出库过程中根据其所需测试进行测试。 \u0000 损坏的产品应在检验过程中放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 您必须定义隔离区域以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。您需要为客户等级B的定价配置系统。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 61, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to configure the system for the new products that the company produces. Which product type should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate product types to the correct products. Each product type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，考试中可能还有其他案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成考试中的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦你开始新的部分，就无法返回到这一部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂方面迅速扩展，还作为生活方式品牌销售服装。补充剂业务不仅在补充剂方面迅速扩展，还作为生活方式品牌销售服装。补充剂和服装业务独立运营，但以同一法律实体制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正在从过时的本地版Dynamics AX迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益时采用新效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品都使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。在报告中，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个连字符来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示物品1001的S码红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz 或 02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同规格。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的一组产品属性。• 补充剂可能共享相同的SKU，但可以根据产品的不同规格、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不需要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品都有默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个客户等级创建四个不同的价格，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特殊定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的估计成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价等级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以协商物品的30天、60天和90天的特殊定价。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本模型；然而，使用FIFO成本方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库要求简单。只有一个站点。该站点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保任何能量饮料和营养补充剂都按照最高标准制造和包装。当所有产品被报告为完成时，Trey Research会自动检查产品。当物品被挑选时，所有产品都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸水平和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、保质期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理。• 可重新销售的产品放置在仓库中的两个货架之一。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能集成到其电子商务网站中。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化产品报告。• 物品编号不必等于实际物品编号。• 未来采用的成本方法必须是制造商普遍接受的。• 成本核算应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和间接费用。• 使用的任何成本方法都需要能够跟踪有关物品、成本类别和间接成本计算公式的成本记录。• 营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力需要用路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达。• 如果供应商由于供应链问题无法再提供能量饮料的原材料，应使用替代供应商采购原材料的成本来确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队的资源和实施限制，服装物品将在上线日期后才升级到新的成本方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。某些产品在Trey Research赞助的极端体育赛事期间将获得特殊定价。赛事前后恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较价格”，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较价格”也将是客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制的配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品因特定原因（如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的商品的质量流程应自动创建，以促进执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：当生产订单完成时，所有营养补充剂的100%和所有能量饮料的50%必须进行测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有测试。 \u0000 要求2：75%的所有营养补充剂和能量饮料应在出库过程中按其所需测试进行测试。 \u0000 损坏的产品在检查过程中应放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 你必须定义隔离区域以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。你需要为公司生产的新产品配置系统。你应该使用哪种产品类型？要回答这个问题，请将适当的产品类型拖放到正确的产品上。每个产品类型可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。你可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 62, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to configure the extreme sports discounts. Which component should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用任何所需的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在其补充剂方面迅速扩展，还作为生活方式品牌销售服装产品。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体进行制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正从过时的本地 Dynamics AX 版本迁移到 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益时采用新的效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品都使用智能编号格式：[产品 SKU + 尺码 + 颜色 + 风格]。在报告中，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个短横线为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示物品1001的尺码小且颜色为红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz 或 02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同尺寸。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的一组产品属性。• 补充剂可能共享相同的商品SKU，但可以根据产品的不同尺寸、颜色或风格变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不必要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品都有默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个客户层级创建四个不同的价格，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的预估成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价等级（A、B、C 和 D）。• 客户可以按30天、60天和90天的增量协商特定物品的特殊定价。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前，物品在 Dynamics AX 2009 环境中使用 FIFO 成本计算方法；然而，使用 FIFO 成本计算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求简单。只有一个站点。该站点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保任何能量饮料和营养补充剂都按照最高标准进行制造和包装。Trey Research在所有产品报告为完成时自动检查产品。所有产品在拣选时都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸含量和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、有效期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试是在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理的。• 可重新销售的产品被放置在仓库中的两个货架之一。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能整合到其电子商务网站上。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化对产品的报告。• 项目编号不必等于实际项目编号。• 未来采用的成本计算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 库存成本应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和计入项目的间接费用。• 使用的任何成本计算方法都应能够跟踪关于项目的成本记录、成本类别以及间接成本的计算公式。• 营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力需要用路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达。• 如果供应商因供应链问题无法再为能量饮料提供原材料，那么应使用从替代供应商采购原材料的成本来确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本计算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。某些产品将在 Trey Research 赞助的极端运动赛事期间获得特殊定价。赛事前后恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只能销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较”价格，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较”价格也将是客户的默认商品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制的配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品由于特定原因（例如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能从 ERP 系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的物品的质量流程都应自动创建，以促进执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：在生产订单完成后，必须对所有营养补充剂进行100%测试，对所有能量饮料进行50%测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有测试。 \u0000 要求2：在出库过程中，应对75%的所有营养补充剂和能量饮料进行其所需测试。 \u0000 损坏的产品应在检查过程中放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 您必须定义隔离区域，以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。您需要配置极限运动折扣。应该使用哪个组件？要回答这个问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 63, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing - • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing - • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You need to configure the whiteboard paint requirements for schools. Which two settings should you configure? Each answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Quantity commitment", "text_cn": "数量承诺" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Max is enforced", "text_cn": "最大值被强制执行" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Price and discount is fixed", "text_cn": "价格和折扣已固定" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Minimum release amount", "text_cn": "最低发行金额" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Maximum release amount AB AB (100%)", "text_cn": "最大释放量 AB AB（100%）" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中包含的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品，包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板漆。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间更长。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构 美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 拥有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。 ○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于供应区域内的物品。 ○ 格拉斯哥2用于供应商自有库存的本地存储以及美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程 美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。 • 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常被错误更新，存在输入错误，计算公式也存在错误。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是用预印制的三联单手写的。 • 暑期是公司最繁忙的时候。在此期间，员工通常在仓库现场或赶着向学校送货以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用先进先出（FIFO）成本法来核算库存。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售给客户且等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存虚增，之后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户的待发货物品。 • 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，复印机的学校订单是从供应商直接发往学校的。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里或箱子里而作为不同的物品编号存储。这在清点库存以确定库存中蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，产生缺货订单并使学校不满。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 产品每年可能会根据新学年的流行尺寸、颜色和款式发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，这造成了大量的工作量，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 - • 采购由采购员根据学年开始的季节性高峰手动管理，直到学年末假期后逐渐减少，直至下个学年。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折出售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。 • 复印纸和手工纸由 pallet 订单运送到都柏林1，并需拆分成较小的尺寸。通常将 pallet 拆分后，一部分留在都柏林1，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不提供这些商品。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品，没有其他替代供应商。 • 美术学院同意从供应商处购买一套新的智能板。商定的智能板采购价格将按 55 英寸、75 英寸或 85 英寸智能板的成本价计算。 • 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板漆的受欢迎程度增加，需求也随之增长。白板漆需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司在每个学年开始前与学校签订某些商品的价格合同。 • 学校可以订购大批产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且供应链没有短缺。 • 丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，以常规列表价格卖给所有学校。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年有所下降。学校选择使用白板漆，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校出现库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年购买特定商品的约定数量。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单添加商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板漆的销售必须受到限制，以防止一个学校买光所有库存，导致其他学校出现缺货订单。 • 学校必须同意在整个学年内购买的白板漆数量。要求。库存成本 - • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍需包含数量，但不包括在库存估值中。 • 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。 • 尽可能自动创建年度商品配置更改。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - 要求。库存 - • 仓库工人必须能够使用他们的手机和移动应用程序接听电话并创建仓库交易。 • 书桌无论制造年份和供应商如何，都必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码。 • 供应商的水基涂料必须以桶的形式接收。 • 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库工人1在格拉斯哥2工作。该工人收到一项请求，将纸张的托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库工人1必须在系统中创建运输，将纸张的托盘从格拉斯哥1转移到都柏林1。 • 书桌的缺货订单数量增加了。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一所学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要紧急运送替换品。 • 一所参与特殊油漆项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的售价比其油漆项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。 • 一所学校报告说，不同批次的丙烯颜料颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够在销售订单行上向客户传达相关信息。 • 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏了。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开了一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，以对每份采购订单行的一定比例进行库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止所有采购订单行的库存。您需要为学校配置白板漆的要求。您应该配置哪两个设置？每个答案都是解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 64, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing - • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing - • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You need to process the expedited photocopier replacement. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Release the order to the warehouse for shipping.", "text_cn": "将订单释放到仓库进行发货。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create and release a load for the order.", "text_cn": "创建并为该订单释放负载。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Send the shipment to the warehouse before sending it to the customer.", "text_cn": "将货物发往仓库，然后再发给客户。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create an advance exchange order.", "text_cn": "创建预付汇款指令。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用任意考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，提供有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。在您开始新一节后，将无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板漆。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间变长。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构 美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 拥有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。 ○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于区域供应。 ○ 格拉斯哥2用于供应商自有库存的本地存储以及美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程 美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。 • 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常更新错误，存在输入错误和计算公式损坏的问题。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票均手写在预印制的三联单上。 • 暑期是公司最繁忙的时期。在此期间，员工通常在仓库内或赶往学校进行紧急送货，以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用先进先出（FIFO）成本法对库存进行估值。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售给客户且等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存虚增，随后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户的库存。 • 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，复印机订单直接从供应商发往学校。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里或箱子里而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，产生缺货订单并使学校不满。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 产品每年可能会因新学年的流行尺寸、颜色和款式而发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，造成大量开销，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 - • 采购由采购员根据学年开始的季节性高峰手动管理，学年结束假期后逐渐减少，直到下个学年。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折销售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。 • 复印纸和手工纸由 pallet 订单运送到都柏林1，并需拆分成更小尺寸。通常将 pallet 拆分后，一部分留在都柏林1，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不备货。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品，没有替代供应商。 • 美术学院同意从供应商处采购新的智能板系列。商定的智能板采购价格按 55 英寸、75 英寸或 85 英寸智能板的成本价计算。 • 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板漆的受欢迎程度增加，需求也增加，导致供应短缺。白板漆需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司在每个学年开始前与学校签订某些商品的价格合同。 • 学校可以订购大批量产品，并选择进一步拆分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且供应链无短缺。 • 丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料无需特殊合同，按常规目录价卖给所有学校。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年有所下降。学校选择使用白板漆，其成本低于订购和安装白板。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年约定的数量购买特定商品。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单添加商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板漆的销售必须受到限制，以防止一所学校买光所有库存，导致其他学校的缺货。 • 学校必须同意整个学年购买的白板漆数量。要求。库存成本 - • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍需包含数量，但不计入库存估值。 • 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别哪些商品未完全结算。 • 尽可能自动创建年度商品配置更改。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - 要求。库存 - • 仓库员工必须能够使用手机和移动应用接听电话并创建仓库交易。 • 书桌无论制造年份和供应商如何，都应使用相同的物品编号和条形码。 • 供应商提供的水基涂料必须以桶接收。 • 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库工人1在格拉斯哥2工作。该员工收到一项请求，将纸张的托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库工人1必须在系统中创建运输，将格拉斯哥1的纸张托盘转移到都柏林1。 • 书桌的缺货订单数量增加。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一家学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要紧急运送替换品。 • 一家参与特殊油漆项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的售价比其油漆项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。 • 一家学校报告称，不同批次的丙烯颜料颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够在销售订单行上向客户传达相关信息。 • 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，对每份采购订单行的一定比例进行库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止该采购订单行的所有库存。您需要处理紧急的复印机更换。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 65, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You need to set up pricing to solve the paint program school complaint. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，此考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保能够在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Fine Art学校是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯酸颜料、黑板、白板笔等。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间更长。Fine Art学校计划扩展到这个市场。Fine Art学校计划实施Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构 Fine Art学校由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 拥有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：Glasgow1、Glasgow2。 ○ Glasgow1主要用于供应地区性物品。 ○ Glasgow2作为供应商库存的本地存储和Fine Art学校库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程 Fine Art学校使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。 • 管理员经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常被错误更新，存在输入错误，并且计算公式损坏。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是用预印的三联单手写的。 • 暑期是公司的繁忙时期。在此期间，员工通常在仓库或赶着向学校送货以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • Fine Art学校使用FIFO成本法来评估库存。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售出但等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存膨胀，之后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户并等待发货的物品。 • Glasgow2空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接从供应商发往学校。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里或箱子里而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，产生延迟交货并使学校不满。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 根据每年流行的尺寸、颜色和款式，产品可能会发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，这带来了大量的工作量，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 • 采购由采购员根据学年开始时的季节性高峰手动管理，学年结束假期后逐渐减少，直到下个学年开始。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折销售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区出售。 • 复印纸和手工纸按托盘订购至Dublin1，并需拆分成较小尺寸。托盘通常被拆分后，一部分留在Dublin1，另一部分运送到Glasgow1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不提供这些商品。Fine Art学校从单一供应商处购买这些产品，没有其他替代供应商。 • Fine Art学校同意从供应商处购买新的智能板系列。商定的智能板采购价格将按55英寸、75英寸或85英寸智能板的成本价计算。 • 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ Glasgow1: • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ Dublin1: • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板漆的流行度上升，需求也增加，导致供应短缺。白板漆需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司与一些学校签订合同，在每学年开始前约定某些商品的价格。 • 学校可以订购大批产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且没有供应链短缺。 • 如丙烯酸颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，以常规定价卖给所有学校。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别价格的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年有所下降。学校选择使用白板漆，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年购买特定商品的约定数量。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为销售订单输入商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板漆的销售必须受到限制，以防止一所学校买光所有库存，导致其他学校的延迟交货。 • 学校必须同意整个学年购买的白板漆数量。要求。库存成本 • 除了Glasgow2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 除了Glasgow2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍必须包含数量，但不包括在库存估值中。 • 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。 • 尽可能自动创建年度物品配置更改。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - • 仓库工人必须能够使用手机和移动应用接听电话并在仓库中创建交易。 • 书桌无论制造年份和供应商，都必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码。 • 供应商提供的水性涂料必须以桶的形式接收。 • 丙烯酸颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • WarehouseWorker1 在Glasgow2工作。该员工收到一项请求，将纸张托盘从仓库运送到Glasgow1和Dublin1。WarehouseWorker1必须在系统中创建运输，将纸张托盘从Glasgow1转移到Dublin1。 • 书桌的延迟交货数量增加。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一家学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要紧急运送替换品。 • 一家参与特殊油漆项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的销售价格比其油漆项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。 • 一家学校报告说，不同批次的丙烯酸颜料颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够向客户传达销售订单行的信息。 • 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏。一名在Dublin1工作的员工在仓库打开了一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，以对每份采购订单行的一定比例进行库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止该采购订单行的所有库存。您需要设置定价以解决油漆项目学校的投诉。您应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 66, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Accompany uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage procurement operations. The company plans to source some product lines from offshore vendors. The company wants to use the landed cost module feature for the shipment tracking and item costing. You need to configure the landed cost functionality. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, drag the appropriate components to the correct requirements. Each component may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - Accompany 使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理采购操作。该公司计划从海外供应商处采购一些产品线。该公司希望使用“到岸成本”模块功能进行运输跟踪和物品成本核算。您需要配置到岸成本功能。针对每个需求，应该配置什么？回答时，请将适当的组件拖放到相应的需求处。每个组件可能被使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 67, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has vendor agreements with domestic and international companies. A production controller requires the ability to process the goods in transit to the company from international vendors. Charges and costs require the following setup: • applied to domestic and international inbound shipments • separate purchase orders The company will not create inbound loads automatically. You need to determine which module to configure to meet the requirement for inbound shipments. Which module should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate modules to the correct requirements. Each module may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放操作 - 一家公司正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司与国内和国际公司有供应商协议。生产主管需要能够处理从国际供应商运送到公司的在途货物。费用和成本需要以下设置：• 应用于国内和国际的 inbound 运输 • 独立采购订单。该公司不会自动生成 inbound 装载。您需要确定要配置哪个模块以满足 inbound 运输的要求。应使用哪个模块？回答时，请将相应的模块拖放到正确的要求处。每个模块可以使用一次、多次或不使用。可能需要将拆分条在窗格之间拖动或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 68, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage procurement operations. The company plans to source some product lines from offshore vendors. The company wants to use the landed cost module feature for the shipment tracking and item costing. You need to configure the procurement requirements. What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理采购运营。该公司计划从海外供应商处采购一些产品线。该公司希望使用落地成本模块功能进行运输跟踪和物品成本核算。您需要配置采购需求。您应该怎么做？要回答此问题，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 69, "stem": "CompanyA is a wholesaler implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. CompanyB is a retailer that has multiple retail stores and one centralized distribution center. CompanyA receives a separate sales order for each of CompanyB's retail stores. The sales orders must be shipped together to the centralized distribution center, with each retail store order picked and packed separately. You need to configure the system to ensure that CompanyB's requirements are met through the outbound shipments from CompanyA. Which two features should you configure? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Container mixing constraints", "text_cn": "容器混合约束" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Space utilization", "text_cn": "空间利用率" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Location profile", "text_cn": "位置概况" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Allow system grouping", "text_cn": "允许系统分组" } ], "answer": "AD", "stem_cn": "公司A是一家实施Dynamics 365供应链管理的批发商。公司B是一家拥有多个零售门店和一个集中配送中心的零售商。公司A为公司B的每个零售门店分别收到销售订单。这些销售订单必须一起运送到集中配送中心，每个零售门店的订单需分别拣选和打包。您需要配置系统，以确保通过公司A的出库运输满足公司B的要求。应配置哪两个功能？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占1分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 70, "stem": "DRAG DROP - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You need to enable the system to correctly calculate vendor claims. Which configurations should you use for the rebates? To answer, move the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. You may use each configuration once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。一旦你开始新的部分，就不能返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Coho葡萄园与酒庄是一家母公司，拥有两家子公司：Coho葡萄园和Coho酒庄。Coho葡萄园位于俄勒冈州梅德福。葡萄园种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州格兰茨帕斯，向企业和消费者分销包装好的葡萄酒。酒庄还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。当前环境。技术景观 当前环境。技术景观 • Coho葡萄园与酒庄需要来自Coho葡萄园和Coho酒庄的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具进行财务合并。 • Coho酒庄目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司分开。当前环境。库存与仓储 • 整个仓库都是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要更冷存储的物品。 • 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 • Coho今天使用智能编号对奶酪物品进行编号。物品以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： • F11234 = 法国奶酪 • U14567 = 美国奶酪 • 目前，葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 • 库存按先进先出（FIFO）计价。 • 橄榄油的保质期为12个月。 • WineA价格昂贵，不在仓库中经常库存。 • WineB必须存放在仓库的冷藏区。 • WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中大部分库存。当前环境。供应商与采购 • 奶酪从两个国家的供应商处购买：法国和美国。 • 非奶酪物品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 • 橄榄油以每箱六瓶的方式购买和销售。 • 当Coho葡萄园在一个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会向任何月采购额超过5000美元的公司提供返利计划。要求。通用 • Coho葡萄园与酒庄母公司以及Coho葡萄园不会被纳入Coho酒庄实施Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365供应链管理的范围。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。要求。库存与仓储 • 在新系统中必须重新编号物品。 • 必须为每个进口物品使用单独的物品编号，以便根据来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 • 新系统必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 • 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的物品编号。 • 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响该瓶的成本。必须按年跟踪此成本。 • 一些葡萄酒瓶需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 • 葡萄酒必须按层次结构分组，如下所示： • 红酒 • 赤霞珠 • 梅洛 • 白酒 • 霞多丽 • 霞多丽 • Pinot • 每月末必须存储库存价值。 • 每月评估一次现库存的橄榄油。保质期剩余少于六个月的将卖给折扣零售店。如果保质期剩余少于90天，则橄榄油将捐赠或销毁。 • 至少有20箱橄榄油且不超过50箱未预留用于即将到来的客户订单。 • WineB必须冷藏。要求。供应商与采购 • 未来的奶酪智能编号系统将不再使用。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用适用于正确国家或地区的奶酪物品。 • 橄榄油只能以整箱方式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 • 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 • 供应商返利必须计算并提交索赔。 • 返利计划会传递给销售Coho酒庄葡萄酒的零售商。必须从Coho葡萄园获得返利。 • 采购订单（POs）必须在线维护，并跟踪供应商和买家之间的变更。 • 财务主管决定WineA不得在Coho酒庄账簿上计入财务库存。酒庄与供应商达成协议，WineA将在以后日期之前由供应商拥有。 • Vendor1发送大批货物。Coho酒庄有时没有足够的仓库员工接收库存。公司要求Vendor1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 • 运营协调员必须安排进货负载。公司要求尽可能自动化进货负载的创建。问题 - • 仓库已达到最大容量。空的货位并不总是可用。 • 仓库经理希望在仓库地板上建立WineB的快速移动位置，并从高架存储中补充这些位置。 • Coho酒庄最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被编辑且缺乏控制。 • 橄榄油清点后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划人员必须确定是否应为橄榄油下新的采购订单。 • 供应商返利索赔经常被拒绝，因为索赔计算时未包括折扣。 • 采购经理收到关于采购订单的多个投诉： • 问题1：采购订单更改未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 • 问题2：供应商无法控制对采购订单的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。你需要启用系统以正确计算供应商索赔。你应该为返利使用哪些配置？要回答，请将适当的配置移动到正确的需要。你可以每次使用一次、多次或根本不使用。你可能需要移动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 71, "stem": "HOTSPOT - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You need to resolve the issues of the purchasing manager. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您需要管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示板和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。一旦您开始新的一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Coho葡萄园与酒庄是一家母公司，下设两家子公司：Coho葡萄园和Coho酒庄。Coho葡萄园位于俄勒冈州梅德福。葡萄园种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州格兰茨帕斯，向企业和消费者分销包装好的葡萄酒。酒庄还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。当前环境。技术环境 当前环境。技术环境 • Coho葡萄园与酒庄需要来自Coho葡萄园和Coho酒庄的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具对财务数据进行合并。 • Coho酒庄目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司无关。当前环境。库存与仓储 • 整个仓库是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要更低温存储的物品。 • 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 • Coho目前对奶酪项目使用智能编号。项目以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： • F11234 = 法国奶酪 • U14567 = 美国奶酪 • 目前葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 • 库存按先进先出（FIFO）方式计价。 • 橄榄油的保质期为12个月。 • WineA价格昂贵，不在仓库中经常库存。 • WineB必须存放在仓库的冷藏区。 • WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中大部分库存。当前环境。供应商与采购 • 奶酪从两个国家的供应商处购买：法国和美国。 • 非奶酪物品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 • 橄榄油以每箱六瓶的方式买卖。 • 当Coho葡萄园在一个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会向任何月采购额超过5000美元的公司提供返利计划。要求。通用 • Coho葡萄园与酒庄母公司以及Coho葡萄园不会被纳入Coho酒庄实施Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management的范围。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。要求。库存与仓储 • 必须在新系统中重新编号物品。 • 每个进口物品必须使用单独的物品编号，以便根据来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 • 新系统必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 • 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的物品编号。 • 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响该瓶的成本。必须按年跟踪此成本。 • 一些葡萄酒需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 • 葡萄酒必须按以下层次结构分组： • 红葡萄酒 • 赤霞珠 • 梅洛 • 白葡萄酒 • 霞多丽 • 黑皮诺 • 每月末必须存储库存价值。 • 每月评估一次现库存的橄榄油。保质期剩余少于六个月的将卖给折扣零售店。如果保质期剩余少于90天，则橄榄油将捐赠或销毁。 • 现库存的橄榄油至少20箱，不超过50箱，且未预留用于即将到来的客户订单。 • WineB必须冷藏。要求。供应商与采购 • 未来的奶酪智能编号系统将不再使用。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用对应国家或地区的奶酪项目。 • 橄榄油只能以整箱方式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 • 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 • 必须计算供应商返利并提交索赔。 • 返利计划会转嫁给销售Coho酒庄葡萄酒的零售商。返利必须从Coho葡萄园处获得。 • 采购订单（PO）必须在线维护，并跟踪供应商和买家之间的变更。 • 财务主管决定WineA不得在Coho酒庄账目中作为财务库存持有。酒庄与供应商达成协议，WineA将在以后日期前仍归供应商所有。 • 供应商1发送大批货物。Coho酒庄有时没有足够的仓库员工接收库存。公司要求供应商1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 • 运营协调员必须安排进货批次。公司要求尽可能自动化进货批次的创建。问题 - • 仓库已达到最大容量。空置的货位并不总是可用。 • 仓库经理希望在地面上设立WineB的快速流动区域，并从高货架存储中补充库存。 • Coho酒庄最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被编辑，缺乏控制。 • 橄榄油清点后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划员必须确定是否应为橄榄油下达新的采购订单。 • 供应商返利索赔经常被拒绝，因为索赔计算时未包括折扣。 • 采购经理收到关于采购订单的多个投诉： • 问题1：采购订单的更改未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 • 问题2：供应商无法控制对采购订单的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。您需要解决采购经理的问题。对于每个要求，应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 72, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company is planning the configurations to use for the landed cost module in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company purchases goods from a single vendor. The vendor will transport the goods on a ship from LocationA to LocationC. A ship change at LocationB must be tracked in the system along the way. The entire order will be processed in a single shipment. You need to identify which landed cost concept to use in the configuration. Which landed cost concept should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司正在计划在Dynamics 365供应链管理中的到岸成本模块中使用的配置。该公司从单一供应商处采购货物。供应商将通过船舶从地点A运输货物到地点C。在运输途中必须在地点B进行船舶更换，并在系统中跟踪。整个订单将在一次运输中处理。您需要确定在配置中应使用哪种到岸成本概念。应使用哪种到岸成本概念？回答时，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 73, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as eaches. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator1 must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to configure the kosher pickle requirements for VendorA. What should you configure? To answer, move the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. You may use each configuration once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。一旦你开始新的一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农民市场以及杂货店供应腌黄瓜、果酱、腌制用品和辅助产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产或为任何物品提供罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 的会计系统与仓储系统脱节。这导致了库存控制和估值的问题。基于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个仓库，作为所有产品的配送中心。• 仓库有散装位置和货架，但没有位置名称和编号。• 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣选位置的额外库存。• 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。• 由于缺乏库存控制，经常需要进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 项目编号不一致，并被设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。• 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民处采购。• 腌黄瓜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格。瓶子装在箱子里。• 瓶子内的腌黄瓜可以是尖形、片状或整块形状，这不会影响相同口味腌黄瓜的成本。• 腌黄瓜口味有甜味、辣味和莳萝味。口味价格不同。• 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄。这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前由供应商拥有。芒果果酱需要冷藏，其他果酱不需要冷藏。• 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。• 一些库存物品有保质期，如醋。• 快速流动的商品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌黄瓜最受欢迎。采购与销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。• 在线商店仅限于部分配件类产品，如瓶子和罐子。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 将要推出一款犹太教规腌黄瓜的新产品线。• VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的商品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员易于访问，AisleA 中每个货位最多只放一件商品。甜味和辣味腌黄瓜的库存量超过 AisleA 的容量，因此需要储存在散装位置。o 辣味腌黄瓜在 AisleA 中任何时候都不得少于半托盘。o 甜味腌黄瓜在创建仓库工作波次之前，AisleA 中必须有足够的库存。• 草莓果酱这个季节销售缓慢。它们被存放在较高的货位，因为它们不被视为快速流动的商品。库存与数据 - • 项目编号必须设置为创建一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧的项目编号，以便进行交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 已决定使用 0000001 作为腌黄瓜的项目格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。• 腌黄瓜的项目编号应尽可能合并为单一项目编号，无论瓶装大小如何。• 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。• 犹太教规腌黄瓜必须在物料主数据中设置。犹太教规腌黄瓜的尺寸和口味与普通腌黄瓜相同，只是具有犹太教规标识，并且价格略高。• 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品到期日。• 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存入非易腐区而被丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从本地供应商处采购，仅用于特殊订单。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了独家协议，现在买家只能从 VendorA 采购。• VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望确保所有与 VendorA 的协议也适用于 VendorB，直到他们将两家公司合并为一家。• VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下：o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品发送给 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有该产品。o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存果酱。问题 - • CustomerD 报告称他们订购的醋在收到时还有一周才过期，这不足以让 CustomerD 在必须丢弃之前使用完醋。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋的保质期至少还有 30 天以上。• 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太教规腌黄瓜，却收到了普通腌黄瓜。库存控制员 2 报告称，同一品种的犹太教规和非犹太教规腌黄瓜存放在同一个仓库位置，导致了拣选错误。• 一位销售人员报告称，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次收到的黄瓜成本，而不是特定客户订单收到的黄瓜成本。• 内部审计发现过去一年中多次丢失大量腌黄瓜，并被记为损坏。没有相关的文档或解释。没有处置记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌黄瓜不是被盗的。• 腌黄瓜罐头以单个单位接收。腌黄瓜罐头的箱装数量根据尺寸不同：o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱不同的数量增加了仓库的负担。• 仓库的收货员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移动到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应被移动到名为 LocationB 的退货给供应商的位置。其他所有醋应按照正常位置指令存放并销售。• Operator1 正从一个位置将一托盘草莓果酱运送到发货码头。在搬运过程中，Operator1 摔倒了托盘。Operator1 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成前不可用于发货。• Operator2 尝试打印包含项目 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后卡住了。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。你需要为 VendorA 配置犹太教规腌黄瓜的要求。你应该配置什么？为了回答这个问题，请将适当的配置移动到正确的具体要求中。你可以每次使用一次、多次或根本不使用每个配置。你可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 74, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company plans to implement landed cost. The company must be able to assign statuses to inform users of a specific voyage. You need to configure the statuses for the voyages for given cost areas. Which three cost areas should you configure? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Vendor", "text_cn": "供应商" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Purchase order", "text_cn": "采购订单" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Folio", "text_cn": "页码" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Shipping container", "text_cn": "集装箱" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Vessels CDE", "text_cn": "船舶 CDE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司计划实施到岸成本。该公司必须能够分配状态，以通知用户特定航次的情况。您需要为给定的成本区域配置航次的状态。应配置哪三个成本区域？每个正确答案都属于解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各值1分。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 75, "stem": "A Canadian company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company sources a single item from two European vendors. The purchase price agreements are different for each vendor. The shipping costs can vary with every order and have multiple legs of shipment on the water and land. You need to calculate the landed cost of the item per order to identify the most economical vendor. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Inventory model group", "text_cn": "库存模型组" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Vessel", "text_cn": "船舶" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Journey template", "text_cn": "行程模板" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Voyage", "text_cn": "航行" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家加拿大公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司从两家欧洲供应商处采购单一物品。每个供应商的采购价格协议不同。运输成本可能因每次订单而异，并且在水路和陆路运输中有多段运输。您需要计算每张订单的到岸成本，以确定最经济的供应商。您应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 76, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses landed cost for its Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management implementation. A vendor has inconsistencies in the over- and under-delivery of items across their product catalog. Because the variances are line specific, the company must evaluate each line for the over- and under-tolerances rather than the entire order. The company must put restrictions on the vendor for what is acceptable. Maintenance after configuration must be minimized as much as possible. You need to configure the over- and under-tolerances of the voyages. Which configurations should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司在其 Dynamics 365 供应链管理实施中使用了到岸成本。供应商在其产品目录中存在物品超量和不足交付的不一致情况。由于差异是按行计算的，公司必须对每一条目评估超量和不足的容差，而不是整个订单。公司必须对供应商设定可接受范围的限制。配置后的维护应尽可能减少。您需要配置航次的超量和不足容差。应使用哪些配置？要回答此问题，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。" }, { "topic": 4, "question_num": 77, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is configuring the landed cost functionality in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company requires configuration of a cost type code for several landed cost requirements. You need to identify which cost type code account concept to use for each requirement. Which cost type code account concepts should you use? To answer, move the appropriate account concepts to the correct requirements. You may use each account concept once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在配置 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中的到岸成本功能。该公司需要为多个到岸成本需求配置成本类型代码。您需要确定每个需求应使用的成本类型代码账户概念。应使用哪些成本类型代码账户概念？要回答，请将适当的账户概念移动到正确的需求中。您可以每次使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要移动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 1, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to implement inventory cycle counting. Which counting methods should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate counting methods to the correct requirements. Each counting method may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/cycle-counting", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您需要实施库存循环盘点。应使用哪些盘点方法？要回答，请将适当的盘点方法拖放到相应的要求处。每个盘点方法可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/cycle-counting" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 2, "stem": "You are the warehouse manager at a distribution center. In the warehouse, items must be moved to a staging location before moving to the baydoor location for shipping. You need to set up a work template that accomplishes this pick/put scenario. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create one work class ID with valid location types of staging and baydoor. Assign these to the work template details.", "text_cn": "创建一个工作类别ID，其有效的位置类型为暂存区和码头门。将这些分配到工作模板详细信息中。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create two work templates: one is a pick/put from inventory to staging and the other is from staging to baydoor.", "text_cn": "创建两个工作模板：一个是将货物从库存区移到暂存区，另一个是将货物从暂存区移到码头门。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a sales order work template with two pick/put pairs: one to staging and the second to baydoor.", "text_cn": "创建一个销售订单工作模板，包含两个拣选/放置对：一个到暂存区，第二个到月台。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create two work class IDs: one with valid put location types of staging and the other of baydoor. Assign these to the appropriate put work types on the work template. BD Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/control-warehouse-location-directives", "text_cn": "创建两个工作类别ID：一个具有有效的暂存位置类型，另一个具有码头门位置类型。将这些分配到工作模板上的适当放置工作类型。BD参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/control-warehouse-location-directives" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你是配送中心的仓库经理。在仓库中，物品必须先移动到暂存区域，然后再移动到出货门区域进行出货。你需要设置一个工作模板，以完成此拣选/放置场景。你应该执行哪两项操作？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 3, "stem": "You are the warehouse manager at a large distribution company and are responsible for all outbound processing. You decide to implement cluster picking functionality to more efficiently aid in picking. When warehouse workers log in to the mobile device to process a cluster pick, the work items are not assigned to positions as expected. You need to validate the cluster picking setup. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Review the Sales order Work template.", "text_cn": "审查销售订单工作模板。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Validate the Cluster profile's positions and sorting setup.", "text_cn": "验证集群配置文件的位置和排序设置。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Validate whether there is a Cluster profile selected on the Mobile device menu item.", "text_cn": "验证移动设备菜单项上是否选择了集群配置文件。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Review the Location directive for sales picking. BC Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/system-directed-cluster-pick", "text_cn": "审查销售拣货的Location指令。BC参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/system-directed-cluster-pick" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你是大型分销公司的仓库经理，负责所有出库处理。你决定实施集群拣货功能，以更高效地协助拣货。当仓库员工登录移动设备处理集群拣货时，工作项未按预期分配到指定位置。你需要验证集群拣货的设置。你应该执行哪两项操作？每个正确答案均是解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 4, "stem": "A company plans to use the warehouse mobile app for cluster picking. The system must break the cluster when stocking items. You need to configure the system. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "On the Mobile device menu items form, select an option for the Directed by field.", "text_cn": "在移动设备菜单项表单中，为“导演”字段选择一个选项。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "On the Cluster profile form, add a value to the Sequence Put-away field.", "text_cn": "在集群配置文件中，向序列上架字段添加一个值。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "On the Cluster profile form, add a value to the Break cluster at field.", "text_cn": "在集群配置文件中，向“断开集群”字段添加一个值。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "On the Mobile device menu items form, add a value for the Work type ג Put-away field. C Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/system-directed-cluster-pick https://ellipsesolutions.com/dynamics-365-thing-called-cluster-picking/", "text_cn": "在移动设备菜单项表中，为“工作类型 - 入库”字段添加一个值。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/system-directed-cluster-pick https://ellipsesolutions.com/dynamics-365-thing-called-cluster-picking/" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司计划使用仓库移动应用程序进行集群拣货。系统在上架商品时必须拆分集群。你需要配置系统。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 5, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company needs to stock inventory in their warehouse. Inbound purchase order materials may need to be placed into more than one location in the warehouse. You need to configure placement for inventory in the warehouse. How should you set up location directives? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://dynamics-tips.com/location-directives-and-work-templates-explained/", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司需要在仓库中存储库存。进货采购订单的物料可能需要放置到仓库中的多个位置。您需要为仓库中的库存配置放置设置。应如何设置位置指令？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。热点区域：参考：https://dynamics-tips.com/location-directives-and-work-templates-explained/" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 6, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses the Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management Warehouse management module. The company requires production waves to be processed in batch. You need to configure wave processing. In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/configure-wave- processing", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理仓库管理模块。该公司要求按批次处理生产波次。您需要配置波次处理。应按照什么顺序执行这些操作？要回答，请将操作列表中的所有操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/configure-wave-processing" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 7, "stem": "DRAG DROP - You need to implement location directives in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Which objects should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate objects to the correct permissions. Each object may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/control-warehouse-location- directives directives", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 您需要在Dynamics 365供应链管理中实现位置指令。应该使用哪些对象？要回答这个问题，请将适当的对象拖放到正确的权限处。每个对象可能被使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动开，或者滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值1分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/control-warehouse-location- directives directives" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 8, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company plans to use warehouse management and dock appointment scheduling in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to configure the system. Which configuration options should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate configuration options to the correct requirements. Each configuration option may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司计划在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中使用仓库管理和码头预约调度。您需要配置系统。应使用哪些配置选项？要回答，请将适当的配置选项拖放到相应的需求处。每个配置选项可以使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 9, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company creates loads to ship sales orders. Loads must be shipped by using the lowest freight rates possible. You need to use the load planning workbench to create a load for sales order shipments. Which configuration options should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司创建运输批次以发送销售订单。运输批次必须使用可能的最低运费进行运输。您需要使用运输计划工作台为销售订单运输创建运输批次。应使用哪些配置选项？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。 热点区域：" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 10, "stem": "You are the logistics manager at a distribution company. Your primary carrier service provides rates for transportation between New York City and Colorado. These rates are a flat rate depending on the city or general area of pickup as follows: \u0000 New York City = $500 \u0000 Colorado = $450 You need to set up Transportation Management to calculate the rate from New York City to Colorado. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Use a Point-to-Point engine based on weight and miles. Assign rates from New York City as the starting location and Colorado as the ending location and break the rates out based on the weight of the package.", "text_cn": "使用基于重量和英里的点对点引擎。将纽约市作为起始地点，科罗拉多州作为终点，根据包裹的重量拆分费率。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Use a mileage-based rate engine to configure a rate master that calculates the rate based on the miles from New York City to Colorado.", "text_cn": "使用基于里程的费率引擎来配置一个费率主档，该主档根据从纽约市到科罗拉多州的里程数计算费率。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create hubs for both locations. Add a route plan from New York City to Colorado and assign the two charges as spot rates.", "text_cn": "在两个地点创建中转站。添加从纽约市到科罗拉多州的路线计划，并将两个费用作为现货费率进行分配。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set up zones in the Zone Master for New York City and Colorado. Assign rates to each zone in the Zone Master by starting and ending location.", "text_cn": "在区域主表中设置纽约市和科罗拉多州的区域。通过起始和结束地点在区域主表中为每个区域分配费率。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "你是分销公司的物流经理。您的主要承运商服务提供从纽约市到科罗拉多州的运输费率。这些费率是根据提货的城市或一般区域的固定费率，如下所示：纽约市 = 500 美元，科罗拉多州 = 450 美元。您需要设置运输管理以计算从纽约市到科罗拉多州的费率。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 11, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company must set up replenishment of inventory using vendor-owned consignment inventory. You need to create the replenishment order. How should you complete the replenishment order? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/tasks/create-consignment- replenishment-order", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司必须使用供应商拥有的寄售库存来设置库存补货。您需要创建补货订单。您应该如何完成补货订单？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/inventory/tasks/create-consignment-replenishment-order" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 12, "stem": "A warehouse picks and ships product. The warehouse completes work immediately upon automatic release to the warehouse. You need to configure waves to allow for automatic work creation. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Select the wave template and attribute to automatically process.", "text_cn": "选择波形模板和属性以自动处理。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Release to warehouse and process the work.", "text_cn": "释放到仓库并处理工作。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Automate wave creation and process the wave at release to warehouse.", "text_cn": "自动化波次创建并在波次释放至仓库时进行处理。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Automate wave creation and automatically process work. C Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/configure-wave-processing", "text_cn": "自动创建波次并自动处理工作。C 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/configure-wave-processing" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "仓库拣选并发货产品。仓库在自动释放到仓库后立即完成工作。您需要配置波次以允许自动生成工作。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 13, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management mobile device connectivity. You need to perform a spot cycle count on the mobile device. Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/cycle-counting#perform-a- cycle-count-by-using-a-mobile-device", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司计划实施Dynamics 365供应链管理的移动设备连接。您需要在移动设备上执行一次随机盘点。应按顺序执行哪三个操作？要回答，请从操作列表中将适当的操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/cycle-counting#perform-a-cycle-count-by-using-a-mobile-device" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 14, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management with basic warehouse processes. Mobile devices are not used in the two warehouses. Warehouse items that have an A classification are counted weekly through automatic cycle count journals that are created per warehouse. Items that are in both warehouses appear only in one journal for counting. Counts are inaccurate because picking is posted against items that are being counted. You need to resolve the cycle count issues. To answer, drag the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. Each configuration may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放：一家公司使用带有基本仓库流程的Dynamics 365供应链管理。在两个仓库中未使用移动设备。分类为A的仓库物品通过按仓库创建的自动循环盘点日记进行每周盘点。同时出现在两个仓库中的物品仅在一份盘点日记中出现。由于在盘点的物品上已进行拣货过账，导致盘点不准确。您需要解决循环盘点问题。要回答，请将适当的配置拖放到相应的需求中。每个配置可以使用一次、多次或完全不用。您可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动开或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值1分。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 15, "stem": "You are implementing warehousing in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to configure and approve one warehouse that can be used to create additional warehouses. What should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "inventory and warehouse management parameter setup", "text_cn": "库存与仓储管理参数设置" }, { "label": "B", "text": "warehouse management parameter setup only", "text_cn": "仓库管理参数设置仅" }, { "label": "C", "text": "warehouse work template", "text_cn": "仓库工作模板" }, { "label": "D", "text": "warehouse configuration template D Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/warehouse-template", "text_cn": "仓库配置模板 D 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/warehouse-template" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "您正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中的仓储功能。您需要配置并批准一个可用于创建其他仓库的仓库。您应该使用什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 16, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A client uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to configure automatic freight reconciliation. Which configuration options should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate configuration options to the correct requirements. Each configuration option may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/tasks/set-up-automatic-freight-reconciliation https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/tasks/set-up-automatic-freight-reconciliation", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一个客户使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您需要配置自动运费对账。应使用哪些配置选项？要回答，请将适当的配置选项拖放到相应的要求处。每个配置选项可以使用一次、多次或不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/tasks/set-up-automatic-freight-reconciliation https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/tasks/set-up-automatic-freight-reconciliation" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 17, "stem": "A company has several warehouse locations. The company acquires a new warehouse. You must design a new warehouse process workflow for the new warehouse. You need to configure the workflow. Which three options should you configure? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "work pools", "text_cn": "工作池" }, { "label": "B", "text": "cluster picking", "text_cn": "集群拣选" }, { "label": "C", "text": "outbound wave processing", "text_cn": "出射波处理" }, { "label": "D", "text": "work templates", "text_cn": "工作模板" }, { "label": "E", "text": "wave templates ADE Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/warehouse-management- overview", "text_cn": "波形模板 ADE 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/warehouse-management-overview" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司有多个仓库地点。该公司收购了一个新仓库。您必须为新仓库设计新的仓库流程工作流。您需要配置该工作流。应该配置哪三个选项？每个正确答案都表示解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 18, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company plans to streamline their receiving process for shipments that arrive daily. You need to set up inbound shipment processing. In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/business-process-planning-transportation-for-inbound- loads", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司计划优化每日到达的货物的收货流程。您需要设置入库运输处理。您应该按什么顺序执行这些操作？要回答，请从操作列表中选择适当的操作并将其移动到答案区域，然后按正确顺序排列。注意：有多种正确的答案顺序。您选择的任何正确顺序都将获得分数。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/business-process-planning-transportation-for-inbound-loads" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 19, "stem": "A company plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management shipping manifests. The company wants to use a multiple-level manifest process. You need to ensure that the system is configured for multiple-level manifest processing. What should you validate?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "All containers are manifested after the container group is manifested.", "text_cn": "所有集装箱在集装箱组申报后进行申报。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "All containers are manifested before the container group is manifested.", "text_cn": "所有集装箱在集装箱组申报之前必须先进行申报。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "The allow split picks configuration is enabled.", "text_cn": "允许拆分拣选的配置已启用。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "All container types are set up with all four attributes. B Note: There are several versions of this question in the exam. The question has two possible correct answers: 1. All containers are manifested before the container group is manifested. 2. All container groups are manifested before the shipment is manifested Other incorrect answer options you may see on the exam include the following: 1. All containers are of the status open before the group is manifested 2. All container types are set up with the returnable configuration enabled. 3. All container groups are manifested after the shipment is manifested. Reference: https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/dynamics365/no-audience/2016/12/01/improved-packing-functionality-dynamics-365-for- operations-1611/", "text_cn": "所有容器类型都设置了所有四个属性。注意：考试中对此问题有几种不同版本。该问题有两个可能的正确答案：1. 所有容器在容器组被申报之前已申报。2. 所有容器组在货物申报之前已申报。你可能在考试中看到的其他错误选项包括以下内容：1. 在组被申报之前，所有容器的状态都是开放的。2. 所有容器类型都配置了可返回设置。3. 所有容器组在货物申报之后才被申报。参考：https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/dynamics365/no-audience/2016/12/01/improved-packing-functionality-dynamics-365-for-operations-1611/" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司计划实施Dynamics 365供应链管理的运输清单。该公司希望使用多级清单流程。您需要确保系统已配置为多级清单处理。应验证什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 20, "stem": "A company uses the warehouse mobile app for Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You must create a menu item for reprinting license plate labels. Reprinting a license plate label must not create warehouse work. You need to configure the warehouse mobile app to add the new menu item. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set the Mode to Work", "text_cn": "将模式设置为工作模式" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set the Mode to Indirect", "text_cn": "将模式设置为间接模式" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set the Activity code to Cancel work", "text_cn": "将活动代码设置为取消工作" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set the Activity code to None", "text_cn": "将活动代码设置为 None" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理的仓库移动应用。您必须创建一个用于重新打印车牌标签的菜单项。重新打印车牌标签不得生成仓库工作。您需要配置仓库移动应用以添加新的菜单项。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 21, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses outside carrier services for inbound and outbound deliveries. Carrier services must be scheduled so that all trucks do not show up at the same time. You need to configure the Transportation Management module to schedule the loads. How should you set up dock appointments? To answer, select the appropriate options i the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/plan-appointments-for-a-load", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用外部承运商服务进行进货和出货。必须安排承运商服务，以确保所有卡车不会同时到达。您需要配置运输管理模块来安排货物。您应如何设置码头预约？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/plan-appointments-for-a-load" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 22, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for wave processing. The system must automatically create a wave when a sales order is released to the warehouse. You need to configure the system to meet this requirement. Which configuration should you enable?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Automate wave release", "text_cn": "自动波次释放" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Assign to open waves", "text_cn": "分配给开放波浪" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Process wave automatically threshold", "text_cn": "过程波自动阈值" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Automate wave creation D Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/configure-wave-processing", "text_cn": "自动化波次创建 D 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/configure-wave-processing" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理进行波次处理。当销售订单释放到仓库时，系统必须自动创建一个波次。您需要配置系统以满足此要求。应启用哪个配置？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 23, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses several freight carriers. Freight is calculated by mileage. You need to configure the system. Which values should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/transportation-management-engines", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用多家货运承运商。运费按里程计算。您需要配置系统。应该使用哪些值？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/transportation-management-engines" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 24, "stem": "A company plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management shipping manifests. The company wants to use a multiple-level manifest process. You need to ensure that the system is configured for multiple-level manifest processing. What should you validate?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "All container groups are manifested before the shipment is manifested", "text_cn": "所有容器组在货物装运前必须列明" }, { "label": "B", "text": "All containers are of the status open before the group is manifested", "text_cn": "所有容器在航班公布前都处于开放状态" }, { "label": "C", "text": "The allow split picks configuration is enabled", "text_cn": "允许拆分拣货的配置已启用" }, { "label": "D", "text": "All container types are set up with all four attributes A Reference: https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/dynamics365/no-audience/2016/12/01/improved-packing-functionality-dynamics-365-for- operations-1611/", "text_cn": "所有容器类型都设置了所有四个属性 A 参考：https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/dynamics365/no-audience/2016/12/01/improved-packing-functionality-dynamics-365-for-operations-1611/" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司计划实施Dynamics 365供应链管理的运输清单。该公司希望使用多级清单流程。您需要确保系统已配置为支持多级清单处理。应验证什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 25, "stem": "You are implementing containerization functionality. You must automate containerization so that containers and picking work for shipments are created when a wave is processed. The work lines will be split into quantities to fit required containers by size. You need to set up a container build template that defines the containerization process. Which three items should you set up before you create the container build template? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "a wave template that includes the containerize method", "text_cn": "一个包含容器化方法的波形模板" }, { "label": "B", "text": "container packing policies", "text_cn": "集装箱装箱政策" }, { "label": "C", "text": "a container group", "text_cn": "容器组" }, { "label": "D", "text": "container types", "text_cn": "容器类型" }, { "label": "E", "text": "container packing strategies ACD Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/set-up-containerization", "text_cn": "容器打包策略 ACD 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/tasks/set-up-containerization" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "您正在实现容器化功能。您必须自动化容器化，以便在处理波次时创建容器和用于装运的拣货工作。工作行将按尺寸拆分为适合所需容器的数量。您需要设置一个容器构建模板，以定义容器化过程。在创建容器构建模板之前，您应该设置哪三项内容？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 26, "stem": "You are the inventory manager at a large distribution company. You notice item P0001 has been running out regularly and the on-hand count seems to differ from what is in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You want cycle count work to be automatically created when the quantity drops below 10 pieces, which is about once a week. You need to appropriately configure warehouse management to generate cycle count work. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a cycle count plan for item P0001 to run when the quantity is below 10.", "text_cn": "为物料 P0001 制定循环盘点计划，当库存数量低于 10 时执行。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a cycle count threshold that is percentage based that will generate work when inventory drops below 10% for item P0001.", "text_cn": "为基于百分比的周期盘点阈值创建一个，当物品 P0001 的库存低于 10% 时将生成工作。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a cycle count threshold that is quantity based and specify 10 for the quantity. Add P0001 as a selected item.", "text_cn": "创建一个基于数量的循环盘点阈值，并将数量指定为10。添加P0001作为选定项目。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a cycle count plan for item P0001. Generate a batch job that runs once a week. C Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/cycle-counting", "text_cn": "为物料 P0001 创建循环盘点计划。生成一个每周运行一次的批处理作业。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/warehousing/cycle-counting" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你是大型分销公司的库存管理员。你注意到物品P0001经常出现缺货情况，而实际库存数量似乎与Dynamics 365供应链管理中的数据不一致。你希望当库存数量低于10件时，自动创建循环盘点任务，这大约每周发生一次。你需要正确配置仓库管理以生成循环盘点任务。你应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 27, "stem": "A company receives a large quantity of inventory into the warehouse. The inventory has a short shelf life and must be sent out to the stores as soon as possible. You need to use Buyer's push to transfer the inventory out to the stores. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a sales order.", "text_cn": "创建销售订单。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create transfer orders.", "text_cn": "创建转移订单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Select Product and ship open sales orders.", "text_cn": "选择产品并发货开放的销售订单。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Select Product and distribution method. BD Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/use-buyer-s-push-to-distribute-products", "text_cn": "选择产品和分发方法。BD参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/use-buyer-s-push-to-distribute-products" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司向仓库接收大量库存。这些库存保质期较短，必须尽快发送到各门店。您需要使用买家推送功能将库存转移到各门店。您应该执行哪两项操作？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 28, "stem": "You are the logistics manager at a distribution company. Your primary carrier service provides rates for transportation between New York City and Colorado. These rates are a flat rate depending on the city or general area of pickup as follows: \u0000 New York City = $500 \u0000 Colorado = $450 You need to set up Transportation Management to calculate the rate from New York City to Colorado. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set up zones in the Zone Master for New York City and Colorado. Assign rates to each zone in the Zone Master by starting and ending location.", "text_cn": "在区域主表中设置纽约市和科罗拉多州的区域。通过起始和结束地点在区域主表中为每个区域分配费率。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Using the Point-to-Point engine with an empty break master, assign rates based on starting and ending locations.", "text_cn": "使用点对点引擎，且不使用中断主表时，根据起始和结束地点分配费率。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a Point-to-Point based Rate Master with the rates broken out by pieces.", "text_cn": "创建一个基于点对点的费率主表，按件数列出费率。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a Shipping carrier and service. Create carrier accessorial charges to represent the rates for each location.", "text_cn": "创建运输承运商和服务。创建承运商附加费用，以表示每个地点的费率。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "你是分销公司的物流经理。您的主要承运商服务提供从纽约市到科罗拉多州的运输费率。这些费率是根据提货的城市或一般区域的固定费率，如下所示：纽约市=500美元，科罗拉多州=450美元。您需要设置运输管理来计算从纽约市到科罗拉多州的费率。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 29, "stem": "DRAG DROP - New order items arrive from vendors and come into a company's main warehouse. You must set up internal transportation processes in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to distribute goods to other locations. You need to set up inbound orders through transportation management. In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/transportation/transportation-management- https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/transportation/transportation-management- overview#inbound-transportation", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 新的订单商品从供应商处到达，并进入公司的主仓库。您必须在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中设置内部运输流程，以将货物分发到其他地点。您需要通过运输管理设置入库订单。您应按照怎样的顺序执行这些操作？回答此问题，请将动作列表中的所有动作移动到答案区域，并按正确的顺序排列。注意：有多种正确的答案顺序。您选择的任何正确顺序都将获得分数。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/transportation/transportation-management- https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/unified-operations/supply-chain/transportation/transportation-management- overview#inbound-transportation" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 30, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. There are two warehouses. All inventory is purchased into Warehouse1 and transferred to Warehouse2 based on replenishment rules. Planned orders were generated overnight by the master planning engine and do not need to be reviewed. Warehouse1 orders for Warehouse2 do not show as available for picking and shipping. Planned orders must be available for warehouse processing as quickly as possible and processed as a group. You need to configure the system to meet the requirements. Which solution should you configure for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/maintain-planned-orders", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。有两个仓库。所有库存都采购到仓库1，并根据补货规则转移到仓库2。由主计划引擎在夜间生成的计划订单不需要进行审查。仓库1发往仓库2的订单未显示为可拣选和可发货。计划订单必须尽快可供仓库处理，并作为一组进行处理。您需要配置系统以满足要求。您应为每个要求配置哪个解决方案？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/maintain-planned-orders" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 31, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A distribution company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Users in the warehouse must have the ability to create and process transfer orders from a mobile device. You need to complete the setup. Which areas should you configure? To answer, drag the appropriate areas to the correct prerequisites. Each area may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家分销公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。仓库中的用户必须能够从移动设备创建和处理调拨订单。您需要完成设置。应配置哪些区域？要回答，请将相应的区域拖放到正确的先决条件处。每个区域可能被使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动，或者滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 32, "stem": "A retail distributor is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Wholesale customers receive 10 percent off list price for the current calendar year. CustomerA is a wholesaler that agreed to a pilot program for a new product, with terms to receive a discounted set price for 100 each of the product for the next six months. The distributor will charge penalties to Customer if the 100 each are not sold within the period. You must configure pricing for Customer. Which three configurations should you set up? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a sales agreement with the price and discount is fixed parameter set to yes.", "text_cn": "创建销售协议，其中价格和折扣为固定参数，设置为是。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a trade agreement for wholesalers.", "text_cn": "制定批发商贸易协议。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set the find next parameter on trade agreements.", "text_cn": "设置下一个交易协议的查找参数。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a sales agreement with the max enforced parameter set to yes.", "text_cn": "创建销售协议，将最大强制参数设置为是。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Set the effective date on the trade agreement to begin after the sales agreement. ABE", "text_cn": "将贸易协议的有效日期设置为在销售协议之后开始。ABE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家零售分销商正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。批发客户在当前日历年度内可享受目录价10%的折扣。CustomerA是一家批发客户，同意参与一项新产品的试点计划，条款是接下来六个月中，每种产品以折扣价购买100件。如果在规定期间内未能售出每种100件，分销商将对Customer收取罚金。您必须为Customer配置定价。应设置哪三种配置？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 33, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A distribution company implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management has two warehouses. One item is purchased and stocked in only Warehouse1. Occasionally, Warehouse2 requires this item based on customer demand. When this occurs, an order for the item must be automatically created for Warehouse2. You need to configure the automation of the order for Warehouse2. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理的分销公司有两个仓库。某一项商品仅在仓库1中采购并库存。根据客户需求，仓库2偶尔需要该商品。当发生这种情况时，必须为仓库2自动创建该商品的订单。您需要配置仓库2订单的自动化。应配置什么？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 34, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The working time template is left blank when the period template is configured. You need to determine the workdays that will be used in the inventory replenishment reporting. Which workdays will be used?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "calendar setup on the warehouse", "text_cn": "仓库日历设置" }, { "label": "B", "text": "system calendar for the country", "text_cn": "国家日历系统" }, { "label": "C", "text": "5-day work week", "text_cn": "五天工作制" }, { "label": "D", "text": "system date dimensions", "text_cn": "系统日期维度" }, { "label": "E", "text": "7-day work week E", "text_cn": "7天工作制 E" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。当配置期间模板时，工作时间模板留空。您需要确定库存补货报告中将使用的工作日。将使用哪些工作日？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 35, "stem": "A company is implementing the Warehouse management module in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company will receive an item in three units of measure (UOM): each, case, and pallet. The item must be counted from a mobile device in each UOM or case UOM only by the warehouse worker. You must configure the item. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a reservation hierarchy and define the rules.", "text_cn": "创建预订层级并定义规则。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set the default inventory unit of measure to each and the default purchase and sell unit to case.", "text_cn": "将默认库存单位设置为每个，默认采购和销售单位设置为箱。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create one unit sequence group and enable counting per unit of measure.", "text_cn": "创建一个单位序列组并按计量单位启用计数。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set the default inventory unit of measure to each and assign the default item set up to case.", "text_cn": "将默认库存单位设置为每个，并将默认项目设置为箱。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Create separate unit sequence groups, one for case counting and one for each counting.", "text_cn": "创建单独的单元序列组，一个用于案件计数，另一个用于每个计数。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中的仓库管理模块。该公司将按三种单位（UOM）接收物品：每个、箱和托盘。该物品必须由仓库工作人员通过移动设备在每个 UOM 或箱 UOM 中进行盘点。您必须配置该物品。应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 36, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management has multiple warehouses, some of which are Warehouse Management-enabled. The company must hold inventory for the following purposes: • On-hand inventory available for all transactions except for sales orders. • Automatic hold on inbound purchase order inventory. • Damaged on-hand inventory that can be transferred from a mobile device, leaving the undamaged inventory available. You need to determine the feature that applies to each company requirement. Which features should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理的公司拥有多个仓库，其中一些仓库启用了仓库管理功能。该公司必须出于以下目的持有库存：• 可用于所有交易（销售订单除外）的在手库存。 • 入库采购订单库存的自动冻结。 • 损坏的在手库存，可以从移动设备转移出去，使未损坏的库存保持可用。您需要确定适用于每个公司需求的功能。应该使用哪些功能？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 37, "stem": "A company is using advanced warehouse functionality in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A batch-tracked item in high-demand caused delays on sales orders. The vendor delivery is expected today. Sales orders must be held until the items are checked for quality. You need to set up batch attributes to allow for warehouse processing but hold sales orders. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Unavailable status, block reservation, picking and shipping", "text_cn": "不可用状态，锁定预订，拣货与发货" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Unavailable status, block shipping", "text_cn": "不可用状态，阻止运输" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Available status, block shipping", "text_cn": "可用状态，禁止发货" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Unavailable status, block picking and shipping", "text_cn": "不可用状态，锁定拣货和发货" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Available status, block reservation, picking and shipping", "text_cn": "可用状态、预订锁定、拣货与发货" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在Dynamics 365供应链管理中使用先进的仓库功能。一种高需求的批次跟踪物品导致了销售订单的延迟。供应商送货预计今天到达。在检查物品质量之前，销售订单必须被暂停。你需要设置批次属性以允许仓库处理，但要暂停销售订单。你应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 38, "stem": "A warehouse picks and ships product. The warehouse completes work immediately upon automatic release to the warehouse. You need to configure waves to allow for automatic work creation. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Select the wave template and attribute to automatically process.", "text_cn": "选择波形模板和属性以自动处理。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Select the wave template and assign it to recurring batch job.", "text_cn": "选择波形模板并将其分配给重复批次作业。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Automate wave creation and process the wave at release to warehouse.", "text_cn": "自动化生成波次并在发布至仓库时处理波次。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Select the wave template and process the wave at release to warehouse.", "text_cn": "选择波形模板并在释放到仓库时处理波形。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "仓库拣选并发货产品。仓库在自动释放到仓库后立即完成工作。您需要配置波次以允许自动生成工作。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 39, "stem": "You are the logistics manager at a distribution company. Your primary carrier service provides rates for transportation between New York City and Colorado. These rates are a flat rate depending on the city or general area of pickup as follows: • New York City = $500 • Colorado = $450 You need to set up Transportation Management to calculate the rate from New York City to Colorado. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Use a Point-to-Point engine based on weight and miles. Assign rates from New York City as the starting location and Colorado as the ending location and break the rates out based on the weight of the package.", "text_cn": "使用基于重量和英里的点对点引擎。将纽约市作为起始地点，科罗拉多州作为终点，根据包裹的重量拆分费率。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Using the Point-to-Point engine with an empty break master, assign rates based on starting and ending locations.", "text_cn": "使用点对点引擎并留空中断主键，根据起始和结束地点分配费率。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a Shipping carrier and service. Create carrier accessorial charges to represent the rates for each location.", "text_cn": "创建运输承运商和服务。创建承运商附加费用，以表示每个地点的费率。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set up A Transit Time Engine to track days from New York City to Colorado. Set up rates in the Rate Master tied to day breaks.", "text_cn": "设置一个运输时间引擎，以跟踪从纽约市到科罗拉多州的天数。在费率主表中设置与天数分界相关的费率。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "你是分销公司中的物流经理。您的主要承运商服务提供从纽约市到科罗拉多州的运输费率。这些费率是根据提货的城市或一般区域的固定费率，如下所示：• 纽约市 = 500美元 • 科罗拉多州 = 450美元 您需要设置运输管理以计算从纽约市到科罗拉多州的费率。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 40, "stem": "A warehouse picks and ships product. The warehouse completes work immediately upon automatic release to the warehouse. You need to configure waves to allow for automatic work creation. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Select the wave template and assign it to recurring batch job.", "text_cn": "选择波形模板并将其分配给重复批次作业。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Release to warehouse and process the work.", "text_cn": "释放到仓库并处理工作。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Automate wave creation and process the wave automatically at threshold.", "text_cn": "在阈值处自动创建波形并自动处理波形。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Automate replenishment and process the wave at release.", "text_cn": "自动补货并处理释放的波次。" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "仓库拣选并发货产品。仓库在自动释放到仓库后立即完成工作。您需要配置波次以允许自动创建工作。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 41, "stem": "You are the logistics manager at a distribution company. Your primary carrier service provides rates for transportation between New York City and Colorado. These rates are a flat rate depending on the city or general area of pickup as follows: • New York City = $500 • Colorado = $450 You need to set up Transportation Management to calculate the rate from New York City to Colorado. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Use a Point-to-Point engine based on weight and miles. Assign rates from New York City as the starting location and Colorado as the ending location and break the rates out based on the weight of the package.", "text_cn": "使用基于重量和英里的点对点引擎。将纽约市作为起始地点，科罗拉多州作为终点，根据包裹的重量拆分费率。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Using the Point-to-Point engine with an empty break master, assign rates based on starting and ending locations.", "text_cn": "使用点对点引擎，配合空的中断主表，根据起始和结束地点分配费率。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a Point-to-Point based Rate Master with the rates broken out by pieces.", "text_cn": "创建一个基于点对点的费率主表，按件数列出费率。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set up A Transit Time Engine to track days from New York City to Colorado. Set up rates in the Rate Master tied to day breaks.", "text_cn": "设置一个运输时间引擎，以跟踪从纽约市到科罗拉多州的天数。在费率主表中设置与天数分界相关的费率。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "你是分销公司的物流经理。您的主要承运商服务提供从纽约市到科罗拉多州的运输费率。这些费率是根据提货城市或一般区域的固定费率，如下所示：• 纽约市 = 500美元 • 科罗拉多州 = 450美元 您需要设置运输管理以计算从纽约市到科罗拉多州的费率。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 42, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to configure the pricing for the white-labeled products. Which system object should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，以提供更多关于案例研究中描述的情况的信息。每个问题都与其他问题独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。在您开始新的一节后，无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂方面，而且作为也销售服装的生活方式品牌，正在经历快速扩张。补充剂业务不仅在补充剂方面，而且作为也销售服装的生活方式品牌，正在经历快速扩张。补充剂和服装业务各自独立运营，但以同一法律实体进行制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正从过时的本地版Dynamics AX迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益时采用新的效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品均使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。在报告中，通过物品编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个短横线为止来查询物品的销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示物品1001，尺寸为小号，颜色为红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz 或 02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同尺寸。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享相同的一组产品属性。• 补充剂可能共享相同的商品SKU，但可以根据产品的不同尺寸、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某件物品不必要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品都有默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个客户层级创建四个不同的价格，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的预估成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价层级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以就物品进行30天、60天和90天的特殊定价协商。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前在Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本核算模型；然而，使用FIFO成本核算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求简单。只有一个站点。该站点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保任何能量饮料和营养补充剂都按照最高标准进行制造和包装。Trey Research在所有产品报告为完成时自动检查产品。所有产品在拣选时都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸化水平和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、有效期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理。• 可重新销售的产品被放置在仓库中的两个货架之一。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能整合到其电子商务网站上。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化对产品的报告。• 物品编号不需要等于实际物品编号。• 未来采用的成本核算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 成本核算应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和间接费用。• 使用的任何成本核算方法都需要能够跟踪有关物品、成本类别和间接费用计算公式的成本记录。• 需要以成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力。• 如果供应商由于供应链问题无法再提供能量饮料的原材料，应使用从替代供应商采购原材料的成本来确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装物品将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本核算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。在Trey Research赞助的极端运动赛事期间，某些产品将获得特别定价。赛事前后，恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只能销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“对比”价格，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“对比”价格也将是客户的默认物品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品因特定原因（例如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质检应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 产品入库至仓库、生产线或出库至消费者时，应自动生成质检流程以方便执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：当生产订单完成时，必须对所有营养补充剂进行100%测试，对所有能量饮料进行50%测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有测试。 \u0000 要求2：在出库过程中，应对75%的所有营养补充剂和能量饮料进行其所需测试。 \u0000 在检验过程中，损坏的产品必须放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 您必须定义隔离区域以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。您需要配置白标产品的定价。应该配置哪个系统对象？要回答这个问题，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 43, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Trey Research is a multinational manufacturer of health and dietary supplements based in Seattle, Washington. The company is experiencing a rapid expansion not only in its supplements but as a lifestyle brand that also sells apparel. The supplements and apparel businesses operate independently but manufacture and operate in the same legal entity. Current environment - Current environment. Technology - Current environment. Technology - Trey Research is migrating from an outdated, on-premises version of Dynamics AX to Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to retain a lot of its current data structures and processes but adopt new efficiencies when the benefit is obvious. The company uses a third-party e-commerce site that is custom developed by an internal developer. Current environment. Items - Product numbering - All items are numbered by using a smart numbering format: [Product SKU+Size+Color+Style]. For reporting, items are queried for sales and inventory reports by using the first six digits of the item number or until the first dash is encountered. • A t-shirt could be 01001-S-Red for item 1001 in a size small with the color red. • A single energy drink could be 02001-12oz or 02001-20oz for the different sizes that product 02001 is sold in. Product attributes - • All clothing shares the same set of product attributes. • Supplements may share the same Product SKU but can have different attributes for the different size, color, or style variations of the product. • Product attributes that are unnecessary for an item should be excluded from the item. Pricing - • All items always have a default price. This price will not expire. • An item will have four different prices created for it every month, one for each customer tier, as detailed later in this section. The pricing expires at the end of the month. If no special pricing is created, the default item price will be used. • The monthly sales price in which the additional price breaks are determined is based on the estimated cost of the manufactured items. • Customers are categorized into four pricing tiers (A, B, C, and D) based on sales volume over the past 12 months. • Customers can negotiate special pricing for items in 30-day, 60-day, and 90-day increments. Quantity restrictions may be placed, depending on the item discount and promotion. • Promotional pricing is not used today. Pricing is restricted to monthly prices and customer-specific contract pricing. Cost - Items use a FIFO costing model today in their current Dynamics AX 2009 environment; however, using the FIFO costing method has created problems. Current environment. Warehouse and inventory • Warehouse requirements are simplistic. There is only one site. The site has two warehouses. • Trey Research needs to make sure that any energy drinks and nutritional supplements are manufactured and packaged with the highest standards. Trey Research automatically inspects products when all products are reported as finished. All products are inspected again when the items are picked. • Energy drinks require independent tests to check for dents in packaging, carbonation levels, and fill level. • Nutritional supplements require separate tests for packaging, expiration date, product seal, and product labeling. • Government compliancy and consistency testing are handled outside of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. • Resalable products are placed on one of two racks in the warehouse. Requirements - Requirements. Technology - • Trey Research will integrate all pricing and discount capabilities to its e-commerce website. Requirements. Items - • Reporting on products should be streamlined as much as possible. • The item numbering does not have to equate to the actual item number. • The future costing methods adopted must be commonly accepted for manufacturers. • Inventory costing should be done after a full inventory valuation is complete. It should take into consideration the direct materials, direct labor, and overhead that goes into an item. • Any costing method used needs the ability to track cost records about an item, cost categories, and calculation formulas for indirect costs. • The profitability for nutritional supplements manufacturing processes needs to be expressed in terms of the cost categories for routing operations and the calculation formulas for manufacturing overheads. • If a vendor can no longer deliver the raw materials for the energy drinks due to supply chain issues, the costs for using an alternative vendor to source the raw materials should be used to determine the impact on profits. • Apparel items will not be upgraded to the new costing method until after the go-live date due to resourcing and implementation limitations from the apparel team. Requirements. Pricing - • Trey Research plans to do promotional pricing. Certain products will receive special pricing during the hours of extreme sporting events that Trey Research sponsors. Before or after the event, normal pricing will resume. Requirements. White labeling - • Trey Research wants to start white labeling its products under the brands of major nutritional retail store brands. These products would only be sold to specific customers. • Trey Research will provide and maintain a 'Compare to' price for customers to use to compare the white-labeled products. This Compare to price will also be the default item price for the customer if the customer accidentally lets a contract price expire. • The configuration of these restrictions must be applied automatically when creating new products for those customers. Requirements. Warehouse and inventory • If products in the warehouse must be blocked from transactions for a specific reason, such as a health and safety review, warehouse users should be able to block the products quickly from the ERP system. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • All product quality tests should be processed in a uniform and consistent manner. • Creation of any quality processes for products inbound to the warehouse, from the production line, or outbound from the warehouse to consumers should be automatically created to facilitate execution. • Testing requirements: \u0000 Requirement 1: 100 percent of all nutritional supplements and 50 percent of all energy drinks must be tested when production orders are completed. After a product is in testing, 100 percent of all tests must be completed. \u0000 Requirement 2: 75 percent of all nutritional supplements and energy drinks should be tested against their required tests during an outbound process. \u0000 Damaged products must be placed in one of four bins (based on product type) during the inspection process. \u0000 You must define quarantine zones to optimize product visibility throughout the testing process. You need to configure automated testing for the following tasks: • inbound processes from manufacturing • outbound processed from the warehouse picking process How many processes should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "2", "text_cn": "2" }, { "label": "B", "text": "3", "text_cn": "3" }, { "label": "C", "text": "4", "text_cn": "4" }, { "label": "D", "text": "10", "text_cn": "10" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用任何所需的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。背景 - Trey Research是一家总部位于华盛顿州西雅图的跨国健康和膳食补充剂制造商。该公司不仅在补充剂方面迅速扩展，还作为生活方式品牌销售服装产品。补充剂和服装业务是独立运营的，但它们在同一法律实体内制造和运营。当前环境 - 当前环境。技术 - 当前环境。技术 - Trey Research正在从过时的本地Dynamics AX版本迁移到Dynamics 365供应链管理。公司希望保留大量现有的数据结构和流程，但在明显有益的情况下采用新的效率。公司使用由内部开发人员定制开发的第三方电子商务网站。当前环境。物品 - 产品编号 - 所有物品均使用智能编号格式：[产品SKU+尺寸+颜色+款式]。在报告中，通过项目编号的前六位数字或直到遇到第一个连字符为止来查询项目以获取销售和库存报告。• 一件T恤可能是01001-S-Red，表示项目1001的S号，红色。• 一种能量饮料可能是02001-12oz或02001-20oz，表示产品02001的不同规格。产品属性 - • 所有服装共享同一组产品属性。• 补充剂可能共享相同的商品SKU，但可以根据产品的不同尺寸、颜色或款式变化具有不同的属性。• 对于某项物品不必要的产品属性应从该物品中排除。定价 - • 所有物品都有默认价格。该价格不会过期。• 每个月为每个客户层级创建四个不同的价格，如本节后面所述。定价在月底到期。如果没有特别定价，则使用默认物品价格。• 确定额外价格折扣的月度销售价格基于制造物品的估计成本。• 客户根据过去12个月的销售量分为四个定价层级（A、B、C和D）。• 客户可以按30天、60天和90天的增量协商特定物品的特殊定价。根据物品折扣和促销情况，可能会设置数量限制。• 目前不使用促销定价。定价仅限于月度价格和客户特定合同定价。成本 - 当前Dynamics AX 2009环境中，物品使用FIFO成本计算方法；然而，使用FIFO成本计算方法已造成问题。当前环境。仓库和库存 • 仓库需求简单。只有一个站点。该站点有两个仓库。• Trey Research需要确保所有能量饮料和营养补充剂按照最高标准进行制造和包装。Trey Research在所有产品报告为完成时自动检查产品。所有产品在拣选时都会再次检查。• 能量饮料需要独立测试以检查包装凹痕、碳酸水平和填充水平。• 营养补充剂需要对包装、有效期、产品密封和产品标签进行单独测试。• 政府合规性和一致性测试是在企业资源计划（ERP）系统之外处理的。• 可重新销售的产品被放置在仓库的两个货架之一上。要求 - 要求。技术 - • Trey Research将把所有定价和折扣功能集成到其电子商务网站中。要求。物品 - • 应尽可能简化产品报告。• 项目编号不必等于实际项目编号。• 未来采用的成本计算方法必须是制造商普遍接受的方法。• 成本核算应在完整的库存估值完成后进行。它应考虑直接材料、直接人工和计入项目的间接费用。• 使用的任何成本计算方法都需要能够跟踪关于项目的成本记录、成本类别以及间接成本的计算公式。• 营养补充剂制造过程的盈利能力需要用路线操作的成本类别和制造间接费用的计算公式来表达。• 如果供应商由于供应链问题无法再为能量饮料提供原材料，那么使用替代供应商采购原材料的成本应用于确定对利润的影响。• 由于服装团队在资源和实施方面的限制，服装项目将在上线日期之后才升级到新的成本计算方法。要求。定价 - • Trey Research计划进行促销定价。某些产品将在Trey Research赞助的极端运动赛事期间获得特殊定价。活动前后恢复正常定价。要求。白标 - • Trey Research希望在其主要营养零售商店品牌的旗下进行白标生产。这些产品只销售给特定客户。• Trey Research将提供并维护一个“比较”价格，供客户用来比较白标产品。如果客户意外让合同价格过期，该“比较”价格也将成为客户的默认商品价格。• 必须在为这些客户创建新产品时自动应用这些限制的配置。要求。仓库和库存 • 如果仓库中的产品因特定原因（如健康和安全审查）必须阻止交易，仓库用户应能从ERP系统中快速阻止这些产品。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 所有产品质量测试应以统一和一致的方式进行。• 任何针对入库到仓库、生产线或出库到消费者的产品质量流程应自动创建，以促进执行。• 测试要求： \u0000 要求1：当生产订单完成时，必须对所有营养补充剂进行100%测试，对所有能量饮料进行50%测试。产品进入测试后，必须完成所有测试。 \u0000 要求2：在出库过程中，应对所有营养补充剂和能量饮料的所需测试进行75%的测试。 \u0000 损坏的产品应在检验过程中放入四个箱子之一（根据产品类型）。 \u0000 您必须定义隔离区域以优化整个测试过程中的产品可见性。您需要配置自动化测试以执行以下任务： • 从制造的进货流程 • 从仓库拣货流程的出货流程 需要配置多少个流程？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 44, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You must meet the requirement for WarehouseWorker1. Which process should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate processes to the correct locations. Each process may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用考试的全部时间来完成每个案例。然而，考试中可能包含更多的案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦你开始新的部分，就无法返回到本部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”标签，请注意显示的信息与后续标签上的信息相同。当你准备好回答问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板颜料等物品。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间变长。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 拥有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。 ○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于供应地区性商品。 ○ 格拉斯哥2用于供应商自有库存的本地存储以及美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。通用流程美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格相结合的方式来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。 • 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常更新错误，存在输入错误和计算公式损坏的问题。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是用预印的三联单手写的。 • 暑期是公司最繁忙的时期。在此期间，员工通常在仓库现场或赶往学校进行紧急送货，以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用FIFO成本法来核算库存。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售出但等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存虚增，随后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户并等待发货的物品。 • 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接从供应商发往学校。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里或箱子里而作为不同的项目编号存储。这在清点库存以确定库存中蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，产生缺货订单和不满的学校。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 产品每年可能会根据新学年的流行尺寸、颜色和款式发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，这带来了大量的工作量，因此需要临时工来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 • 补货由采购员根据学年开始时的季节性高峰手动管理，直到学年末假期后，再进入下一个学年。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折出售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。 • 复印纸和手工纸按托盘订购至都柏林1，并需拆分成较小尺寸。通常会将托盘拆分，然后将一部分留在都柏林1，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不提供这些商品。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品。没有其他替代供应商。 • 美术学院同意从供应商处购买一套新的智能板。商定的智能板购买价格将按55英寸、75英寸或85英寸智能板的成本价计算。 • 公司为以下仓库购买铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板颜料的流行度增加，需求也增加。这导致供应短缺。白板颜料需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司在每个学年开始前与一些学校签订合同，约定某些商品的价格。 • 学校可以订购大批量的产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且没有供应链短缺。 • 丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，以常规定价卖给所有学校。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年有所减少。学校选择使用白板颜料，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年购买特定商品的约定数量。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单添加商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板颜料的销售必须受到限制，以防止一个学校买光所有库存，导致其他学校的缺货。 • 学校必须同意在整个学年内购买的白板颜料数量。要求。库存成本 • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须有相关成本。 • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍需包含数量，但不包括库存估值中的成本。 • 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。 • 尽可能自动创建年度库存配置更改。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - • 仓库员工必须能够使用手机和移动应用接听电话并创建仓库交易。 • 书桌必须使用相同的项目编号和条形码，无论生产年份和供应商如何。 • 供应商提供的水性涂料必须以桶的形式接收。 • 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库工人1在格拉斯哥2工作。该工人收到一个请求，将纸张的托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库工人1必须在系统中创建运输，将纸张的托盘从格拉斯哥1运送到都柏林1。 • 书桌的缺货订单数量增加了。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌项目编号。书桌是同一商品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一所学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要紧急运送替换品。 • 一所参与特殊颜料项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的售价比其颜料项目价格更优惠。学校要求调整价格。 • 一所学校报告称，收到的丙烯颜料批次颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够将信息传达给客户。 • 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开了一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。你必须实施流程，以对每份采购订单行的接收进行一定比例的库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止所有该采购订单行的库存。你必须满足仓库工人1的要求。你应该使用哪个流程？要回答，将适当的流程拖放到正确的位置。每个流程可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。你可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确的选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 45, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage procurement operations. The company sources the majority of items from foreign vendors based in different countries/regions. Each country/region has different exporters. Exporter details for every shipment is required for compliance. You need to report shipments by exporters. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Shipping container", "text_cn": "集装箱" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Vessel", "text_cn": "船舶" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Voyage", "text_cn": "航行" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Folio", "text_cn": "页码" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Purchase order", "text_cn": "采购订单" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理采购操作。该公司从位于不同国家/地区的外国供应商处采购大部分物料。每个国家/地区都有不同的出口商。为了合规，需要每批货物的出口商详细信息。您需要按出口商报告货物。您应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 46, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A customer placed multiple sales orders. The customer requires the orders to ship on a single truck. You need to configure the system to consolidate the multiple outbound sales orders onto a single truck for delivery. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Vessel", "text_cn": "船舶" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Voyage", "text_cn": "航行" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Load", "text_cn": "负载" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Legs", "text_cn": "腿" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。一位客户下了多个销售订单。客户要求这些订单使用一辆卡车进行发货。你需要配置系统，将多个出库销售订单合并到一辆卡车上进行交付。你应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 47, "stem": "A company with two legal entities uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You are creating new products and learn that CompanyA plans to use Warehouse management (WMS) but CompanyB will not. Each storage, tracking, and production dimension name and configuration must be identical in each company. You need to set up the dimensions that affect the WMS for the new products. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Assign a tracking group to the product and release it to both companies, changing one tracking group after release.", "text_cn": "将跟踪组分配给产品，并将其发布给两家公司，在发布后更改一个跟踪组。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Leave storage group blank on the product and assign after release to both companies.", "text_cn": "在产品上留空存储组，并在发布后分配给两家公司。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Assign storage group to the product and release to both companies, changing one after release.", "text_cn": "将存储组分配给产品，并发布到两家公司，发布后更改其中一个。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a product master and assign configuration technology.", "text_cn": "创建产品主数据并分配配置技术。" } ], "answer": "BD", "stem_cn": "一家拥有两个法律实体的公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。您正在创建新产品，并了解到CompanyA计划使用仓库管理（WMS），而CompanyB将不会使用。每个公司的存储、跟踪和生产维度名称和配置必须相同。您需要为新产品设置影响WMS的维度。应该执行哪两项操作？每个正确答案代表一个完整解决方案。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 48, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company acquired a multinational food packaging business that has 30 facilities operating in multiple countries/regions. Packaging machines must be systematically registered and tracked across all facilities. You need to create the packing machine assets to meet the tracking requirements. What should you create?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "functional location type", "text_cn": "功能位置类型" }, { "label": "B", "text": "functional location lifecycle state", "text_cn": "功能位置生命周期状态" }, { "label": "C", "text": "functional location", "text_cn": "功能位置" }, { "label": "D", "text": "functional location lifecycle model", "text_cn": "功能位置生命周期模型" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司收购了一家跨国食品包装业务，该业务在多个国家/地区拥有30个设施。包装机器必须在所有设施中进行系统性登记和跟踪。您需要创建包装机资产以满足跟踪要求。应创建什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 49, "stem": "A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management and is exploring the various capabilities. The company has the following requirements: • Track a single inbound vessel containing multiple shipping containers • Track the path from the origin to the destination You need to determine which landed cost functionality can be used to meet the requirements. Which landed cost function should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Container", "text_cn": "容器" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Route segments", "text_cn": "路径段" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Journey", "text_cn": "旅程" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Load", "text_cn": "负载" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理，并正在探索其各种功能。该公司有以下需求：• 跟踪一个包含多个运输集装箱的入境船舶 • 跟踪从起点到终点的路径。您需要确定可以用来满足这些需求的到岸成本功能。应该使用哪种到岸成本功能？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 50, "stem": "An e-commerce retail company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company often has scenarios where additional freight charges are incurred due to weight discrepancies and fuel surcharges but doesn't always want to review minimal variations to expected charges. The company wants to utilize the capabilities of the system for reconciling freight charges. You need to configure the system to accommodate for the freight charge discrepancies. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Freight bill type", "text_cn": "货运单据类型" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set freight match required to ‘Yes’", "text_cn": "设置货运匹配为“是”" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Freight bill type assignment", "text_cn": "货运单类型分配" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Freight bill audit master", "text_cn": "货运单审核主文件" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家电子商务零售公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司经常出现由于重量差异和燃油附加费而产生额外的货运费用，但并不总希望审查预期费用的微小差异。该公司希望利用系统的功能来对冲货运费用。你需要配置系统以处理货运费用差异。应配置什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 51, "stem": "HOTSPOT - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You need to configure the requirements for the operations coordinator and the inbound load for Vendor1. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，考试中可能还有其他案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Coho酒庄与酒厂是一家母公司，下设两家子公司：Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州梅德福。酒庄种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒厂位于俄勒冈州格兰斯帕斯，负责将包装好的葡萄酒分销给企业和消费者。酒厂还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。当前环境。技术环境。当前环境。技术环境 • Coho酒庄与酒厂需要来自Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具合并财务数据。 • Coho酒厂目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司分开。当前环境。库存与仓储 • 整个仓库都是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要更低温存储的物品。 • 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 • Coho目前对奶酪项目使用智能编号。这些项目以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： • F11234 = 法国奶酪 • U14567 = 美国奶酪 • 当前，葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 • 库存按先进先出法（FIFO）计价。 • 橄榄油的保质期为12个月。 • WineA价格昂贵，不在仓库中经常库存。 • WineB必须存放在仓库的冷藏区。 • WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中主要的库存。当前环境。供应商与采购 • 奶酪从两个国家的供应商处购买：法国和美国。 • 非奶酪物品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 • 橄榄油以每箱6瓶的方式购买和销售。 • 当Coho酒庄在一个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会向月采购额超过5000美元的任何公司提供返利计划。要求。通用 • Coho酒庄与酒厂母公司以及Coho酒庄不会被纳入Coho酒厂实施Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management的范围内。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。要求。库存与仓储 • 项目必须在新系统中重新编号。 • 必须为每个进口项目使用单独的项目编号，以便根据来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 • 新系统必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 • 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的项目编号。 • 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响该瓶的成本。该成本必须按年跟踪。 • 一些葡萄酒需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 • 葡萄酒必须按以下层次结构分组： • 红色 • 赤霞珠 • 梅洛 • 白色 • 霞多丽 • 黑皮诺 • 每月末必须记录库存价值。 • 每月评估一次现库存的橄榄油。保质期剩余少于六个月的将卖给折扣零售店。如果保质期剩余少于90天，则橄榄油将捐赠或销毁。 • 现库存的橄榄油至少20箱，不超过50箱，且未预留用于即将到来的客户订单。 • WineB必须冷藏。要求。供应商与采购 • 未来的奶酪智能编号系统将不再使用。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用对应国家或地区的奶酪项目。 • 橄榄油只能以整箱方式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 • 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 • 必须计算供应商返利并提交索赔。 • 返利计划会转嫁给销售Coho酒厂葡萄酒的零售商。返利必须从Coho酒庄申请。 • 采购订单（PO）必须在线维护，并跟踪供应商和买家之间的变更。 • 财务主管决定WineA不得在Coho酒厂账目中计入财务库存。酒厂与供应商达成协议，WineA在以后日期前仍归供应商所有。 • 供应商1发送大批货物。Coho酒厂有时没有足够的仓库员工接收库存。公司要求供应商1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 • 运营协调员必须安排进货批次。公司要求尽可能自动化进货批次的创建。问题 - • 仓库已达到最大容量。空置的货位并不总是可用。 • 仓库经理希望在地面上设立WineB的快速移动位置，并从高架存储中补充货位。 • Coho酒厂最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被修改且缺乏控制。 • 在统计橄榄油后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划师必须确定是否需要为橄榄油下达新的采购订单。 • 供应商返利索赔经常被拒绝，因为索赔计算时未包括折扣。 • 采购经理收到关于采购订单的多项投诉： • 问题1：采购订单的更改未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 • 问题2：供应商无法控制对采购订单的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。您需要为运营协调员和供应商1的进货批次配置要求。对于每个要求，您应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确的选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 52, "stem": "HOTSPOT - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You need to configure the WineB requirements. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。\n\n背景 - Coho酒庄与酒厂是一家母公司，拥有两家子公司：Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州梅德福。酒庄种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒厂位于俄勒冈州格兰茨帕斯，负责将包装好的葡萄酒分销给企业和消费者。酒厂还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。 \n\n当前环境。技术环境 \n当前环境。技术环境 • Coho酒庄与酒厂需要来自Coho酒庄和Coho酒厂的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具对财务数据进行合并。 • Coho酒厂目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司分开。 \n\n当前环境。库存与仓储 \n• 整个仓库都是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要低温储存的物品。 • 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 • Coho目前对奶酪项目使用智能编号。这些项目以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： • F11234 = 法国奶酪 • U14567 = 美国奶酪 • 当前，葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 • 库存按先进先出（FIFO）计价。 • 橄榄油的保质期为12个月。 • WineA价格昂贵，不在仓库中经常库存。 • WineB必须存放在仓库的冷藏区。 • WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中的主要库存。 \n\n当前环境。供应商与采购 \n• 奶酪从法国和美国两个国家的供应商处购买。 • 非奶酪物品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 • 橄榄油以每箱六瓶的方式购买和销售。 • 当Coho酒庄在某个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会向月采购额超过5000美元的任何公司提供返利计划。 \n\n要求。一般要求 \n• Coho酒庄与酒厂母公司以及Coho酒庄不会被纳入Coho酒厂实施Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management的范围。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。 \n\n要求。库存与仓储 \n• 必须在新系统中重新编号物品。 • 每个进口物品必须使用单独的物品编号，以便根据来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 • 新系统必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 • 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的物品编号。 • 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响该瓶的成本。必须按年跟踪此成本。 • 一些葡萄酒瓶需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 • 葡萄酒必须按层次结构分组，如下所示： • 红酒 • 赤霞珠 • 黑皮诺 • 白酒 • 霞多丽 • 霞多丽 • 在每月末，库存价值必须记录。 • 每月评估库存中的橄榄油。保质期剩余不足六个月的橄榄油将出售给折扣零售店。如果保质期剩余少于90天，则橄榄油将捐赠或销毁。 • 至少有20箱橄榄油且不超过50箱未预留用于即将到来的客户订单。 • WineB必须冷藏。 \n\n要求。供应商与采购 \n• 未来的奶酪智能编号系统将不再使用。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用对应国家或地区的奶酪项目。 • 橄榄油只能以整箱方式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 • 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 • 必须计算并提交供应商返利以申请赔偿。 • 返利计划会转嫁给销售Coho酒厂葡萄酒的零售商。必须从Coho酒庄申请返利。 • 采购订单（PO）必须在线维护，并跟踪供应商和买家之间的变更。 • 财务主管决定WineA不得在Coho酒厂账目中列为库存。酒厂与供应商达成协议，WineA在较晚日期前仍归供应商所有。 • Vendor1发送大批量货物。Coho酒厂有时没有足够的仓库员工接收库存。公司要求Vendor1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 • 运营协调员必须安排进货批次。公司要求尽可能自动化进货批次的创建。 \n\n问题 \n• 仓库已达到最大容量。空置的货位并不总是可用。 • 仓库经理希望在仓库地面设立WineB的快速流动区域，并从高货架存储中补充库存。 • Coho酒厂最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被编辑且缺乏控制。 • 橄榄油清点后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划人员必须确定是否应为橄榄油下新的采购订单。 • 供应商返利索赔经常被拒绝，因为索赔计算时未包括折扣。 • 采购经理收到关于采购订单的多项投诉： • 问题1：采购订单更改未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 • 问题2：供应商无法控制对采购订单的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。 \n\n您需要配置WineB的要求。您应该为每个要求配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。 注意：每个正确选择各得1分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 53, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as eaches. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator1 must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to configure the requirements for VendorC. What should you configure? To answer, move the appropriate features to the correct requirement types. You may use each feature once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束后，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦你开始新的部分，就无法返回到这一部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农民市场以及杂货店供应腌菜、果酱、腌制用品和辅助产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产或为任何物品提供罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个与仓储系统脱机的会计系统。这导致了库存控制和估值的问题。鉴于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个仓库，作为所有产品的配送中心。 • 仓库有散装位置和货架，但没有位置名称和编号。 • 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣货位置的额外库存。 • 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。 • 由于缺乏库存控制，经常需要进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 项目编号不一致，并被设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。 • 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民那里采购。 • 腌菜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格。瓶子装在纸箱中。 • 瓶子里的腌菜可能是尖形、片状或整块形状，这不会影响相同口味腌菜的成本。 • 腌菜口味包括甜味、辣味和莳萝味。口味价格不同。 • 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄。这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前归供应商所有。芒果果酱需要冷藏，其他果酱不需要冷藏。 • 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。 • 一些库存物品有保质期，例如醋。 • 快速流动的商品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌菜最受欢迎。采购和销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。 • 在线商店仅限于一部分仅作为配件的产品，例如瓶子和罐子。 • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 将推出一个新的犹太腌菜产品线。 • VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的商品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员来说易于访问，AisleA 中每个货位最多只能有一个商品。甜味和辣味腌菜的库存量超过了 AisleA 的容量，因此需要储存在散装位置。 o 辣味腌菜在 AisleA 中任何时候都不得少于半托盘。 o 在创建仓库工作波次之前，甜味腌菜在 AisleA 中必须有足够的库存。 • 草莓果酱这个季节销售缓慢。它们被存放在较高的货位，因为它们不被视为快速流动的商品。库存与数据 - • 项目编号必须设置为创建一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧项目编号以供交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 已决定使用 0000001 作为腌菜的项目格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。 • 可能的情况下，腌菜的项目编号应合并为单一项目编号，无论瓶装大小如何。 • 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。 • 犹太腌菜必须在物料主数据中设置。犹太腌菜的罐子尺寸和口味与普通腌菜相同，只是具有犹太认证，并且价格略高。 • 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品保质期。 • 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存入非易腐区而被丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从本地供应商处采购，用于特殊订单。 • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了独家协议，现在买家只能从 VendorA 采购。 • VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望确保所有与 VendorA 的协议也适用于 VendorB，直到他们将两家公司合并为一家。 • VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下： o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品发运至 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有该产品。 o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存果酱。问题 - • CustomerD 报告称他们订购的醋在收到时还有一周才过期，这不足以让他们在必须丢弃之前使用完。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋的保质期至少还有 30 天。 • 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太腌菜却收到了普通腌菜。库存控制员 2 报告称，同一品种的犹太腌菜和非犹太腌菜存放在同一个仓库位置，导致了拣货错误。 • 一位销售人员报告称，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次收货的黄瓜成本，而不是特定客户订单的黄瓜成本。 • 内部审计发现过去一年中多次丢失大量腌菜，并被记为损坏。没有相关的文档或解释。没有处置记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌菜不是被盗的。 • 腌菜罐头以单个形式接收。腌菜罐头的箱数根据尺寸不同： o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱不同的数量增加了仓库的负担。 • 仓库的收货员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移动到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应被移动到名为 LocationB 的退货给供应商的位置。其他所有醋应按照正常的存放指示进行存放和销售。 • Operator1 正从一个位置将一托草莓果酱运送到发货码头。在搬运过程中，Operator1 摔倒了托盘。Operator1 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成之前不可用于发货。 • Operator2 尝试打印包含项目 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后卡住了。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。你需要为 VendorC 配置要求。你应该配置什么？为了回答这个问题，请将适当的特性移动到正确的需要类型。你可以每次使用一次、多次或根本不使用。你可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 54, "stem": "DRAG DROP - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as cases. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator] must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to configure the replenishment method for AisleA. What should you configure? To answer, move the appropriate replenishment strategies to the correct items. You may use each replenishment strategy once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。你可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。你必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，你需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示和其他资源，提供有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束后，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许你回顾你的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦你开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当你准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农民市场以及杂货店供应腌菜、果酱、腌制用品和辅助产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产或为任何物品提供罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个与仓储系统脱机的会计系统。这导致了库存控制和估值的问题。基于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个仓库，作为所有产品的分发中心。 • 仓库有散装位置和货架，但没有位置名称和编号。 • 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣选位置的额外库存。 • 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。 • 由于缺乏库存控制，经常需要进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 项目编号不一致，并被设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。 • 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民处采购。 • 腌菜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格。瓶子装在箱子里。 • 腌菜在瓶中可以是尖形、片状或整块形状，这不会影响相同口味腌菜的成本。 • 腌菜口味包括甜味、辣味和莳萝味。口味价格不同。 • 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄。这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前归供应商所有。芒果果酱需要冷藏。其他果酱不需要冷藏。 • 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。 • 一些库存物品有保质期，例如醋。 • 快速流动的商品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌菜最受欢迎。采购与销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。 • 在线商店仅限于部分配件类产品，如瓶子和罐子。 • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 将推出一个新的犹太教腌菜产品线。 • VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的商品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员易于访问，AisleA 中每个货位最多只能有一个商品。甜味和辣味腌菜的库存量超过 AisleA 的容量，因此需要储存在散装位置。 o 辣味腌菜在 AisleA 中任何时候都不得少于半托盘。 o 在创建仓库工作波次之前，甜味腌菜在 AisleA 中必须有足够的库存。 • 草莓果酱这个季节销售缓慢。它们被存放在较高的货位，因为它们不被视为快速流动的商品。库存与数据 - • 项目编号必须设置为创建一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧项目编号以供交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 确定了 0000001 作为腌菜的项目格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。 • 可能的情况下，腌菜的项目编号应合并为一个项目编号，无论瓶装大小如何。 • 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。 • 犹太教腌菜必须在物料主数据中设置。犹太教腌菜的尺寸和口味与普通腌菜相同，只是具有犹太教标识，并且价格略高。 • 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品保质期。 • 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存入非易腐区而被丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从本地供应商处采购，仅限于特殊订单。 • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了独家协议，买家现在只能从 VendorA 采购。 • VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望确保所有与 VendorA 的协议也适用于 VendorB，直到他们将两家公司合并为一家。 • VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下： o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品发送给 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有该产品。 o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存果酱。问题 - • CustomerD 报告称，他们订购的醋在收到时还有一周才过期，这不足以让 CustomerD 在必须丢弃之前使用醋。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋的保质期至少还有 30 天。 • 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太教腌菜，却收到了普通腌菜。库存控制员 2 报告称，犹太教和非犹太教同种腌菜存放在同一仓库位置，导致拣选错误。 • 一位销售人员报告称，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次黄瓜收货的成本，而不是特定客户订单所收的黄瓜成本。 • 内部审计发现过去一年中多次丢失大量腌菜，并被记为损坏。没有关于这些冲销的文档或解释。没有处置的记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌菜不是被盗的。 • 腌菜罐头以箱为单位接收。腌菜罐头的箱数根据尺寸不同： o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱不同的数量在仓库中造成了额外的工作负担。 • 仓库的接收员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移动到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应被移动到名为 LocationB 的退货给供应商的位置。其他所有醋应按照正常的存放指示进行存放和销售。 • Operator1 正从一个位置将一托草莓果酱运送到发货码头。在搬运托盘时，Operator1 摔倒了托盘。Operator] 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成之前不可用于发货。 • Operator2 尝试打印包含项目 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后卡住了。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。你需要为 AisleA 配置补货方法。你应该配置什么？为了回答，将适当的补货策略移动到正确的项目上。你可以使用每种补货策略一次、多次或根本不使用。你可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 55, "stem": "A company uses transportation management to manage its outbound shipments to customers. The company fulfils customer orders directly from multiple warehouses. A customer requests receipt of an order in one unified shipment. The product must be consolidated from multiple warehouses, not one shipment from each warehouse. You need to configure the component to consolidate the loads before sending them to the customer. Which component should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "workbench profiles", "text_cn": "工作台配置文件" }, { "label": "B", "text": "cross docking", "text_cn": "集中配送" }, { "label": "C", "text": "shipping containers", "text_cn": "集装箱" }, { "label": "D", "text": "hubs", "text_cn": "中继站" }, { "label": "E", "text": "resource grows", "text_cn": "资源增长" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用运输管理来管理其向客户的出货。该公司从多个仓库直接履行客户订单。客户要求以统一的货运方式接收订单。产品必须从多个仓库进行整合，而不是每个仓库发一个货运。您需要配置该组件，在将其发送给客户之前对货物进行整合。您应该配置哪个组件？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 56, "stem": "A manufacturing company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company plans to relocate an existing manufacturing facility to a larger facility soon. The company has the following requirements: • The existing facility must be configured to manage fixed assets. • The new facility must be preconfigured in the system and ready for the transition. The controller is concerned that people might use the preconfiguration before the transition. You need to configure the system to minimize the risk of use before the transition. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "release products", "text_cn": "发布产品" }, { "label": "B", "text": "set item stopped flag", "text_cn": "设置项目停止标志" }, { "label": "C", "text": "product lifecycle state", "text_cn": "产品生命周期状态" }, { "label": "D", "text": "location lifecycle state", "text_cn": "位置生命周期状态" }, { "label": "E", "text": "blocked locations", "text_cn": "被阻止的地点" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家制造公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司计划不久后将现有的制造设施迁移到一个更大的设施中。该公司有以下要求：• 现有设施必须配置为管理固定资产。• 新设施必须在系统中预先配置好，并准备好进行迁移。主管担心人们可能在迁移前使用预配置。你需要配置系统以最大限度地降低迁移前使用的风险。应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 57, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is configuring the handheld warehouse mobile device in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Several warehouse activities are documented as required configurations. The activity configurations require a menu item in the device interface. You need to create the menu items. Which menu item mode should you use for each activity? To answer, move the appropriate menu item modes to the correct activities. You may use each menu item mode once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中配置手持仓库移动设备。若干仓库操作被记录为所需配置。这些操作配置需要在设备界面中有一个菜单项。您需要创建这些菜单项。每种操作应使用哪种菜单项模式？要回答这个问题，请将适当的菜单项模式移动到相应的操作中。您可以将每个菜单项模式使用一次、多次或根本不使用。可能需要移动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 58, "stem": "You are the logistics manager at a distribution company. Your primary carrier service provides rates for transportation between New York City and Colorado. These rates are a flat rate depending on the city or general area of pickup as follows: • New York City = $500 • Colorado = $450 You need to set up Transportation Management to calculate the rate from New York City to Colorado. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a Point-to-Point based Rate Master with the rates broken out by pieces.", "text_cn": "创建一个基于点对点的费率主表，按件数列出费率。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Using the Point-to-Point engine with an empty break master, assign rates based on starting and ending locations.", "text_cn": "使用点对点引擎和空的中断主表，根据起始和结束地点分配费率。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set up zones in the Zone Master for New York City and Colorado. Assign rates to each zone in the Zone Master by starting and ending location.", "text_cn": "在区域主表中设置纽约市和科罗拉多州的区域。通过起始和结束地点在区域主表中为每个区域分配费率。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Use a mileage-based rate engine to configure a rate master that calculates the rate based on the miles from New York City to Colorado.", "text_cn": "使用基于里程的费率引擎来配置一个费率主档，该主档根据从纽约市到科罗拉多州的里程数计算费率。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "你是分销公司的物流经理。您的主要承运商服务提供从纽约市到科罗拉多州的运输费率。这些费率是根据提货城市或一般区域的固定费率，如下所示：• 纽约市 = 500美元 • 科罗拉多州 = 450美元 您需要设置运输管理以计算从纽约市到科罗拉多州的费率。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 59, "stem": "A warehouse picks and ships product. The warehouse completes work immediately upon automatic release to the warehouse. You need to configure waves to allow for automatic work creation. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Automate wave creation and automatically process work.", "text_cn": "自动创建波形并自动处理工作。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Automate wave creation and process the wave at release to warehouse.", "text_cn": "自动化波次创建并在发布至仓库时处理波次。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Select the wave template and attribute to automatically process.", "text_cn": "选择波形模板和属性以自动处理。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Automate replenishment and process the wave at release.", "text_cn": "自动补货并处理释放的波次。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "仓库拣选并发货产品。仓库在自动释放到仓库后立即完成工作。您需要配置波次以允许自动生成工作。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 60, "stem": "A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has WarehouseA and WarehouseB. Both warehouses pick, pack, and ship inventory. Forklifts operate throughout the day. The technicians who service the forklifts are located at WarehouseA. WarehouseB has a forklift that shuts down intermittently. WarehouseB requires a temporary forklift while the repairs to the forklift are completed. You need to configure the system for the repairs and temporary forklift. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "inventory movement", "text_cn": "库存变动" }, { "label": "B", "text": "maintenance request", "text_cn": "维护请求" }, { "label": "C", "text": "transfer journal", "text_cn": "转账凭证" }, { "label": "D", "text": "transfer order", "text_cn": "转拨单" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司拥有WarehouseA和WarehouseB两个仓库。两个仓库都进行库存的拣选、包装和发货。叉车全天运行。维修叉车的技术人员位于WarehouseA。WarehouseB有一台叉车间歇性停机。在叉车维修完成期间，WarehouseB需要一台临时叉车。您需要为维修和临时叉车配置系统。应该配置什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 61, "stem": "A company is configuring Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for its transportation management requirements. When the company ships a container through a specific route, specific equipment with minimum and maximum weights must be used. You need to configure the equipment and limits. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "route guide", "text_cn": "路线指南" }, { "label": "B", "text": "route plans", "text_cn": "路线计划" }, { "label": "C", "text": "constraints", "text_cn": "约束" }, { "label": "D", "text": "hub types", "text_cn": "轴类型" }, { "label": "E", "text": "hubs", "text_cn": "中继器" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在为其运输管理需求配置Dynamics 365供应链管理。当该公司通过特定路线运输集装箱时，必须使用具有最小和最大重量的特定设备。您需要配置设备和限制条件。应配置什么？" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 62, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for its operations in its primary distribution center. The company is opening a second warehouse for its e-commerce operations. The second warehouse requires only half of the warehouse operations on the mobile device that the primary distribution center uses. Several workers from the primary distribution center will help open the new warehouse alongside new workers. The primary distribution center workers will still work in the existing distribution center at times but need to default their warehouse menu to the new warehouse menu when they log in. You need to configure the warehouse menus. Which configurations should you use? To answer, move the appropriate forms to the correct requirements. You may use each form once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放操作 - 一家公司在其主要配送中心使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理进行运营。该公司正在为电子商务业务开设第二个仓库。第二个仓库所需的移动设备上的仓库操作仅为主要配送中心所使用的仓库操作的一半。一些来自主要配送中心的员工将与新员工一起参与新仓库的开业。主要配送中心的员工仍会在现有配送中心工作，但他们在登录时需要将仓库菜单默认设置为新仓库的菜单。您需要配置仓库菜单。应使用哪些配置？要回答，请将适当的表单移动到相应的需求中。您可以将每个表单使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要移动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 5, "question_num": 63, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A distribution company is implementing freight reconciliation in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The accounting manager requires that any freight invoices that cannot be automatically matched must post the difference to a specific ledger account. You need to set up the freight reconciliation. What should you configure? To answer, move the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. You may use each configuration once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家分销公司正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中的货运对账。会计经理要求，任何无法自动匹配的货运发票必须将差额过账到特定的总账账户。您需要设置货运对账。应配置什么？要回答，请将适当的配置移动到相应的要求中。您可以每次使用一次、多次或根本不使用。可能需要移动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 1, "stem": "A retailer that uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management is conducting master planning runs with 300,000 items in a single planned order run on average. Optimizations are needed to improve performance. Most of the items in the master planning runs do not have dependencies on the other items. Planning multiple items together in a single group will help with performance. You need to configure the system to increase performance. Which configuration should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Number of tasks in a helper bundle", "text_cn": "辅助程序包中的任务数量" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Number of threads", "text_cn": "线程数" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Use of cache", "text_cn": "缓存的使用" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Time fences", "text_cn": "时间边界" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Number of orders in a firming bundle A Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/master-planning-performance", "text_cn": "A组定价包中的订单数量 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/master-planning-performance" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一个使用 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management 的零售商，在单次计划订单运行中平均处理 300,000 个物料。需要进行优化以提高性能。在主计划运行中，大部分物料与其他物料没有依赖关系。将多个物料在单一组中一起计划有助于提升性能。您需要配置系统以提高性能。应使用哪种配置？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 2, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Sales of an item doubles during the holiday season. You plan to revise the minimum coverage proposal of the item. You need to update the item's new minimum quantity in safety stock journal lines. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Update the Multiplication factor field. Calculate the minimum proposal for the inventory level.", "text_cn": "更新乘数字段。计算库存水平的最低建议。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Update the New minimum quantity value to match the value in the Calculated minimum quantity field.", "text_cn": "将新的最小数量值更新为与计算后的最小数量字段中的值匹配。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Select the Service level. Calculate the minimum proposal for the inventory level.", "text_cn": "选择服务级别。计算库存水平的最低方案。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Select the Use the calculated minimum quantity as the new minimum quantity parameter option. Calculate the minimum proposal for the inventory level.", "text_cn": "选择将计算出的最小数量作为新的最小数量参数选项。为库存水平计算最小建议。" } ], "answer": "AB", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。在节假日季节，某产品的销售额翻倍。您计划修订该产品的最低覆盖建议。您需要在安全库存日记行中更新该产品的新的最低数量。实现此目标的两种可能方法是什么？每个正确答案都提供一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 3, "stem": "You are the planner for a distribution company. You observe an increase in planned orders for item C0001. You must track the source for these planned orders and break them out based on their demand. You are not concerned with safety stock maximums for this item. You need to ensure that the master planning batch job will create a unique planned purchase order for every new demand requirement for C0001. Which coverage code should you use?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Manual", "text_cn": "手册" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Period", "text_cn": "时期" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Min/Max", "text_cn": "最小值/最大值" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Requirement D Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/coverage-settings", "text_cn": "要求D 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/coverage-settings" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你是分销公司的计划员。你注意到物料C0001的计划订单有所增加。你必须追踪这些计划订单的来源，并根据其需求进行拆分。你不需要关注该物料的安全库存上限。你需要确保主计划批量作业将为C0001的每个新的需求要求生成一个唯一的计划采购订单。你应该使用哪个覆盖代码？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 4, "stem": "SIMULATION - You are a functional consultant for a company named Contoso Entertainment System USA (USMF). You need to regenerate a master plan named DynPlan for item number D0023. To complete this task, sign in to Dynamics 365 portal. See explanation below. You specify the planning method in the Master planning run dialog box. To open this dialog box, go to Master planning > Master planning > Run > Master planning, or select Run in the Master planning workspace. Regeneration - The regeneration planning method deletes existing planned orders, unless they are firmed. It generates new planned orders, based on all the requirements. Regeneration is the only planning method that is available for static plans. \u0000 Changes in supply are considered. These changes include changes in the forecast. \u0000 This method respects the Period coverage code. \u0000 This method supports product substitution functionality (PI). Select DynPlan in the Master Plan field. Select Regeneration in the Planning Method field. Enter D0023 in the Item Number field.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "模拟 - 您是名为Contoso Entertainment System USA（USMF）的公司的功能顾问。您需要为物料编号D0023重新生成一个主计划，名为DynPlan。要完成此任务，请登录Dynamics 365门户。详见下文。您在“主计划运行”对话框中指定计划方法。要打开此对话框，请转到“主计划 > 主计划 > 运行 > 主计划”，或在“主计划”工作区中选择“运行”。重新生成 - 重新生成计划方法会删除现有的计划订单（除非它们已被确认）。它根据所有需求生成新的计划订单。重新生成是唯一可用于静态计划的计划方法。考虑供应的变化。这些变化包括预测的变化。此方法尊重周期覆盖代码。此方法支持产品替代功能（PI）。在“主计划”字段中选择DynPlan。在“计划方法”字段中选择重新生成。在“物料编号”字段中输入D0023。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 5, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A manufacturing company is setting up a new warehouse. The warehouse must store a product that is currently stored in another warehouse. You need to create new item coverage for the warehouse. Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家制造公司正在建立一个新仓库。该仓库必须存储目前存放在另一仓库中的产品。您需要为该仓库创建新的商品覆盖范围。您应按顺序执行哪四项操作？要回答，请从操作列表中将适当的操作移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 6, "stem": "A company operates a chain of retail coffee shops and a distribution center. Each coffee shop and the distribution center are distinct warehouses. Cups and lids are replenished from a single distribution center. You need to configure store replenishment for coffee cup lids. Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set the coverage plan by dimension for warehouse on the Storage dimension group.", "text_cn": "按仓库在存储维度组上的维度设置覆盖计划。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set the minimum item coverage to the safety stock quantity. Set the maximum to the maximum quantity of stock to reorder above the safety stock quantity.", "text_cn": "将最小物品覆盖量设置为安全库存数量。将最大值设置为高于安全库存数量的再订购最大库存量。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set the minimum item coverage to the safety stock quantity. Set the maximum item coverage to 0.", "text_cn": "将最小物品覆盖率设置为安全库存数量。将最大物品覆盖率设置为0。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a coverage group assignment for the item.", "text_cn": "为该物品创建一个覆盖组分配。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Set the minimum item coverage to 0. Set the maximum item coverage to the number of lids to keep on hand.", "text_cn": "将最小物品覆盖率设置为0。将最大物品覆盖率设置为备用盖子的数量。" } ], "answer": "ABD", "stem_cn": "一家公司经营着一家零售咖啡店连锁店和一个配送中心。每家咖啡店和配送中心都是独立的仓库。杯子和杯盖由单一的配送中心进行补货。您需要为咖啡杯杯盖配置门店补货。应该执行哪三项操作？每个正确答案都属于解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确的选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 7, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to sell consumer electronics to retailers across North America. An inventory manager needs to view purchase orders by different periods of time for all warehouses. If there are insufficient orders for expected demand, the manager must create new purchase or transfer orders to meet the demand versus the current on-hand inventory that is already allocated for future demand. The company also needs to keep a surplus of 5 percent of inventory for unexpected demand. You need to identify a solution to meet these requirements. Which feature should you use for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://community.dynamics.com/ax/f/microsoft-dynamics-ax-forum/147370/supply-schedule-form/497235", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理，向北美各地的零售商销售消费电子产品。库存经理需要按不同时间段查看所有仓库的采购订单。如果现有订单不足以满足预期需求，经理必须创建新的采购或调拨订单，以满足需求，而不是当前已为未来需求分配的可用库存。该公司还需要保持 5% 的库存盈余，以应对意外需求。您需要确定一个解决方案来满足这些要求。针对每个要求，应使用哪个功能？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://community.dynamics.com/ax/f/microsoft-dynamics-ax-forum/147370/supply-schedule-form/497235" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 8, "stem": "A company uses planning optimization in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Automatic firming is enabled. Some of the planned purchase orders are not being firmed as expected. The inventory planners therefore need to manually process planned purchase orders. You need to include the planned purchase orders in automatic firming. What are two possible configurations you can use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Lead Time", "text_cn": "交货期" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Automatic firming time fence (days)", "text_cn": "自动固化时间范围（天数）" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Requirements Date", "text_cn": "需求日期" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Freeze time fence on master plan AB Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/planning-optimization- auto-firming", "text_cn": "主计划上的冻结时间窗 AB 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/planning-optimization- auto-firming" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司在其动态365供应链管理中使用计划优化。已启用自动确认功能。其中一些计划采购订单未按预期进行确认。因此，库存计划人员需要手动处理计划采购订单。您需要将计划采购订单包含在自动确认中。可以使用哪两种可能的配置？每个正确答案代表一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 9, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company is consistently short on inventory for a group of produced finished good items. This creates customer service issues. You need to ensure that production orders are automatically created when inventory is low. Which two actions should you perform? Each answer represents a partial solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Update the item maximum.", "text_cn": "更新最大项。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Update the item minimum.", "text_cn": "更新项目最小值。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set Capable to Promise.", "text_cn": "设置为可承诺。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a safety stock journal.", "text_cn": "创建安全库存日记账。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Create a transfer journal.", "text_cn": "创建转账凭证。" } ], "answer": "BD", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司对于一组成品的库存一直不足，这导致了客户服务问题。您需要确保当库存不足时自动生成生产订单。应该执行哪两个操作？每个答案都代表一个部分解决方案。注意：每个正确选择各值1分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 10, "stem": "A company uses planning optimization in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A planning optimization job is triggered by mistake from the user interface. The planning optimization job is running with incorrect runtime filters. You need to resolve the issue. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Cancel the job from the plan history.", "text_cn": "从计划历史中取消作业。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Cancel the job from the dialog box.", "text_cn": "从对话框中取消作业。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Disable the environment add-in.", "text_cn": "禁用环境插件。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Cancel the planning optimization fit analysis. A Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/cancel-planning-job", "text_cn": "取消计划优化拟合分析。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/cancel-planning-job" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理中的计划优化。计划优化作业错误地通过用户界面触发。计划优化作业正在使用不正确的运行时筛选条件运行。您需要解决此问题。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 11, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company implements Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company needs to improve the reliability of their forecasting data. You need to implement demand forecasting to meet the requirements. What should you do? To answer, drag the appropriate actions to the correct requirements. Each action may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/introduction-demand-forecasting https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/manual-adjustments-baseline-forecast", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司实施了 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司需要提高其预测数据的可靠性。您需要实施需求预测以满足要求。应如何操作？回答时，请将适当的步骤拖放到相应的要求处。每个步骤可能使用一次、多次或根本不使用。可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动，或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/introduction-demand-forecasting https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/manual-adjustments-baseline-forecast" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 12, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You need to determine which planning engine meets each business requirement. Which planning engine should you use for each requirement? To answer, drag the appropriate planning engines to the correct requirements. Each planning engine may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/planning-optimization/10-auto-firming https://docs.microsoft.com/en- us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/planning-optimization-overview", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您需要确定每个业务需求对应的计划引擎。每个需求应使用哪个计划引擎？要回答，请将适当的计划引擎拖放到相应的需求处。每个计划引擎可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/planning-optimization/10-auto-firming https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/planning-optimization-overview" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 13, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management with master planning. The company needs to enable planning optimization functionality to improve master planning processes. You need to advise which prerequisites the company must fulfill to enable planning optimization. What must the company do? To answer, drag the appropriate types to the correct prerequisites. Each type may be used once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/get-started", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用带有主计划功能的 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司需要启用计划优化功能以改进主计划流程。您需要建议该公司在启用计划优化之前必须满足哪些先决条件。该公司必须做什么？回答时，请将相应的类型拖放到正确的先决条件处。每个类型可能被使用一次，或根本不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动开，或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/get-started" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 14, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A manufacturing company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You must update the safety stock level for raw materials. You need to calculate and process minimum coverage proposals based on data from historical transactions. Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/production-control/tasks/use-safety-stock-journal-update- minimum-coverage", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家制造公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您必须更新原材料的安全库存水平。您需要根据历史交易数据计算并处理最低覆盖方案。您应按顺序执行哪三个操作？回答时，请从操作列表中选择适当的操作并将其移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/production-control/tasks/use-safety-stock-journal-update-minimum-coverage" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 15, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company implements Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You complete the prerequisites to implement the master planning optimization. You need to configure the planning optimization feature. What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/get-started", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司实施了 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您完成了实施主计划优化的先决条件。您需要配置计划优化功能。应该怎么做？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/get-started" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 16, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company that has three legal entities is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. One legal entity supplies the other two legal entities as customers with inventory. Intercompany master planning must be set up and run in the least amount of time. You need to configure the system to meet the requirements. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: http://d365tour.com/en/microsoft-dynamics-d365o/master-planning-d365fo/intercompany-master-planning/", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家拥有三个法律实体的公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。其中一个法律实体作为客户向另外两个法律实体提供库存。必须在最短时间内设置并运行公司间主计划。您需要配置系统以满足要求。应配置什么？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：http://d365tour.com/en/microsoft-dynamics-d365o/master-planning-d365fo/intercompany-master-planning/" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 17, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You are configuring the period templates that are used for inventory inquiries. Today's date is November 3, 2020. The period templates configuration is shown in the following graphic. You set the value for the Direction field to backward. Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that answers each question based on the information presented in the graphic. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您正在配置用于库存查询的期间模板。今天的日期是2020年11月3日。期间模板的配置如下图所示。您将“方向”字段的值设置为向后。使用下拉菜单根据图形中提供的信息选择回答每个问题的答案选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 18, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A client uses master planning in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The client wants to make sure that the item coverage groups are configured properly. You need to validate the configurations. Which configurations should you validate for each scenario? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/tasks/define-coverage-rules-items", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 一位客户在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中使用主计划功能。该客户希望确保物品覆盖组配置正确。您需要验证这些配置。针对每种情况，应验证哪些配置？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/tasks/define-coverage-rules-items" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 19, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for master planning in manufacturing processes. Master planning runs have increased in processing time over the past month. You need to identify the impact of configuration changes on performance from a single location. Which objects should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/tasks/monitor-master-planning-run", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理进行制造过程中的主计划。过去一个月中，主计划运行的处理时间有所增加。您需要从一个位置识别配置更改对性能的影响。应该使用哪些对象？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/tasks/monitor-master-planning-run" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 20, "stem": "You use Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage inventory. Multiple forms are currently required to make insights against inventory supply metrics for an item actionable. You need to use the supply schedule form to streamline operations. Which three objects can you use to achieve the goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Transfer orders", "text_cn": "转仓单" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Safety stock journals", "text_cn": "安全库存日记账" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Scheduled Kanban", "text_cn": "计划看板" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Production orders", "text_cn": "生产订单" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Demand forecast", "text_cn": "需求预测" } ], "answer": "ACD", "stem_cn": "您使用 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management 来管理库存。目前需要多个表单，才能针对某项物品的库存供应指标采取行动。您需要使用供应计划表单来简化操作。您可以使用哪三个对象来实现该目标？每个正确答案均提供一个完整解决方案。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 21, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for inventory management in a single warehouse. The warehouse is experiencing vendor supply issues with several specific groups of products. The demand and supply for products needs to be viewed for the warehouse using a master planning model for different periods of time. You need to view the information in a single location. Which configuration should you use for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理单一仓库的库存。该仓库在多个特定产品组上遇到了供应商供应问题。需要使用主计划模型，从不同时间段查看仓库的产品需求和供应情况。您需要在单一位置查看这些信息。针对每个需求，应为每个需求使用哪种配置？回答时，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 22, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A manufacturing company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. You must review the safety stock level for raw materials. You need to calculate the minimum coverage proposals based on standard deviation. Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家制造公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。您必须审核原材料的安全库存水平。您需要根据标准差计算最小覆盖方案。应按顺序执行哪三个操作？要回答，请从操作列表中选择适当的操作并将其移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 23, "stem": "A manufacturing company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The procurement manager updates the minimum stock levels by using the safety stock journal. The manager encounters a setup error while calculating the proposal for the minimum inventory level by using the service level option. You need to identify the cause of the error. What is the cause of the error?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "The Multiplication factor value was left blank.", "text_cn": "乘数因子值留空。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Safety stock journal lines were created by including the current month’s transactions.", "text_cn": "安全库存日记行是通过包含本月的交易创建的。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "The Use the calculated minimum quantity as the new minimum quantity option was not used.", "text_cn": "未使用计算出的最小数量作为新的最小数量选项。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "The Lead time margin value was left blank.", "text_cn": "订单提前期的余量值未填写。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "The Calculate standard deviation option was not used while creating the journal lines. E", "text_cn": "计算标准差选项在创建日记账行时未被使用。E" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家制造公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。采购经理通过安全库存日记更新最低库存水平。当使用服务水平选项计算最低库存水平的建议时，经理遇到一个设置错误。你需要确定错误的原因。错误的原因是什么？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 24, "stem": "A company uses the built-in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management master planning engine. Planned orders are automatically firming and are firmed during the current week. You need to reconfigure the system for the new Planning Optimization master planning engine. What should you change?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "firming time fence to one week", "text_cn": "设定一周的约束时间范围" }, { "label": "B", "text": "firming time fence to lead-time plus one week", "text_cn": "收紧时间围栏至提前期加一周" }, { "label": "C", "text": "open orders' firming date to be the requirement date", "text_cn": "待定订单的确认日期作为要求日期" }, { "label": "D", "text": "firming time fence to be longer than the lead time", "text_cn": "锁定时间范围应长于提前期" }, { "label": "E", "text": "firming time fence to 0", "text_cn": "收紧时间围栏至0" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用内置的Dynamics 365供应链管理主计划引擎。计划订单会自动固化，并在当周进行固化。您需要重新配置系统以使用新的计划优化主计划引擎。应该更改什么？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 25, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management master planning. The company plans to run master planning throughout the day. Planning Optimization is not configured. The company administrator reports that they are not able to configure any master planning features or enable master planning in Dynamics 365. You need to implement Planning Optimization. What should you do first?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Place the environment into maintenance mode.", "text_cn": "将环境置于维护模式。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Deallocate the current environment.", "text_cn": "释放当前环境。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Enable the Planning Optimization configuration key.", "text_cn": "启用计划优化配置密钥。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set the value of the Use Planning Optimization field to yes.", "text_cn": "将“使用规划优化”字段的值设置为是。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Activate the Planning Optimization license.", "text_cn": "激活规划优化许可证。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理的主计划功能。该公司计划全天运行主计划。尚未配置计划优化。公司管理员报告称，他们无法在Dynamics 365中配置任何主计划功能或启用主计划。您需要实施计划优化。首先应该做什么？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 26, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A manufacturing company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company plans to move to the new Planning Optimization functionality. Several processes are no longer operating as expected. You need to identify any missing functionality and the number of records impacted. Which tool should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家制造公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司计划迁移到新的规划优化功能。几个流程不再按预期运行。你需要识别任何缺失的功能以及受影响的记录数量。应该使用哪个工具？回答时，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 27, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company plans to implement master planning. You need to configure the master planning solution to perform master planning runs in the middle of each day instead of at the end of each day. Which solution component should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司计划实施主计划。您需要配置主计划解决方案，以便在每天的中间而不是每天结束时执行主计划运行。应该使用哪个解决方案组件？请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 28, "stem": "A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company frequently uses consigned inventory. The company wants to minimize entry time for the inventory. You must configure the default settings for consignment replenishment lines. Which three options can you configure? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Default site", "text_cn": "默认站点" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Multiple order quantity", "text_cn": "多数量订单" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Stopped", "text_cn": "停止" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Standard order quantity", "text_cn": "标准订购量" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Default warehouse ADE", "text_cn": "默认仓库 ADE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司经常使用寄存库存。该公司希望减少库存录入时间。您必须为寄存补货行配置默认设置。您可以配置哪三个选项？每个正确答案都提供一个完整解决方案。注意：每个正确选择各值1分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 29, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to configure the quality orders and nonconformances for the following tasks: • Recording timesheets associated with repair costs • Documenting outcomes of test results • Creating a certificate of analysis You need to configure the features for these tasks. What should you configure? To answer, drag the appropriate features to the correct tasks. Each feature may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司希望为以下任务配置质量订单和不符合项：• 记录与维修成本相关的工时表 • 记录测试结果的结论 • 创建分析证书。您需要为这些任务配置功能。要回答，请将适当的特征拖放到正确的任务中。每个特征可能被使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 30, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company implements master planning. The company reports delays in the supply chain that have resulted in late deliveries for products. You must simulate several broad delays across all products in the supply chain when calculating lead times. Daily planning for items must not be impacted. You need to configure the system. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Planned orders", "text_cn": "计划订单" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Receipt margins", "text_cn": "收据利润率" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Master plans", "text_cn": "总体规划" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Coverage groups", "text_cn": "覆盖组" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Released products E", "text_cn": "已发布产品 E" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司实施了主计划。该公司报告称供应链中出现延迟，导致产品交付延误。在计算提前期时，必须对供应链中的所有产品进行多种广泛的延迟模拟。物品的日常计划不得受到影响。您需要配置系统。应配置什么？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 31, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company classifies and tracks products based on how useful they are for achieving their business goals. Certain product classifications are important in relation to inventory controls and margins. Other classifications have a small profit margin and are less important for inventory variances. The classification configuration must feed into existing classification reports and system logic. You need to configure the products for the classifications. Where should you configure the classifications?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Unreleased product variant", "text_cn": "未发布的商品变体" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Released product variant", "text_cn": "发布的产品变体" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Product attributes", "text_cn": "产品属性" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Unreleased product", "text_cn": "未发布的产品" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Released product", "text_cn": "发布的产品" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司根据产品对实现其业务目标的有用性对其进行分类和跟踪。某些产品分类在库存控制和利润率方面具有重要意义。其他分类的利润率较低，对库存差异的重要性较小。分类配置必须融入现有的分类报告和系统逻辑中。您需要为这些分类配置产品。应在何处配置这些分类？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 32, "stem": "A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company provides warehouse workers with handheld devices to perform inventory operations. Periodic inventory audits are required due to the frequent theft of some inventory items from a warehouse. Some inventory has been fully depleted. On-hand inventory quantities of other items are consistently incorrect. You need to configure the system to automatically create cycle-counting work. Which two methods can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "threshold parameters", "text_cn": "阈值参数" }, { "label": "B", "text": "work pool", "text_cn": "工作池" }, { "label": "C", "text": "cycle count plan", "text_cn": "周期盘点计划" }, { "label": "D", "text": "work policies", "text_cn": "工作政策" }, { "label": "E", "text": "inventory journals", "text_cn": "库存日记账" } ], "answer": "AC", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司为仓库员工提供手持设备以执行库存操作。由于某些库存物品经常被盗，因此需要定期进行库存审计。一些库存已完全耗尽，其他物品的在库数量一直不正确。您需要配置系统以自动创建循环盘点工作。可以使用哪两种方法？每个正确答案代表一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 33, "stem": "A company implements Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company uses the demand forecasting service to generate a statistical baseline forecast for one allocation key at a time. The process takes too long to complete. You need to ensure better performance of the service. What should you configure?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Storage account name", "text_cn": "存储帐户名称" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Storage account key", "text_cn": "存储帐户密钥" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Custom storage account", "text_cn": "自定义存储帐户" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Request response mode", "text_cn": "请求响应模式" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "一家公司实施了Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司使用需求预测服务一次为一个分配关键因素生成统计基线预测。该过程完成时间太长。您需要确保该服务具有更好的性能。应配置什么？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 34, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company implements master planning. The company identifies several supply chain issues. You need to configure safety margins for the company. Which type of safety margin should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate safety margin types to the correct issues. Each safety margin type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。该公司实施了主计划。该公司识别出若干供应链问题。你需要为该公司配置安全边际。应该使用哪种类型的安全边际？要回答，请将适当的安全边际类型拖放到相应的问题处。每个安全边际类型可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动开，或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 35, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company requires that historical transactional data from the current system be used to determine future inventory needs. Transactions that fall outside of a standard deviation must be excluded. You need to configure the system to meet the requirements. What should you configure? To answer, drag the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. Each configuration may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司要求使用当前系统的历史交易数据来确定未来的库存需求。超出标准差的交易必须被排除。您需要配置系统以满足要求。应配置什么？回答时，请将适当的配置拖放到正确的要求处。每个配置可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。可能需要将分隔条在窗格之间拖动或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 36, "stem": "A company uses planning optimization in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A new item is set up for production with a bill of materials (BOM) and is included in planning optimization. You need to identify the planning output for the item. What are two parts of the output? Each answer represents a partial solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "warning", "text_cn": "警告" }, { "label": "B", "text": "production order", "text_cn": "生产订单" }, { "label": "C", "text": "purchase order", "text_cn": "采购订单" }, { "label": "D", "text": "action message", "text_cn": "动作消息" } ], "answer": "BD", "stem_cn": "一家公司使用Dynamics 365供应链管理中的计划优化。一个新的物料已设置为生产用物料，并包含在计划优化中。您需要确定该物料的计划输出。计划输出包括哪两个部分？每个答案代表一个部分解决方案。注意：每个正确选项各占1分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 37, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for new warehouse management operations. A three-tier workflow is being implemented for planned order approval. It is anticipated that a few days will need to be added to process the new planned orders. During the yearly renegotiation of pricing, contractual lead times rather than the actual lead times are used. Vendor score card analysis shows that certain vendors are often late in their shipments from their contractual lead time dates. Shipping delays to customers are likely for the next three months while the new warehouse operations are adopted. You need to configure safety margins to account for the new system processes. Which safety margin should you use for each process? To answer, drag the appropriate safety margins to the correct processes. Each safety margin may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在为新的仓库管理操作实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。正在为计划订单审批实施三层工作流。预计需要增加几天时间来处理新的计划订单。在年度价格重新谈判期间，使用合同交货时间而非实际交货时间。供应商评分卡分析显示，某些供应商经常在其合同交货时间日期后延迟发货。在新仓库运营被采用的未来三个月内，可能会出现向客户的运输延误。您需要配置安全边际以考虑新的系统流程。对于每个流程，应使用哪种安全边际？要回答，请将适当的安全部位拖放到正确的流程中。每个安全边际可能被使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的拆分条拖动，或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 38, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage procurement operations. A purchasing clerk must process a purchasing request from an offshore vendor with the landed cost. You need to explain the steps needed to perform this process. Which five actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理采购操作。采购员必须处理来自海外供应商的采购请求，并包含到岸成本。您需要解释完成此流程所需的步骤。应按顺序执行哪五项操作？要回答，请从操作列表中选择适当的操作并将其移动到答案区域，并按正确顺序排列。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 39, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing - • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing - • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You need to set up the manufacturer and year for the desks. What should you configure first?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "attribute type", "text_cn": "属性类型" }, { "label": "B", "text": "variant", "text_cn": "变异体" }, { "label": "C", "text": "friendly name", "text_cn": "友好名称" }, { "label": "D", "text": "item type", "text_cn": "项目类型" }, { "label": "E", "text": "attribute definition", "text_cn": "属性定义" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中包含的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您在进入考试的下一节之前回顾您的答案并进行修改。一旦您开始新的章节，就无法返回到此章节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板漆等物品。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间更长。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。• 拥有一个命名的仓库。• 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。• 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于区域供应。○ 格拉斯哥2用于供应商库存的本地存储和美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。• 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。• 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。• 电子表格经常更新错误，存在输入错误和计算公式损坏。• 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是用预印的三联单手写的。• 暑期是公司的繁忙时期。在此期间，员工通常在仓库现场或赶着向学校送货以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用FIFO成本法来核算库存。• 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售出但等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存虚增，之后出现短缺，因为仓库工人会统计已经承诺给客户且等待发货的物品。• 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。• 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接从供应商发往学校。• 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里或箱子里而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存中蜡笔总数时造成问题。• 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，产生缺货订单并使学校不满。• 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。• 产品每年可能会根据新学年流行尺寸、颜色和款式发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，导致大量开销，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 - • 采购由采购员根据学年开始的季节性高峰手动管理，直到学年末假期后逐渐减少，直至下一个学年。• 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折销售。• 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。• 复印纸和手工纸由托盘订购至都柏林1，并需拆分成较小尺寸。托盘通常被拆分，然后一部分留在都柏林1，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。• 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不提供这些商品。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品，没有替代供应商。• 美术学院同意从供应商处购买新的智能板系列。商定的智能板采购价格按55英寸、75英寸或85英寸智能板的成本价计算。• 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板漆的受欢迎程度增加，需求也增加了。这导致供应短缺。白板漆需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司与一些学校在每个学年开始前合同约定某些商品的价格。• 学校可以订购大批量产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。• 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且供应链没有短缺。• 如丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，以常规定价卖给所有学校。• 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。• 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年低。学校选择使用白板漆，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。• 学校必须按照学年购买特定商品的约定数量。• 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单添加商品并识别库存短缺。• 白板漆的销售必须受到限制，以防止一所学校买光所有库存，导致其他学校的缺货。• 学校必须同意整个学年购买的白板漆数量。要求。库存成本 - • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。• 供应商存储仍需包含数量，但不包括在库存估值中。• 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。• 尽可能自动创建年度商品配置更改。• 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - 要求。库存 - • 仓库员工必须能够使用手机和移动应用接收电话并创建仓库交易。• 书桌无论制造年份和供应商如何，都必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码。• 供应商的水基涂料必须以桶的形式接收。• 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。• 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。• 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库员工1在格拉斯哥2工作。该员工收到一项请求，将纸张托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库员工1必须在系统中创建运输，将纸张托盘从格拉斯哥1转移到都柏林1。• 书桌的缺货订单数量增加。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。• 一家学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要紧急运送替换品。• 一家参与特殊油漆项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的售价比其油漆项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。• 一家学校报告说，不同批次的丙烯颜料颜色略有不同。• 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人员应能够在销售订单行上向客户传达相关信息。• 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开了一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，对每份采购订单行接收的货物进行一定比例的库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止该采购订单行的所有库存。您需要为书桌设置制造商和年份。您应该首先配置什么？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 40, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You must configure pen flash sale prices. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate option in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的场景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔、白板用品如钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板颜料。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间更长。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 拥有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。 ○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于区域供应。 ○ 格拉斯哥2作为供应商库存的本地存储和美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。 • 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常被错误更新，存在输入错误，计算公式也存在问题。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票均手写在预印的三联单上。 • 暑期是公司最繁忙的时候。在此期间，员工通常在仓库或赶去学校进行紧急送货以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用FIFO成本法来核算库存。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售出但等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存虚增，随后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户并等待发货的物品。 • 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接由供应商发往学校。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒中或箱中而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，产生缺货订单并使学校不满。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 产品每年可能会因各新学年的流行尺寸、颜色和款式而变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，造成大量工作量，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 • 采购由采购员根据学年开始的季节性高峰手动管理，在学年结束假期后逐渐减少，直到下一个学年。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折出售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。 • 复印纸和手工纸按托盘从格拉斯哥1订购，并需拆分成较小尺寸。通常会将托盘拆分后，一部分留在格拉斯哥1，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，许多供应商不备货。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品。没有替代供应商。 • 美术学院同意从供应商处购买新的智能板系列。商定的智能板采购价格将按55英寸、75英寸或85英寸智能板的成本价计算。 • 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板颜料的流行度增加，需求也随之增长。白板颜料需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司与一些学校在每个学年开始前合同约定某些商品的价格。 • 学校可以订购大批产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且供应链没有短缺。 • 如丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，所有学校均按标准目录价销售。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年有所下降。学校选择使用白板颜料，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买的产品数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年购买特定商品的约定数量。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单添加商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板颜料的销售必须受到限制，以防止一所学校买光所有库存，迫使其他学校产生缺货订单。 • 学校必须同意整个学年购买的白板颜料数量。要求。库存成本 • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍必须包含数量，但不包括在库存估值中。 • 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。 • 年度物品配置更改应尽可能自动创建。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - • 仓库员工必须能够使用手机和移动应用接收电话并创建仓库交易。 • 书桌无论制造年份和供应商如何，都必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码。 • 供应商提供的水性涂料必须以桶的形式接收。 • 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库工人1在格拉斯哥2工作。该员工收到一项请求，将纸张的托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库工人1必须在系统中创建运输，将格拉斯哥1的纸张托盘转移到都柏林1。 • 书桌的缺货订单数量增加了。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一所学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要加急运送替换品。 • 一所参与特殊颜料项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的售价比其颜料项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。 • 一所学校报告说，不同批次的丙烯颜料颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够在销售订单行上向客户传达相关信息。 • 学校报告称收到的粉笔和黑板损坏。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开了一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，对每份采购订单行收到的货物进行一定比例的库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止所有采购订单行的库存。您必须配置钢笔限时促销价格。您应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 41, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You need to configure the vendor pricing for pencils. What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate option in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，提供有关案例研究中描述的场景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。在您开始新一节后，无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔、白板用品如钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板颜料。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间更长。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构 美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 拥有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。 ○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于供应地区性商品。 ○ 格拉斯哥2作为供应商库存的本地存储和美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程 美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。 • 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常更新错误，存在输入错误，并且计算公式损坏。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是用预印的三联单手写的。 • 暑期是公司的繁忙时期。在此期间，员工通常在仓库或赶着向学校送货以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用先进先出（FIFO）成本法来评估库存。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售出但等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存膨胀，随后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户并等待发货的商品。 • 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接从供应商发往学校。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里或箱子里而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存中蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，造成延迟交货和不满的学校。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 产品每年可能会根据每个新学年的流行尺寸、颜色和款式发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，这带来了大量的工作量，因此临时工被雇用来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 • 采购由采购员根据学年开始的季节性高峰手动管理，随着年底假期的临近而放缓，直到下一个学年。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折出售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。 • 复印纸和手工纸按托盘订购至都柏林1，并需拆分成较小尺寸。通常会将托盘拆分，然后将一部分留在都柏林1，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不备货。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品。没有替代供应商。 • 美术学院同意从供应商处购买新的智能板系列。商定的智能板采购价格将按55英寸、75英寸或85英寸智能板的单位成本定价。 • 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板颜料的受欢迎程度增加，需求也增加。这导致供应短缺。白板颜料需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司与一些学校在每个学年开始前合同约定某些商品的价格。 • 学校可以订购大批产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且没有供应链短缺。 • 如丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，以常规列表价格卖给所有学校。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年低。学校选择使用白板颜料，这比订购和安装白板的成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年购买特定商品的约定数量。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单输入商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板颜料的销售必须受到限制，以防止一所学校买光全部库存，迫使其他学校产生延迟交货。 • 学校必须同意整个学年购买的白板颜料数量。要求。库存成本 • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍需包含数量，但不能在库存估值中包含成本。 • 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。 • 年度物品配置变更应尽可能自动创建。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - • 仓库员工必须能够使用手机和移动应用接收电话并在仓库中创建交易。 • 书桌无论制造年份和供应商如何，都必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码。 • 供应商提供的水性涂料必须以桶的形式接收。 • 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库工人1在格拉斯哥2工作。该员工收到一项请求，将纸张托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库工人1必须在系统中创建运输，将纸张托盘从格拉斯哥1转移到都柏林1。 • 书桌的延迟交货数量增加。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一家学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要紧急运送替换品。 • 一家参与特殊颜料项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的销售价格比其颜料项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。 • 一家学校报告说，不同批次的丙烯颜料颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够在销售订单行上向客户传达信息。 • 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，以对每份采购订单行接收的货物进行一定比例的库存检查。如果检查失败，您必须阻止该采购订单行的所有库存。您需要配置铅笔的供应商定价。您应该怎么做？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 42, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You must configure the acrylic paint requirements. What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate option in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的场景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请单击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请单击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。\n\n背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔、白板用品如钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板颜料。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间更长。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理业务。\n\n当前环境。公司结构 美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。• 有一个命名的仓库。• 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。• 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于向地区供应物品。○ 格拉斯哥2作为供应商库存的本地存储和美术学院库存的批量存储。\n\n当前环境。一般流程 美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。• 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。• 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。• 电子表格经常被错误更新，存在输入错误，并且计算公式损坏。• 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是用预印的三联单手写的。• 暑期是公司的繁忙时期。在此期间，员工通常在仓库或进行紧急送货以满足最后时刻的需求。\n\n当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用先进先出（FIFO）成本方法来评估库存。• 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售出但等待拣选的库存。这在周期盘点时造成库存膨胀，随后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户并等待发货的物品。• 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。• 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接从供应商发往学校。• 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里或箱子里而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存中蜡笔总数时会造成问题。• 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，造成延迟交货和不满的学校。• 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。• 产品每年可能会根据新学年的流行尺寸、颜色和款式发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，这带来了大量工作量，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。\n\n当前环境。采购 • 补货由采购员根据学年开始时的季节性高峰手动管理，直到年底假期后逐渐减少，直到下一个学年。• 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折出售。• 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。• 复印纸和手工纸按托盘订购至都柏林1，并需拆分成较小尺寸。托盘通常被拆分，然后在都柏林1保留一部分，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。• 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不提供这些商品。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品。没有替代供应商。• 美术学院同意从供应商处购买新的智能板系列。商定的智能板购买价格将按55英寸、75英寸或85英寸智能板的成本价计算。• 公司为以下仓库购买铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板颜料受欢迎程度的上升，需求也增加。白板颜料需提前六个月订购。\n\n当前环境。客户销售 • 公司与一些学校在每个学年开始前合同约定某些商品的价格。• 学校可以订购大批产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。• 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且没有供应链短缺。• 如丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，所有学校均按常规价格销售。• 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。• 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年有所下降。学校选择使用白板颜料，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。\n\n要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。• 学校必须按照学年购买特定商品的约定数量。• 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单输入商品并识别库存短缺。• 白板颜料的销售必须受到限制，以免一个学校买光所有库存，迫使其他学校产生延迟交货。• 学校必须同意整个学年购买的白板颜料数量。\n\n要求。库存成本 • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。• 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。• 供应商存储仍需包含数量，但不包括在库存估值中。• 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。• 尽可能自动创建年度库存配置更改。• 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。\n\n要求。库存 - • 仓库工人必须能够使用手机和移动应用接听电话并在仓库中创建交易。• 书桌无论制造年份和供应商如何，都必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码。• 供应商提供的水性涂料必须以桶的形式接收。• 丙烯颜料必须按批次和有效期进行管理。• 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。• 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。\n\n问题 - • 仓库工人1在格拉斯哥2工作。该工人收到一项请求，将纸张托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库工人1必须在系统中创建运输，将纸张托盘从格拉斯哥1转移到都柏林1。• 书桌的延迟交货数量增加了。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。• 一所学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要加急运送替换品。• 一所参与特殊颜料项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的销售价格比其颜料项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。• 一所学校报告说，不同批次的丙烯颜料颜色略有不同。• 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够在销售订单行上向客户传达信息。• 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开了一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，以对每份采购订单行接收的货物进行一定比例的库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止采购订单行的所有库存。您必须配置丙烯颜料的要求。您应该配置什么？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 43, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing - • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing - • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You need to provide the information for the costing manager. What should you do first?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Check cost prices.", "text_cn": "检查成本价格。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Check for open quantities.", "text_cn": "检查开放数量。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Close and adjust cancellation.", "text_cn": "关闭并调整取消。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "View close settlements.", "text_cn": "查看邻近的定居点。" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，此考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。在您开始新一节后，您将无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板漆等物品。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间更长。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施Dynamics 365供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构 美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 拥有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。 ○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于供应区域内的物品。 ○ 格拉斯哥2用于供应商拥有的库存的本地存储以及美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程 美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。 • 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常被错误更新，存在输入错误和计算公式损坏的问题。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是在预印的三联单上手写的。 • 暑假末期是公司最繁忙的时候。在此期间，员工通常在仓库现场或赶着向学校送货以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用FIFO成本法来核算库存。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售出但等待拣选的库存。这导致周期盘点时库存虚增，随后出现短缺，因为仓库员工会统计已经承诺给客户并等待发货的物品。 • 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接从供应商发往学校。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里还是箱子里而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存中蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，产生缺货订单并使学校不满。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 产品每年都会根据每个新学年的流行尺寸、颜色和款式发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，这带来了大量的工作量，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 - • 补货由采购员根据学年开始的季节性高峰手动管理，学年结束假期后逐渐减少，直到下一个学年。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折销售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。 • 复印纸和手工纸由 pallet 订单运送到都柏林1，并必须拆分成较小的尺寸。通常将 pallet 拆分后，一部分留在都柏林1，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不提供这些商品。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品，没有替代供应商。 • 美术学院同意从供应商处购买新的智能板系列。商定的智能板采购价格将按 55 英寸、75 英寸或 85 英寸智能板的成本价计算。 • 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板漆的受欢迎程度增加，需求也增加了。这导致供应短缺。白板漆需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司在每个学年开始前与学校签订某些商品的价格合同。 • 学校可以订购大量产品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且供应链没有短缺。 • 丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，所有学校均按标准目录价出售。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年有所减少。学校选择使用白板漆，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年约定的数量购买特定商品。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单添加商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板漆的销售必须受到限制，以防止一所学校买光所有库存，导致其他学校的缺货。 • 学校必须同意在整个学年内购买的白板漆数量。要求。库存成本 - • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍需包含数量，但不应包含在库存估值中。 • 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。 • 尽可能自动创建年度商品配置更改。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - 要求。库存 - • 仓库员工必须能够使用他们的手机和移动应用来接听电话并创建仓库交易。 • 书桌必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码，无论制造年份和供应商如何。 • 供应商提供的水基涂料必须以桶的形式接收。 • 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库工人1在格拉斯哥2工作。该员工收到一项请求，将纸张托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库工人1必须在系统中创建运输，将纸张托盘从格拉斯哥1转移到都柏林1。 • 书桌的缺货订单数量增加。客户服务代表难以选择有现货的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一家学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要紧急运送替换品。 • 一家参与特殊油漆项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的售价比其油漆项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。 • 一家学校报告说，不同批次的丙烯颜料颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够在销售订单行上向客户传达信息。 • 学校报告称，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏了。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开了一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，以对每份采购订单行的一定比例进行库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止该采购订单行的所有库存。您需要为成本经理提供相关信息。您首先应该做什么？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 44, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - School of Fine Art is a distribution company that sells school supply items to primary and secondary schools. These include items such as pens, pencils, paper, notebooks, chalk, desks, acrylic paints, blackboards, dry erase markers, and whiteboard paint. Due to increased demand for colored pencils, lead times are longer for these pencils. School of Fine Art plans to expand sales into this market. School of Fine Art plans to implement Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage the business. Current environment. Company structure School of Fine Art consists of two legal entities. Primary company - • Located in Dublin, Ireland. • Has a single named warehouse. • Is the primary distribution center for both companies. Second company - • Is located in Glasgow, Scotland. • Includes the following warehouses: Glasgow1, Glasgow2. ○ Glasgow1 is used primarily to supply items regionally. ○ Glasgow2 serves as local storage for vendor-owned inventory and bulk storage for School of Fine Art's inventory. Current environment. General processes School of Fine Art uses a combination of spreadsheets and paper forms to manage the business. • All sales, purchases, and inventory are tracked in spreadsheets that are password protected by managers. • Managers frequently share spreadsheet passwords so that other users can make edits on their behalf. Inventory quantities and values are unreliable. • The spreadsheets are often incorrectly updated, have entry errors, and broken formulas for calculations. • Purchase order receipts, picking lists, packing slips, and invoices are all handwritten on pre-printed, three-part forms. • Late summer is the company's busiest time. During this time, workers are typically on the warehouse floor or making rush deliveries to schools to meet last-minute needs. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • School of Fine Art values inventory by using FIFO costing methods. • Inventory in the warehouses cannot be distinguished as available inventory or inventory that is sold to a customer and waiting to be picked. This creates inventory inflation during cycle counts and later shortages because warehouse workers count items that are already promised to customers and waiting to be shipped. • Glasgow2 space is fully allocated to vendors. • Due to space constraints, school orders for photocopiers are shipped from the vendor to the school. • Crayons are stored as separate item numbers depending on whether they are in a box or a case. This creates issues when counting inventory to determine the total number of crayons in stock. • Lack of inventory controls has led to shortages on sales orders, creating backorders and unhappy schools. • Inventory is ordered quarterly due to the seasonality of the business. • Items can change annually based on popular sizes, colors, and styles for each new school season. The creation of the different configurations is a manual process, which creates so much overhead that temporary workers are brought in to do the data entry. Current environment. Purchasing - • Reordering is manually managed by the buyers looking at the seasonal spikes for the start of the school year, slowing around the end-of-year holidays until the following school year. • Pens are readily available products that are rarely discounted for sale. • Photocopiers are only available for sale on the Glasgow region. • Photocopy paper and construction paper are ordered by the pallet into Dublin1 and must be broken down into smaller sizes. The pallets are typically broken down and then split between what stays in Dublin1 and what is shipped to Glasgow1. • Chalk and blackboards are slower sellers, so many vendors do not carry these items. School of Fine Art purchases these products from a single vendor. There are no alternative vendors available. • School of Fine Art agrees to purchase a new line of smartboards from a vendor. The agreed-upon smartboard purchase prices will have a cost price per 55-inch, 75-inch, or 85-inch smartboard. • The company purchases pencils for the following warehouses: ○ Glasgow1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor B ○ Dublin1: • standard pencils from Vendor A • colored pencils from Vendor A • As whiteboard paint grows in popularity, so does the demand. This causes supply shortages. Whiteboard paint is ordered six months in advance. Current environment. Customer sales • The company contractually agrees to prices for some items with schools prior to the start of each school year. • Schools may order bulk cases of products and choose to distribute further breakdowns, such as a case of crayons, which are then distributed to classrooms by the box. • Pens do not require contracts with schools because they are low margin and do not have supply chain shortages. • Painting supplies such as acrylic paint, canvases, and easels do not require a special contract and are sold at regular list price to all schools. • Schools that offer painting classes are part of a program that provides special pricing on the painting supplies. • Chalk and blackboards are ordered less frequently than they were in past years. Schools are choosing to use whiteboard paint, which is a lower cost than ordering and installing the whiteboards. Requirements. Customers and sales • The system must have the ability to limit product purchase amounts by a single school to prevent stock shortages for other schools. • Schools are obligated to purchase the agreed amount for specific items per the school year. • Customer service must be able to easily enter items for sales orders and identify stock shortages. • Sales of whiteboard paint must be limited so that one school does not buy all the inventory and force backorders for other schools. • Schools must agree to the amount of whiteboard paint they will purchase for the whole school year. Requirements. Inventory costing - • Inventory must have associated costs except for the vendor storage in Glasgow2. • The vendor storage must still contain quantities but not include cost in inventory valuations. • At the end of each month, the costing manager must be able to identify how many items will not be fully settled. • Annual configuration changes to items must be automatically created where possible. • The company must be able to track costs for colored pencils and standard pencils separately. Requirements. Inventory - Requirements. Inventory - • Warehouse workers must be able to use their mobile phones and the mobile app to take calls and create transactions in the warehouse. • The desks must use a single item number and barcode regardless of year manufactured and the vendor. • Water-based paints from the vendor must be received in pails. • Acrylic paint must be managed by batches and expiration dates. • Pencils must be categorized as colored pencils or standard pencils. The individual colors of each colored pencil (such as red, green, and blue) will not be tracked. • The creation of unique smartboard items must be kept to a minimum. Issues - • WarehouseWorker1 works in Glasgow2. The worker receives a request to ship pallets of paper from the warehouse to Glasgow1 and Dublin1. WarehouseWorker1 must create the shipments in the system to transfer the pallets of paper from Glasgow1 to Dublin1. • The number of backorders for desks has increased. Customer service representatives struggle to select a desk item number that has inventory on hand. The desks are the same item, but the manufacturer vendor and year differ. • A school calls customer service to report that its photocopier is broken. The school needs expedited shipment of a replacement. • A school that is part of the special paint program reports that a sale price on canvas last month was a better price than its paint program price. The school requests a price adjustment. • A school reports that different shipments of acrylic paints are slightly different in color. • The sales team decides to have a flash sale on pens for one month only. The person entering the Sales order line should be able to communicate the information to the customer on the Sales order line. • Schools are reporting that chalk and blackboards are broken upon receipt. A worker in Dublin1 opens some cases of these products in the warehouse and finds that they are also broken. You must implement processes to enforce inventory inspection for a percentage of each purchase order line received. You must block all inventory for a purchase order line if the inspection fails. You need to configure the system to identify the complaints for the chalk and blackboard items. Which two settings should you configure? Each answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Quarantine zone", "text_cn": "隔离区" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Item sampling", "text_cn": "项目抽样" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Quality orders", "text_cn": "质量订单" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Inventory status", "text_cn": "库存状态" } ], "answer": "CD", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，这张试卷可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您在进入考试的下一节之前回顾您的答案并进行修改。一旦您开始新的一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上显示的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - 美术学院是一家分销公司，向小学和中学销售学校用品。这些包括钢笔、铅笔、纸张、笔记本、粉笔、书桌、丙烯颜料、黑板、白板笔和白板漆等物品。由于彩色铅笔需求增加，这些铅笔的交货时间变长了。美术学院计划扩展到这个市场。美术学院计划实施 Dynamics 365 供应链管理来管理业务。当前环境。公司结构 美术学院由两个法律实体组成。主要公司 - • 位于爱尔兰都柏林。 • 拥有一个命名的仓库。 • 是两家公司的主要配送中心。第二家公司 - • 位于苏格兰格拉斯哥。 • 包括以下仓库：格拉斯哥1、格拉斯哥2。 ○ 格拉斯哥1主要用于供应地区性商品。 ○ 格拉斯哥2作为供应商库存的本地存储和美术学院库存的批量存储。当前环境。一般流程 美术学院使用电子表格和纸质表格相结合的方式来管理业务。 • 所有销售、采购和库存均记录在由经理设置密码保护的电子表格中。 • 经理经常共享电子表格密码，以便其他用户可以代表他们进行编辑。库存数量和价值不可靠。 • 电子表格经常被错误更新，存在输入错误和计算公式损坏的问题。 • 采购订单收据、拣货清单、装箱单和发票都是用预印的三联单手写的。 • 暑期是公司最繁忙的时候。在此期间，员工通常在仓库现场或赶着向学校送货以满足最后时刻的需求。当前环境。库存和仓储 • 美术学院使用先进先出（FIFO）成本法来核算库存。 • 仓库中的库存无法区分可用库存或已售给客户且等待拣选的库存。这导致盘存期间库存虚增，随后出现短缺，因为仓库工人会统计已经承诺给客户的待发货商品。 • 格拉斯哥2的空间完全分配给供应商。 • 由于空间限制，学校订购的复印机直接从供应商发往学校。 • 蜡笔根据是否装在盒子里还是箱子里而有不同的物品编号。这在清点库存以确定库存中蜡笔总数时造成问题。 • 缺乏库存控制导致销售订单缺货，产生缺货订单并使学校不满。 • 由于业务的季节性，库存每季度订购一次。 • 产品每年可能会根据每个新学年的流行尺寸、颜色和款式发生变化。不同配置的创建是一个手动过程，这造成了大量的工作量，因此临时工被雇佣来进行数据录入。当前环境。采购 - • 采购由采购员根据学年开始时的季节性高峰手动管理，学年结束假期后逐渐减少，直到下个学年开始。 • 钢笔是易于获得的产品，很少打折出售。 • 复印机仅在格拉斯哥地区有售。 • 复印纸和手工纸由 pallet 订单运送到都柏林1，并必须拆分成较小的尺寸。这些 pallet 通常被拆分，然后一部分留在都柏林1，另一部分运送到格拉斯哥1。 • 粉笔和黑板销售较慢，因此许多供应商不提供这些商品。美术学院从单一供应商处购买这些产品。没有其他替代供应商。 • 美术学院同意从供应商处购买新的智能板系列。商定的智能板采购价格将按 55 英寸、75 英寸或 85 英寸智能板的成本价计算。 • 公司为以下仓库采购铅笔： ○ 格拉斯哥1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商B的彩色铅笔 ○ 都柏林1： • 来自供应商A的标准铅笔 • 来自供应商A的彩色铅笔 • 随着白板漆的受欢迎程度增加，需求也增加了。这导致供应短缺。白板漆需提前六个月订购。当前环境。客户销售 • 公司与一些学校在每个学年开始前合同约定某些商品的价格。 • 学校可以订购大批商品，并选择进一步细分，例如一箱蜡笔，然后按箱分发到教室。 • 钢笔不需要与学校签订合同，因为它们利润率低且供应链没有短缺。 • 如丙烯颜料、画布和画架等绘画材料不需要特殊合同，所有学校均按标准目录价销售。 • 提供绘画课程的学校属于一个提供绘画材料特别定价的项目。 • 粉笔和黑板的订购频率比往年低。学校选择使用白板漆，这比订购和安装白板成本更低。要求。客户和销售 • 系统必须能够限制单个学校购买产品的数量，以防止其他学校的库存短缺。 • 学校必须按照学年购买特定商品的约定数量。 • 客户服务必须能够轻松地为客户订单添加商品并识别库存短缺。 • 白板漆的销售必须受到限制，以免某所学校买光所有库存，导致其他学校的缺货。 • 学校必须同意整个学年购买的白板漆数量。要求。库存成本 - • 除了格拉斯哥2的供应商存储外，库存必须具有相关成本。 • 供应商存储仍需包含数量，但不包括在库存估值中。 • 每月结束时，成本经理必须能够识别有多少商品未完全结算。 • 尽可能自动创建年度商品配置更改。 • 公司必须能够分别跟踪彩色铅笔和标准铅笔的成本。要求。库存 - 要求。库存 - • 仓库员工必须能够使用他们的手机和移动应用来接听电话并在仓库中创建交易。 • 书桌无论制造年份和供应商如何，都必须使用相同的物品编号和条形码。 • 供应商提供的水性涂料必须以桶的形式接收。 • 丙烯颜料必须按批次和保质期进行管理。 • 铅笔必须分为彩色铅笔或标准铅笔。每支彩色铅笔的个别颜色（如红色、绿色和蓝色）不会被追踪。 • 必须尽量减少独特智能板项目的创建。问题 - • 仓库员工1在格拉斯哥2工作。该员工收到一项请求，将纸张的托盘从仓库运送到格拉斯哥1和都柏林1。仓库员工1必须在系统中创建运输，将格拉斯哥1的纸张托盘转移到都柏林1。 • 书桌的缺货订单数量增加。客户服务代表难以选择有库存的书桌物品编号。书桌是同一物品，但制造商供应商和年份不同。 • 一所学校致电客户服务，报告其复印机损坏。学校需要紧急运送替换品。 • 一所参与特殊油漆项目的学校报告称，上个月画布的销售价格比其油漆项目价格更好。学校要求调整价格。 • 一所学校报告说，不同批次的丙烯颜料颜色略有不同。 • 销售团队决定对钢笔进行一个月的限时促销。输入销售订单行的人应该能够在销售订单行上向客户传达信息。 • 学校报告说，收到的粉笔和黑板损坏了。都柏林1的一名员工在仓库打开了一些这些产品的箱子，发现它们也是损坏的。您必须实施流程，以对每份采购订单行的一定比例进行库存检查。如果检查失败，必须阻止采购订单行的所有库存。您需要配置系统以识别粉笔和黑板商品的投诉。您应该配置哪两个设置？每个答案是解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 45, "stem": "This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Coho Vineyard & Winery is a parent company that has two subsidiaries: Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. Coho Vineyard is based in Medford, Oregon. The vineyard grows the grapes and then produces and bottles the wine. Coho Winery, based in Grants Pass, Oregon, distributes packaged wine to businesses and consumers. The winery sells imported cheese and olive oil in addition to the wines. Current environment. Technology landscape • Coho Vineyard & Winery requires financial reporting from both Coho Vineyard and Coho Winery. The parent company consolidates financials in a third-party tool. • Coho Winery currently manages inventory and financials on spreadsheets separately from the parent company. Current environment. Inventory and warehousing • The entire warehouse is temperature controlled. A refrigerated section of the warehouse is used for items that require colder storage. • The items do not have fixed locations in the warehouse. • Coho uses smart numbering for cheese items today. The items start with F for France and U for United States such as the following: • F11234 = French cheese • U14567 = US cheese • Currently, wine does not use smart numbering. • Inventory is valued at First In, First-Out (FIFO). • Olive oil has a 12-month shelf life. • WineA is expensive and not regularly stocked in the warehouse. • WineB must be in the refrigerated section of the warehouse. • WineC is non-refrigerated wine and is the majority of inventory in the warehouse. Current environment. Vendors and procurement • Cheese is purchased from vendors in two countries: France and United States. • Non-cheese items can be purchased from vendors in other countries or regions. • Olive oil is bought and sold in full cases of six each. • When Coho Vineyard produces more wine than expected in a season, rebate programs are offered to any company whose monthly purchases exceed $5,000. Requirements. General - • The Coho Vineyard & Winery parent company, as well as Coho Vineyard, will not be considered in the implementation of Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management for Coho Winery. They plan to implement them as separate legal entities in the next five years. Requirements. Inventory and warehousing • Items must be renumbered in the new system. • Separate item numbers must be used for each imported item for use in simplified reporting by source country or region. • Advanced Warehouse Management capabilities must be enabled in the new system. • Each bottle of wine has a single item number. • The vintage of each bottle will change annually and may affect the cost of the bottle. This cost must be tracked by year. • Some bottles of wine require refrigeration. The system must automatically define where items must be stored in the warehouse. • Wine must be grouped in a hierarchy such as the following: • Red • Cabernet • Merlot • White • Chardonnay • Pinot • Inventory value must be stored at each month end. • Each month, the olive oil on-hand inventory is evaluated. Anything with less than six months left on the shelf life is sold to a discount retail store. If less than 90 days remains for the shelf life, then the olive oil is donated or destroyed. • At least 20 cases of olive oil and no more than 50 cases are on hand and not reserved for upcoming customer orders. • WineB must be refrigerated. Requirements. Vendors and procurement • The cheese smart numbering system will not be used in the future. Instead, the system must use standard configurations to ensure the correct cheese items are used for the correct country or region when ordering. • Olive oil must be managed in full cases only, although the inventory cost must be calculated as cages. • Should any bottle of olive oil be broken within a case, the cases will be sold at a discounted price. • Vendor rebates must be calculated and submitted for a claim. • Rebate programs are passed on to the retailers selling Coho Winery wines. The rebates must be claimed from Coho Vineyard. • Purchase orders (POs) must be maintained online with tracked changes between the vendors and the buyers. • The controller decides WineA must not be held in financial inventory on the Coho Winery books. The winery makes an agreement with the vendor that WineA will be owned by the vendor until a later date. • Vendor1 sends bulk shipments. Coho Winery does not always have enough warehouse staff to receive inventory. The company requires Vendor1 to send advanced shipping notices (ASNs). • The operations coordinator must schedule inbound loads. The company requires automation of inbound load creation where possible. Issues - • The warehouse is at maximum capacity. Empty bin locations are not always available. • The warehouse manager wants to establish fast moving locations for WineB on the floor and refill locations from higher rack storage. • Coho Winery recently conducted an internal audit risk assessment. The risk assessment found that inventory value reports were stored in spreadsheets. The spreadsheets can easily be edited and lack controls. • After olive oil is counted, multiple cases are destroyed due to shelf life. The inventory planner must determine if a new PO should be placed for olive oil. • The vendor rebates claims are often rejected because the claims were miscalculated by not including discounts. • The purchasing manager receives multiple complaints regarding POs: • Issue 1: PO changes are not accepted and confirmed, resulting in out-of-stock issues. • Issue 2: Vendors do not have control on responses to POs. Instead, the vendors rely on emails. You need to resolve the issue noted by the inventory planner. What should you do next to solve the issue?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Run master planning.", "text_cn": "运行主计划。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Review planned orders.", "text_cn": "审查计划订单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Process the safety stock journal.", "text_cn": "处理安全库存日记。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a PO from the sales order. C C (50%) A (50%)", "text_cn": "从销售订单创建采购订单。C C (50%) A (50%)" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以根据需要使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了更多关于案例研究中描述的情况的信息。每个问题与其他问题相互独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的章节，就无法返回到此章节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”标签，请注意显示的信息与后续标签上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Coho葡萄园与酒庄是一家母公司，下设两家子公司：Coho葡萄园和Coho酒庄。Coho葡萄园位于俄勒冈州梅德福。葡萄园种植葡萄，然后生产并装瓶葡萄酒。Coho酒庄位于俄勒冈州格兰斯帕斯，向企业及消费者分销包装好的葡萄酒。酒庄还销售进口奶酪和橄榄油。当前环境。技术环境 • Coho葡萄园与酒庄需要来自Coho葡萄园和Coho酒庄的财务报告。母公司使用第三方工具对财务数据进行汇总。 • Coho酒庄目前分别使用电子表格管理库存和财务，与母公司分开。当前环境。库存与仓储 • 整个仓库都是温度控制的。仓库中有一个冷藏区用于需要更低温存储的物品。 • 物品在仓库中没有固定位置。 • 当前Coho使用智能编号为奶酪物品编号。物品以F表示法国，U表示美国，例如： • F11234 = 法国奶酪 • U14567 = 美国奶酪 • 当前葡萄酒不使用智能编号。 • 库存按先进先出（FIFO）计价。 • 橄榄油的保质期为12个月。 • WineA价格昂贵，不在仓库中常规存放。 • WineB必须存放在仓库的冷藏区。 • WineC是非冷藏葡萄酒，是仓库中大部分库存。当前环境。供应商与采购 • 奶酪从两个国家的供应商处购买：法国和美国。 • 非奶酪物品可以从其他国家或地区的供应商处购买。 • 橄榄油以每箱六瓶的方式买卖。 • 当Coho葡萄园在某个季节生产的葡萄酒超过预期时，会向月采购额超过5000美元的任何公司提供返利计划。要求。通用 • Coho葡萄园与酒庄母公司以及Coho葡萄园不会被纳入Coho酒庄实施Dynamics 365 Finance和Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management的范围内。他们计划在未来五年内作为独立法人实体进行实施。要求。库存与仓储 • 物品必须在新系统中重新编号。 • 必须为每个进口物品使用单独的物品编号，以便按来源国家或地区进行简化报告。 • 新系统必须启用高级仓库管理功能。 • 每瓶葡萄酒都有一个唯一的物品编号。 • 每瓶葡萄酒的年份每年都会变化，并可能影响该瓶的成本。必须按年跟踪此成本。 • 一些葡萄酒需要冷藏。系统必须自动定义物品在仓库中的存储位置。 • 葡萄酒必须按以下层次结构分组： • 红酒 • 赤霞珠 • 梅洛 • 白酒 • 霞多丽 • 黑皮诺 • 每月末必须记录库存价值。 • 每月评估一次现库存的橄榄油。保质期剩余不足六个月的橄榄油将被卖给折扣零售店。如果保质期剩余少于90天，则橄榄油将被捐赠或销毁。 • 至少有20箱橄榄油且不超过50箱未被预留用于即将到来的客户订单。 • WineB必须冷藏。要求。供应商与采购 • 未来的奶酪智能编号系统将不再使用。相反，系统必须使用标准配置，以确保在订购时正确使用对应国家或地区的奶酪物品。 • 橄榄油只能以整箱方式管理，尽管库存成本必须按箱计算。 • 如果一箱内的任何一瓶橄榄油损坏，该箱将以折扣价出售。 • 必须计算并提交供应商返利以申请赔偿。 • 返利计划会转嫁给销售Coho酒庄葡萄酒的零售商。必须从Coho葡萄园处申请返利。 • 采购订单（PO）必须在线维护，并跟踪供应商和买家之间的更改。 • 财务主管决定WineA不得在Coho酒庄账面上列为库存。酒庄与供应商达成协议，WineA在以后的某个日期之前仍归供应商所有。 • 供应商1发送大批货物。Coho酒庄有时没有足够的仓库员工接收库存。公司要求供应商1发送提前发货通知（ASNs）。 • 运营协调员必须安排进货批次。公司要求尽可能自动化进货批次的创建。问题 - • 仓库已达到最大容量。空置的货位并不总是可用。 • 仓库经理希望在仓库地面设立WineB的快速流动区域，并从高架仓库中补充库存。 • Coho酒庄最近进行了一次内部审计风险评估。风险评估发现库存价值报告存储在电子表格中。这些电子表格容易被编辑，缺乏控制。 • 在统计橄榄油后，由于保质期原因，多个箱子被销毁。库存规划师必须确定是否应为橄榄油下达新的采购订单。 • 供应商返利索赔经常被拒绝，因为索赔计算时未包括折扣。 • 采购经理收到有关采购订单（PO）的多项投诉： • 问题1：采购订单更改未被接受和确认，导致缺货问题。 • 问题2：供应商无法控制对采购订单的响应。相反，供应商依赖电子邮件。您需要解决库存规划师指出的问题。接下来应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 46, "stem": "Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Exam MB-330 All Actual Questions(2025/10/23) Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as eaches. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator1 must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to meet the requirements for CustomerD. Which two parameters should you configure? Each answer presents part of the solution. Which two parameters should you configure? Each answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "FIFO with include physical value", "text_cn": "先进先出包含实物价值" }, { "label": "B", "text": "FEFO date-controlled", "text_cn": "先进先出日期控制" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Wave templates", "text_cn": "波形模板" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Reservation hierarchy", "text_cn": "预订层级" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Sellable days BE", "text_cn": "可售天数 BE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不会单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的场景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农贸市场以及杂货店供应腌菜、果酱、腌制用品和辅助产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产或提供任何物品的罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 的会计系统与仓储系统是脱机的。这导致了库存控制和估值的问题。基于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。考试 MB-330 所有实际问题（2025/10/23） 仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 只有一个仓库，作为所有产品的配送中心。• 仓库有散装位置和货架，但没有位置名称和编号。• 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣选位置的额外库存。• 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。• 由于缺乏库存控制，经常需要进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 项目编号不一致，并被设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。• 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民处采购。• 腌菜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格。瓶子装入纸箱中。• 瓶子内的腌菜可能是尖形、片状或整块形状，这不会影响相同口味腌菜的成本。• 腌菜口味包括甜味、辣味和莳萝味，口味不同价格也不同。• 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄。这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前由供应商拥有。芒果果酱需要冷藏，其他果酱不需要冷藏。• 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。• 库存中的一些物品有保质期，例如醋。• 快速流动的商品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌菜最受欢迎。采购与销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。• 在线商店仅限于部分配件类产品，如瓶子和罐子。• 一种新的犹太腌菜产品将由 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 分销。• VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的商品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员易于访问，AisleA 中每个货位最多只能有一个商品。甜味和辣味腌菜的库存量超过 AisleA 的容量，因此需要储存在散装位置。o 辣味腌菜在 AisleA 中任何时候不得少于半托盘。o 在创建仓库工作波次之前，甜味腌菜在 AisleA 中必须有足够的库存。• 草莓果酱这个季节销售缓慢。它们被存放在较高的货位，因为它们不被视为快速流动的商品。库存与数据 - • 项目编号必须设置为一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧项目编号以供交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 已决定使用 0000001 作为腌菜的项目格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。• 腌菜的项目编号应尽可能合并为单一项目编号，无论瓶装大小如何。• 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。• 犹太腌菜必须在项目主数据中设置。犹太腌菜的罐子尺寸和口味与普通腌菜相同，只是具有犹太认证，并且价格略高。• 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品到期日期。• 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存入非易腐区而被丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从本地供应商处采购，用于特殊订单。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了独家协议，现在买家只能从 VendorA 处采购。• VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望确保所有与 VendorA 的协议也适用于 VendorB，直到他们合并两家公司为止。• VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下： o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品发运至 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有产品。 o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存。问题 - • CustomerD 报告说他们订购的醋在收到时还有一周才过期，这不足以让 CustomerD 使用完醋，不得不丢弃。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋在到期日至少还有 30 天。• 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太腌菜，却收到了普通腌菜。库存控制员 2 报告说，犹太腌菜和非犹太腌菜在同一仓库位置，导致了拣选错误。• 一位销售人员报告说，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次黄瓜收货的成本，而不是特定客户订单的黄瓜成本。• 内部审计发现过去一年中多次丢失大量腌菜，并被记为损坏。没有关于这些损失的记录或解释。没有处置记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌菜不是被盗的。• 腌菜罐头以单个形式接收。腌菜罐头的箱数根据尺寸不同而变化： o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱不同的数量增加了仓库的负担。• 仓库的接收员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移动到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应被移动到名为 LocationB 的退货给供应商的位置。其他所有醋应按照正常的存放指令进行存放和销售。• Operator1 正从一个位置将草莓果酱的托盘运送到发货码头。在搬运托盘时，Operator1 摔倒了托盘。Operator1 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成前不可用于发货。• Operator2 尝试打印包含项目 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后卡住了。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。您需要满足 CustomerD 的要求。您应该配置哪两个参数？每个答案都是解决方案的一部分。哪两个参数应该配置？每个答案都是解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 47, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Case study - This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm is a distribution company that supplies pickles, preserves, pickling supplies, and accessory products to local farmers’ markets as well as grocers. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm does not produce or provide canning services for any items. provide canning services for any items. Current Environment - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm has an accounting system that is disconnected from the warehousing system. This has caused issues with controlling and valuing inventory. With these core drivers, Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm decides to implement Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. Warehousing - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has a single warehouse that serves as the distribution center for all products. • The warehouse has bulk locations as well as racking, but location names and numbers do not exist. • Bulk locations are for storage of extra inventory that will not fit into the picking locations. • The warehouse is temperature-controlled, with locations grouped into two zones: refrigerated and non-perishable. • Inventory adjustments are made regularly due to lack of inventory controls. Inventory Data - • Item numbers are inconsistent and were set up as “smart-numbering,” such as 1-23-PKL and 44-24-PICK. • Cucumbers are not grown by Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm and may be sourced from local farmers. • Pickles come in bottle sizes of 8 oz, 16 oz, 32 oz. The bottles are packed in cases. • Pickles may be spear, chip, or whole shapes within the bottles. This does not impact the cost of the pickles when they are the same flavor. • Pickle flavors are sweet, spicy, and dill. The flavors vary in price. • Preserves come in multiple flavors, such as mango, strawberry, and grape. These are seasonal items only. Due to the varying flavors and quantities, the preserves are owned by the vendor until they are sold. The mango preserves require refrigeration. The other preserves do not require refrigeration. • Many items are sold as accessories or supplies for pickling. • Some items within inventory have an expiration date, such as vinegar. • Fast-moving items are identified by inventory turns per quarter. Sweet and spicy pickles are the most popular. Purchasing and Sales - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has an online store that can be found at munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com. • The online store is limited to a subset of products that are accessories only, such as bottles and jars. • A new product line of kosher pickles is going to be distributed by Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm. • VendorA is the largest vendor that Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm buys products from. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm’s second largest vendor is VendorB. Requirements - Warehousing - • The warehouse manager requires fast-moving items to be easily accessible to the order pickers in AisleA, with no more than one item per bin location in AisleA. Both sweet and spicy pickles have more inventory than will fit in AisleA, resulting in bulk location storage. o Spicy pickles must have no less than half of a pallet in AisleA at any time. o Sweet pickles must have enough inventory in AisleA prior to creating waves for warehouse work. • Strawberry preserves are selling slowly this season. They are put away in higher bin locations because they are not considered fast-moving items Inventory & Data - • Item numbers must be set up to create a streamlined numbering system. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm requires that the old item number be stored in Dynamics 365 for cross reference purposes. Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm has settled on 0000001 as the item format for pickles instead of 1-23-PKL. PKL will be stored as an attribute. • Item numbers for pickles must be consolidated where possible into a single item number, regardless of bottle size. • Cucumbers must be sold at actual cost because they are a special order. • Kosher pickles must be set up in the item master. The kosher pickles are the same size jars and flavors as the other pickles, except that they have a kosher designation and will be slightly more expensive. • Vinegar and other perishable items must have date tracking for the manufacturer's batch number and expiration date of the product. • A batch of mango preserves had to be thrown away because the warehouse workers put away the product into the non- perishable zone. Purchasing & Sales - • Cucumbers must be sourced from local vendors for special orders only. • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm recently signed an exclusivity agreement with VendorA, and buyers must now only purchase from VendorA. • VendorA recently purchased a competitor company, VendorB. VendorA wants to ensure that all agreements with VendorA also apply to VendorB while they work on merging the two companies into one. • VendorC sells preserves to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm and requires the following: o Shipment requirement: VendorC owns the product after shipment to Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm until the time of sale. o On-hand requirement: VendorC has access to view on-hand preserve inventory at Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm warehouse. Issues - • CustomerD reports that the vinegar they ordered had a week left before it expired when they received it. This did not give CustomerD enough time to use the vinegar before they had to dispose of it. CustomerD now requires that all vinegar has more than 30 days left before the expiration date. • A customer calls and states that they ordered kosher pickles and received regular pickles. Inventory Control Clerk 2 reports that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. that kosher and non-kosher pickles of the same variety are in the same warehouse location, contributing to the picking errors. • A salesperson reports that the margin is incorrect on a customer’s special order because the cucumber cost was for the most recent receipt of cucumbers, not the cucumbers received for the specific customer order. • An internal audit revealed that large quantities of pickles were missing and written off as damaged on multiple occasions cover the past year. No documentation or explanation of the write offs exist. There is no documentation of disposal, and no approval from management to substantiate that the pickles were not stolen. • Jars of pickles are received as cases. Case counts of pickle jars vary by size: o 8 oz jars are 12 per case o 16 oz jars are 6 per case o The varied counts in each case create overhead in the warehouse. • The receiving clerk in the warehouse wants to ensure that broken bottles of vinegar are moved to a damage location named LocationA. Expired vinegar should be moved to a return-to-vendor location named LocationB. All other vinegar should be put away and sold according to normal location directives. • Operator1 is picking a pallet of strawberry preserves from a location to the shipping dock. While picking up the pallet, Operator1 drops the pallet. Operator] must make sure that the strawberry preserves are not available for shipment until the damage is evaluated. • Operator2 tries to print wave labels that contain item 0000001. The labels start to print and then jam. At the same time, the printer battery needs to be recharged and the labels need to be reprinted. You need to resolve Operator2’s label issue. Which solutions will achieve the resolution of the labels? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 案例研究 - 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不会单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的场景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。在您开始新一节后，您将无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 是一家分销公司，向当地的农贸市场以及杂货店供应腌菜、果酱、腌制用品和辅助产品。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 不生产或为任何物品提供罐装服务。当前环境 - Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个与仓储系统脱机的会计系统。这导致了库存控制和估值的问题。鉴于这些核心驱动因素，Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 决定实施 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。仓储 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个单一的仓库，作为所有产品的配送中心。• 仓库有散装位置和货架，但没有位置名称和编号。• 散装位置用于存储无法放入拣选位置的额外库存。• 仓库是温度控制的，位置分为两个区域：冷藏区和非易腐区。• 由于缺乏库存控制，经常需要进行库存调整。库存数据 - • 项目编号不一致，并被设置为“智能编号”，例如 1-23-PKL 和 44-24-PICK。• 黄瓜不是由 Munson's Pickles and Preserves Farm 种植的，可能从当地农民处采购。• 腌菜有 8 盎司、16 盎司、32 盎司的瓶装规格。瓶子装在纸箱中。• 瓶子内的腌菜可能是尖形、片状或整块形状，这不会影响相同口味腌菜的成本。• 腌菜口味有甜味、辣味和莳萝味。口味价格不同。• 果酱有多种口味，如芒果、草莓和葡萄。这些是季节性商品。由于口味和数量的变化，果酱在售出前归供应商所有。芒果果酱需要冷藏。其他果酱不需要冷藏。• 许多物品作为腌制的配件或用品出售。• 一些库存物品有保质期，如醋。• 快速流动的物品通过每季度的库存周转率来识别。甜味和辣味腌菜最受欢迎。采购与销售 - • Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 有一个在线商店，网址为 munsonspicklesandpreservesfarm.com。• 在线商店仅限于部分仅限配件的产品，如瓶子和罐子。• 一种新的犹太教腌菜产品线将由 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 分销。• VendorA 是 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最大的供应商。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 的第二大供应商是 VendorB。要求 - 仓储 - • 仓库经理要求快速流动的物品在 AisleA 中对订单拣选员易于获取，AisleA 中每个货位最多只能有一个物品。甜味和辣味腌菜的库存量超过 AisleA 的容量，因此需存放在散装位置。o 辣味腌菜在 AisleA 中任何时候都必须至少有一半的托盘库存。o 在创建仓库工作波次之前，甜味腌菜必须在 AisleA 中有足够的库存。• 草莓果酱这个季节销售缓慢。它们被放置在较高的货位，因为它们不被视为快速流动的物品。库存与数据 - • 项目编号必须设置为创建一个简化的编号系统。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 要求在 Dynamics 365 中存储旧的项目编号以供交叉参考。Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 已决定使用 0000001 作为腌菜的项目格式，而不是 1-23-PKL。PKL 将作为属性存储。• 可能的情况下，腌菜的项目编号应合并为一个项目编号，无论瓶装大小如何。• 黄瓜必须按实际成本销售，因为它们是特殊订单。• 犹太教腌菜必须在物料主文件中设置。犹太教腌菜的尺寸和口味与普通腌菜相同，只是具有犹太教认证，并且价格略高。• 醋和其他易腐物品必须跟踪制造商批次号和产品保质期。• 一批芒果果酱因仓库员工将其存入非易腐区而被丢弃。采购与销售 - • 黄瓜只能从本地供应商处采购，仅限于特殊订单。• Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 最近与 VendorA 签署了一项独家协议，现在买家只能从 VendorA 采购。• VendorA 最近收购了一家竞争对手公司 VendorB。VendorA 希望确保所有与 VendorA 的协议也适用于 VendorB，直到他们将两家公司合并为一家。• VendorC 向 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 销售果酱，并要求如下： o 发货要求：VendorC 在将产品发运给 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 后，直到销售时才拥有该产品。 o 库存要求：VendorC 可以查看 Munson’s Pickles and Preserves Farm 仓库中的库存果酱。问题 - • CustomerD 报告称他们订购的醋在收到时还有一周才过期，这不足以让 CustomerD 在必须丢弃之前使用。CustomerD 现在要求所有醋在过期日期前至少有 30 天。• 一位客户打电话说他们订购了犹太教腌菜，却收到了普通腌菜。库存控制员 2 报告称，犹太教和非犹太教同种腌菜存放在同一仓库位置，导致拣选错误。• 一位销售人员报告称，客户的特殊订单的利润率不正确，因为黄瓜成本是最近一次黄瓜收货的成本，而不是特定客户订单的黄瓜收货成本。• 内部审计发现过去一年中多次丢失大量腌菜，并被记为损坏。没有关于这些冲销的文档或解释。没有处置记录，也没有管理层批准来证明这些腌菜不是被盗的。• 腌菜罐头以纸箱形式接收。腌菜罐头的每箱数量根据尺寸不同： o 8 盎司罐头每箱 12 个 o 16 盎司罐头每箱 6 个 o 每箱不同的数量在仓库中造成了额外的工作负担。• 仓库的接收员希望确保破损的醋瓶被移动到名为 LocationA 的损坏位置。过期的醋应被移动到名为 LocationB 的退货给供应商的位置。其他所有醋应按照正常位置指令存放并销售。• Operator1 正从一个位置将草莓果酱的托盘运送到装运码头。在搬运托盘时，Operator1 摔倒了托盘。Operator] 必须确保草莓果酱在损坏评估完成前不可用于发货。• Operator2 尝试打印包含项目 0000001 的波次标签。标签开始打印后卡住了。同时，打印机电池需要充电，标签需要重新打印。您需要解决 Operator2 的标签问题。要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确的选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 48, "stem": "HOTSPOT - A company runs master planning in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company wants to move to Planning Optimization for improved performance and efficiencies. You need to configure the system to stop master planning and begin Planning Optimization. What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理进行主计划。该公司希望改用计划优化以提高性能和效率。您需要配置系统以停止主计划并开始计划优化。您应该怎么做？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 49, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A group of machines requires monthly maintenance that includes the replacement of spare parts such as belts and oil. A subset of the machines also has existing maintenance requests. The service manager is concerned that an insufficient number of technicians and parts are available to complete the requests. The company must determine the following: • The impact of upcoming work orders prior to scheduling. • The spare parts required for existing maintenance orders. You need to determine the required forecasting. Which forecasting component should you configure for each requirement? To answer, drag the appropriate forecasting components to the correct requirements. Each forecasting component may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。一组机器需要每月维护，包括更换备件，如皮带和机油。其中一部分机器还有现有的维护请求。服务经理担心技术人员和备件数量不足，无法完成这些请求。公司必须确定以下内容：• 在排程之前，即将产生的工单的影响。 • 现有维护订单所需的备件。您需要确定所需的预测。应为每个需求配置哪个预测组件？要回答这个问题，请将适当的预测组件拖放到相应的需求处。每个预测组件可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要将窗格之间的分隔条拖动开，或滚动以查看内容。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 50, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. A planner observes that an item has last-minute orders placed. These orders drive new demand that is dependent upon POs arriving on schedule. The planner determines the vendor is inconsistent with turnaround time. You need to configure the system to adjust for the vendor turnaround and add a buffer of two days prior to reordering product. What should you configure for each requirement? To answer, move the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. You may use each configuration once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。一名计划员注意到某项物品有临时刻意的订单。这些订单会带来新的需求，而该需求依赖于采购订单按时到达。计划员确定供应商的交货时间不一致。您需要配置系统以适应供应商的交货时间，并在重新订购产品前添加两天的缓冲期。针对每个要求，您应该配置什么？要回答，请将适当的配置移动到相应的要求中。您可以将每个配置使用一次、多次或完全不用。您可能需要将窗格之间的拆分条移动或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 51, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company is implementing Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The company has two buying groups: one for domestic items and the other for imported items, the imported items have a long lead time for purchasing and processing once they are received at the port of entry. Most domestic items have a short lead time. A specialty domestic item has an increased lead time. Planners must update configurations to maintain the exceptions because there are thousands of items. You need to configure the coverage groups for the least amount of system maintenance. What should you configure? To answer, move the appropriate coverage groups to the correct requirements. You may use each coverage group once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司正在实施Dynamics 365供应链管理。该公司有两个采购组：一个用于国内商品，另一个用于进口商品。进口商品在采购和到达入境港口后处理方面有较长的提前期。大多数国内商品的提前期较短。一种特殊国内商品的提前期有所增加。由于有成千上万种商品，计划人员必须更新配置以维护例外情况。您需要配置覆盖组，以减少系统维护的工作量。您应该配置什么？要回答，请将适当的覆盖组移动到正确的需求中。您可以每次使用每个覆盖组一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要移动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 52, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The sales team reports that sales orders were not delivered on schedule, but inventory is on-hand. A planner identifies two scenarios: • Sales Order 1 was placed at the last minute, and existing inventory was pegged to another sales order with a later delivery date. • Sales Order 2 had inventory pegged to a late purchase order (PO). The PO triggered an action item to cancel and reorder. You need to configure the system to account for the scenarios when running future master plans. Which configuration should you recommend to the planner? To answer, move the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. You may use each configuration once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理。销售团队报告称，销售订单未按计划交付，但库存是可用的。一位计划员识别出两种情况：• 销售订单 1 是在最后一刻下达的，现有的库存被分配给了另一个交货日期较晚的销售订单。• 销售订单 2 的库存被分配给了一个延迟的采购订单（PO）。该 PO 触发了一个操作项以取消并重新下单。您需要配置系统，以便在运行未来的主计划时考虑这些情况。您应该向计划员推荐哪种配置？回答时，请将适当的配置移动到正确的需求处。您可以将每个配置使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要移动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 6, "question_num": 53, "stem": "DRAG DROP - A distribution company uses Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management, The materials manager reports that purchase orders for a group of items are often placed too late to full sales orders because of long lead times. To avoid creating additional work for the team, the manager requires mass update of master planning settings to items as needed. You need to configure master planning to meet the requirements. What should you configure? To answer, move the appropriate configurations to the correct requirements. You may use each configuration once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "拖放 - 一家分销公司使用 Dynamics 365 供应链管理，物料经理报告称，由于交货时间较长，一组商品的采购订单经常在满足销售订单时被下达得太晚。为了避免给团队增加额外的工作量，经理要求根据需要对物品进行主计划设置的批量更新。您需要配置主计划以满足要求。应配置什么？要回答，请将适当的配置移动到正确的要求中。您可以每次使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要移动窗格之间的拆分条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 7, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Wide World Importers is a distribution company whose primary customers are small boutique shops which sell globally-sourced products including unique or hand-crafted items such as perfumes and ceramicware. Through the Wide World Importers sales cycle, the commission-based sales team identifies opportunities and negotiates with shops by using a quoting process. The products may or may not already exist in the company's current product list. The company has the following divisions and areas of responsibility: Current environment - Wide World Importers use Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. There is a single legal entity. The primary distribution center for the company is located in Las Vegas, Nevada, USA. There is an additional warehouse in California which receives imported goods from container ships. When goods are received in California, the goods are transferred to Nevada for distribution. No orders are shipped directly from California. Requirements. Sales - The company has two teams of sales representatives: East and West. Each team has one representative for each of the following categories of goods: perfumes, ceramicware, and all other goods. Sales representatives are paid commissions based on sales. Commissions must be paid based on the home office location for customers. For example, commission for a customer that is headquartered in the Western United States is paid to the West group of sales representatives. Sales representatives are responsible for driving new business. Company executives must be able to see metrics that define the companies that the sales representatives is targeting, where there is potential to do business, and where quotes are being generated. Customer records must not be created until a sale is confirmed. The sales team quoted a new perfume for a customer named Customer1. The customer has shipping locations in the following regions: United States, Austria, and Japan. Sales must only be made to the US and Japan due to product ingredients. Automated checks must be put into place so that users do not have to remember to select the correct item. Requirements. Testing - The company periodically performs testing on ceramicware as it is received to determine whether the products contain lead. The company labels and markets ceramicware as Lead Free or Not for food use. Perfumes may contain restricted ingredients that cannot be sold to customers in the European Union. The company performs testing on perfumes and has processes to ensure that perfumes containing restricted ingredients are not sold to customers in Europe. Ten percent of all ceramicware items received must be tested for lead. The process for managing testing must be automated. There must be tolerances setup that define the acceptable amount of lead levels in a product. Requirements. Inventory management The inventory team must control costing of items by using FIFO principles. The finance team must be able to see updated FIFO adjustments throughout the month but will only settle FIFO for month-end reporting. Inventory close must be run at the end of each month. A report must be provided to the finance team that includes the physical quantities and inventory value for items, with totals at the bottom. The warehouse team needs a similar report but does not want the inventory value included. During inventory close, some items cannot be fully costed because the issue cannot be settled against the receipt. The finance team must know which items were excluded. Other inventory requirements - Inventory must be reserved against physical inventory. Items must be grouped so that the inventory costing can be posted to the ledger by using the following groups: perfumes, ceramicware, other goods. All goods are FIFO. Financial reports must be grouped by these three categories, even though transactions from all categories post to the same ledger accounts. Wide World Importers plans to import a specific type of pottery from a local company in Mexico that makes the goods. The pottery must be available in orange or red colors. The cost is the same regardless of the color selection. A new line of perfumes is being introduced. The procurement team must be able to identify which perfumes are men's or women's fragrances, and must be able to further categorize perfumes as Perfume, Eau de Perfume, Eau de Toilette, Eau de Cologne, or Eau Fraiche. You must set up a structure of products for classifying each item for purchase, sales, and reporting analysis. Issue - Customer service representatives report that some inventory shows as ordered reserved when the ordered reserved parameter is turned off. An item that typically carried is out of stock. A customer named Customer2 wants to place a special rush order for the item. This will result in a significantly increased cost from the supplier. The finance team does not want to have this special order affect the FIFO tiers. Question You need to configure the system to support the inventory costing requirement. Which two actions should you perform? Each answer represents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "one default item group for all items", "text_cn": "所有项目的默认项目组" }, { "label": "B", "text": "one item group each for perfume, ceramicware, and other goods", "text_cn": "每类香水、陶瓷器皿和其他货物各一个货品组" }, { "label": "C", "text": "one FIFO item model group and one Standard item model group", "text_cn": "一个FIFO项目模型组和一个标准项目模型组" }, { "label": "D", "text": "one FIFO item group", "text_cn": "一个FIFO项目组" }, { "label": "E", "text": "one financial dimension for each item group BE", "text_cn": "每个项目组的一个财务维度 BE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用任何考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，考试中可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究，请点击“下一步”按钮以显示本案例研究中的第一个问题。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。单击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。 背景 - Wide World Importers 是一家分销公司，其主要客户是销售全球采购产品的精品小店，包括独特的或手工制作的商品，如香水和陶瓷制品。通过 Wide World Importers 的销售流程，基于佣金的销售团队通过报价流程识别机会并与商店进行谈判。产品可能已存在于公司当前的产品列表中，也可能不存在。该公司有以下部门和职责范围： 当前环境 - Wide World Importers 使用 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。有一个单一的法律实体。公司的主要配送中心位于美国内华达州拉斯维加斯。还有一个位于加利福尼亚州的仓库，接收来自货轮的进口商品。当货物在加利福尼亚州收到时，货物会被转移到内华达州进行分发。没有订单直接从加利福尼亚州发货。 要求。销售 - 公司有两个销售代表团队：东部和西部。每个团队对以下商品类别各有一名代表：香水、陶瓷制品和所有其他商品。销售代表根据销售额获得佣金。佣金必须根据客户的总部所在地支付。例如，总部位于美国西部的客户的佣金支付给西部销售代表团队。销售代表负责开拓新业务。公司高管必须能够看到定义销售代表目标公司、潜在业务地点以及报价生成地点的指标。在销售确认之前，不得创建客户记录。销售团队为名为 Customer1 的客户报价了一款新的香水。该客户在以下地区有送货地址：美国、奥地利和日本。由于产品成分的原因，只能向美国和日本销售。必须建立自动检查机制，使用户无需记住选择正确的项目。 要求。测试 - 公司定期对收到的陶瓷制品进行测试，以确定产品是否含有铅。公司会将陶瓷制品贴上“无铅”或“非食品用途”的标签和营销。香水可能含有不能销售给欧盟客户的受限制成分。公司会对香水进行测试，并有流程确保含有受限制成分的香水不会销售给欧洲客户。必须对所有收到的陶瓷制品的 10% 进行铅含量测试。管理测试的流程必须自动化。必须设置公差，以定义产品中可接受的铅含量水平。 要求。库存管理 库存团队必须使用 FIFO 原则控制项目的成本。财务团队在整个月份内可以看到更新的 FIFO 调整，但只会对月末报告进行结算。每月末必须运行库存结账。必须向财务团队提供一份报告，其中包含物品的实物数量和库存价值，并在底部汇总总数。仓库团队需要类似的报告，但不需要包含库存价值。在库存结账期间，某些物品无法完全计入成本，因为无法将发出的物品与收货进行结算。财务团队必须知道哪些物品被排除在外。其他库存要求 - 库存必须针对实物库存进行预留。物品必须按以下组别进行分组，以便通过这些组别将库存成本记入总账：香水、陶瓷制品、其他商品。所有商品均为 FIFO。即使所有类别的交易都记入相同的总账账户，财务报表仍需按这三个类别进行分组。Wide World Importers 计划从墨西哥的一家本地公司进口一种特定类型的陶器，该公司生产这些商品。陶器必须有橙色或红色两种颜色。无论选择哪种颜色，成本都相同。正在推出一个新的香水系列。采购团队必须能够识别哪些香水是男士或女士用香，还必须进一步将香水分类为香水、淡香水、古龙水、花露水或清新水。您必须为每个项目的采购、销售和报告分析设置产品分类结构。 问题 - 客户服务代表报告称，当“已预订订单”参数关闭时，一些库存显示为已预订。一种通常供应的商品缺货。一名名为 Customer2 的客户想要对该商品下特殊加急订单。这将导致供应商的成本显著增加。财务团队不希望这个特殊订单影响 FIFO 层级。 问题 您需要配置系统以支持库存成本要求。您应该执行哪两项操作？每个答案代表一个完整的解决方案。 注意：每个正确选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 7, "question_num": 2, "stem": "You need to configure the structure for the new line of perfumes. What should you do first?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a procurement category hierarchy.", "text_cn": "创建采购类别层次结构。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a new product with tracking dimensions.", "text_cn": "创建具有跟踪维度的新产品。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a new product with storage dimensions.", "text_cn": "创建具有存储尺寸的新产品。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create product configurations.", "text_cn": "创建产品配置。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Set up a new product master and implement serial tracking.", "text_cn": "建立新的产品主数据并实施序列号跟踪。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "你需要为新的香水系列配置结构。首先应该做什么？" }, { "topic": 7, "question_num": 3, "stem": "You need to address the inventory costing requirements. What are two possible ways to achieve the goal? Each answer represents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Use FIFO with marking.", "text_cn": "使用先进先出标记。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create purchase orders from sales orders.", "text_cn": "从销售订单创建采购订单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set up commodity pricing.", "text_cn": "建立商品定价。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a costing version.", "text_cn": "创建成本版本。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Set up a costing sheet.", "text_cn": "建立成本表。" } ], "answer": "AB", "stem_cn": "你需要处理库存成本核算要求。实现该目标的两种可能方法是什么？每个答案代表一个完整的解决方案。注意：每个正确选择各值1分。" }, { "topic": 7, "question_num": 4, "stem": "You need to configure the system to support the pottery line. What should you do first?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set up a new product with product configuration.", "text_cn": "设置新产品及其产品配置。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a new product with tracking dimensions.", "text_cn": "创建具有跟踪维度的新产品。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create a new product master with pre-defined product variants.", "text_cn": "创建具有预定义产品变体的新产品主数据。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a new product with storage dimensions. C Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/tasks/create-predefined-product-variants", "text_cn": "创建具有存储尺寸的新产品。C参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/tasks/create-predefined-product-variants" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你需要配置系统以支持陶器生产线。首先应该做什么？" }, { "topic": 8, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Best for You Organics Company started as a home - based business. The founders began making handmade soaps and bath products in their kitchen. As sales increased, the business established a production facility and distribution center that supplies three retail stores. Soaps and bath products are manufactured in the production facility and are stocked in the warehouse for distribution to the retail stores. Employees at retail stores use mobile point of sale (MPOS) tablet devices to sell the products to customers. The company structure is a single legal entity with two sites as shown in the diagram below:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本题为案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。但是，本考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保能够在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含图表和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。案例研究中的每个问题都与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦开始新一节，您将无法返回到此节。要开始案例研究：要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。单击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。\n背景 - Best for You Organics 公司最初是一家家庭企业。创始人在厨房里手工制作香皂和浴产品。随着销售额的增长，公司建立了生产设施和配送中心，为三家零售店供货。香皂和浴产品在生产设施中制造，并存放在仓库中，用于配送给零售店。零售店的员工使用移动销售点（MPOS）平板设备向顾客销售产品。公司的结构是一个法律实体，有两个地点，如下图所示：" }, { "topic": 9, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Adventure Works Cycles is high-end bicycle manufacturer in North America. The company sells 40 standard models as well as 100 limited - edition models per year to boutique retailers domestically. Adventure Works has had the most success with the limited - edition bicycles. These bicycles have high margins, high demand, and a strong following with the younger generation biking community. Current environment - Technology - During a recent global pandemic, the sales of bicycles increased enormously. To support this growth, Adventure Works is going to invest in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to standardize and streamline operations. Operations are currently managed with a custom enterprise resource planning (ERP) system and Microsoft Excel worksheets that address ERP product gaps. Many processes are still maintained in Excel worksheets and then loaded into the ERP application. Adventure Works wants to implement only those Dynamics 365 features that are areas of future investment for Microsoft, even if it means they implement fewer features.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含更多的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题相互独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您在进入考试的下一节之前回顾和修改您的答案。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究：要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。单击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。 背景 - Adventure Works Cycles 是北美一家高端自行车制造商。该公司每年向国内精品零售商销售40种标准型号以及100种限量版型号。Adventure Works 在限量版自行车方面取得了最大的成功。这些自行车利润率高、需求量大，并且在年轻一代的自行车社区中拥有强大的追随者。 当前环境 - 技术 - 在最近的全球疫情中，自行车的销量大幅增加。为了支持这种增长，Adventure Works 将投资 Dynamics 365 供应链管理，以标准化和优化运营。目前的运营是通过一个定制的企业资源计划（ERP）系统和 Microsoft Excel 工作表进行管理，这些工作表用于解决 ERP 产品缺口。许多流程仍然在 Excel 工作表中维护，然后加载到 ERP 应用程序中。Adventure Works 希望只实施那些是微软未来投资重点的 Dynamics 365 功能，即使这意味着他们实施的功能更少。" }, { "topic": 10, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Best for You Organics Company started as a home - based business. The founders began making handmade soaps and bath products in their kitchen. As sales increased, the business established a production facility and distribution center that supplies three retail stores. Soaps and bath products are manufactured in the production facility and are stocked in the warehouse for distribution to the retail stores. Employees at retail stores use mobile point of sale (MPOS) tablet devices to sell the products to customers. The company structure is a single legal entity with two sites as shown in the diagram below: Current environment - Best for You Organics plans to introduce a new product line of face creams. Each product in the new line uses the same base ingredients but includes a different extract (for example, lime, avocado, kiwi). The marketing department is preparing to introduce the new product line. Minimal inventory will be held in the warehouse. The company uses a cloud-based deployment of Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage finances for all company operations and locations. The company does not use Bill of Materials (BOM) versioning. The production and warehouse facility is set up with the following organizational hierarchy: External customers include: CustomerA: a walk-in store customer (business-to-consumer) CustomerB: a customer with an existing account (business-to-business) External vendors include: VendorA: a trucking company VendorB: a raw materials supplier Requirements. General - The new product line must be set up in the system and readily available for sale when the company introduces the product line to the public at an upcoming trade show. Requirements. Production - You must configure the system to produce the new products: Ensure that the warehouse stocks the minimum quantities of raw materials to produce the products. Use a single version per item. Implement FIFO inventory valuation methods. Track raw and finished goods using different General ledger accounts. Use a primary location to determine where to stock product in the warehouse. Configure alternate locations in the warehouse to hold overstock products and refill the primary location as-needed. Requirements. Shipments - You identify the following requirements related to shipping: Ship product to retail stores weekly. Stores require a packing slip to check in merchandise. Drivers require transport documentation and charge per mile to the stores. Shipments to Store1 must be scheduled for Monday, Wednesday, or Friday. Store1 will sometimes pick up their own deliveries when an order is small because they have their own van. Shipments to Store2 and Store3 must be scheduled for Tuesday or Thursday. You must transmit Advance Shipping Notifications (ASN's) to the stores prior to deliveries. You must transmit Advance Shipping Notifications (ASN's) to the stores prior to deliveries. Set up the system configuration to allow for store transfers. Set up the system so that products may be shipped to the retail stores as bulk orders. Set up the transport providers to deliver products from the warehouse to the retails stores. Requirements. Reporting - Once the new products are available in stores, review 30 days of historical sales data from day-to-day transactions will determine the reorder quantities. Set up reporting to allow the product line to be costed and tracked independent of other items. Requirements. Pricing and inventory You identify the following requirements related to pricing and inventory: Determine the quantity of the new products that can be produced and ready for sale within the first 90 days. Ensure that specialty packaging is on hand for retail sales. The packaging must be shipped directly to the stores from the vendor. Stores must not inventory the packaging materials. Stores must maintain a 30-day supply of specialty packaging materials. Stores must reorder packaging materials as needed. Retail store customers must pay full retail price. Resellers must receive a 10 percent discount off the list price. Question You need to complete the shipments. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Confirm the load and generate packing slips and bills of lading.", "text_cn": "确认负载并生成装箱单和提单。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Confirm shipments, generate shipping documents, and send an ASN.", "text_cn": "确认发货，生成运输文件，并发送ASN。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Confirm shipments and generate pick/put work.", "text_cn": "确认发货并生成拣选/放置作业。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Confirm the load, generate picking lists, and send an ASN. B Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/confirm-a-load-for-shipping", "text_cn": "确认货物，生成拣货清单，并发送ASN。B 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/confirm-a-load-for-shipping" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本题为案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保能够在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。在您开始新一节后，将无法返回到本节。 要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请单击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。单击这些按钮将显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备回答一个问题时，请单击“问题”按钮返回到问题。 背景 - Best for You Organics公司最初是一个家庭式企业。创始人在厨房里手工制作香皂和浴产品。随着销售额的增长，企业建立了生产设施和配送中心，为三家零售店供货。香皂和浴产品在生产设施中制造，并存放在仓库中以配送给零售店。零售店的员工使用移动销售点（MPOS）平板设备向顾客销售产品。公司的结构是一个单一的法律实体，有两个地点，如下图所示： 当前环境 - Best for You Organics计划推出一个新的面霜产品线。新产品线中的每个产品都使用相同的基底成分，但包含不同的提取物（例如，青柠、牛油果、奇异果）。市场部正在准备推出新产品线。仓库将只持有少量库存。公司使用基于云的Dynamics 365供应链管理进行所有公司运营和地点的财务管理。公司不使用物料清单（BOM）版本控制。生产和仓库设施的组织架构如下： 外部客户包括： CustomerA：一家上门商店客户（B2C） CustomerB：一位已有账户的客户（B2B） 外部供应商包括： VendorA：一家运输公司 VendorB：一家原材料供应商 要求。总体要求 - 新产品线必须在系统中设置好，并且在公司即将举行的贸易展会上向公众推出产品线时即可立即销售。 要求。生产 - 您必须配置系统以生产新产品： 确保仓库仅存放足以生产产品的最小数量的原材料。每种物品使用一个版本。实施先进先出（FIFO）库存估值方法。使用不同的总账账户跟踪原材料和产成品。使用一个主要位置来确定仓库中产品的存放位置。在仓库中设置备用位置，用于存放过剩产品，并根据需要重新填充主要位置。 要求。运输 - 您识别出以下与运输相关的具体要求： 每周向零售店运输产品。商店需要装箱单以检查商品。司机需要运输文件和按每英里收费的费用。运送到Store1的产品必须安排在星期一、星期三或星期五。当订单较小时，Store1有时会自行提货，因为他们有自己的货车。运送到Store2和Store3的产品必须安排在星期二或星期四。必须在送货前向商店发送提前发货通知（ASN）。必须在送货前向商店发送提前发货通知（ASN）。 设置系统配置以允许门店之间的调拨。 设置系统以便产品可以作为批量订单运送到零售店。 设置运输供应商从仓库向零售店运送产品。 要求。报告 - 一旦新产品在商店上市，通过审查30天的历史销售数据，从日常交易中确定再订购数量。 设置报告功能，使产品线能够独立于其他项目进行成本核算和跟踪。 要求。定价和库存 您识别出以下与定价和库存相关的具体要求： 确定在最初的90天内可以生产并可供销售的新产品的数量。 确保特色包装已备好用于零售销售。 包装必须直接从供应商运送到商店。 商店不得库存包装材料。 商店必须保持30天的特色包装材料库存。 商店需要时应重新订购包装材料。 零售店顾客必须支付全价。 经销商必须获得列表价格10%的折扣。 问题 您需要完成运输。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 10, "question_num": 2, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to consolidate orders and prepare to rate shop shipments. How should you complete the setup? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要合并订单并准备对运输包裹进行定价。应如何完成设置？要回答这个问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占1分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 10, "question_num": 3, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to create new location directives. Which values should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/create-a-location-directive https://docs.microsoft.com/en- us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/tasks/set-up-location-directive-purchase-order-put-away", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 您需要创建新的位置指令。应该使用哪些值？要回答这个问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确的选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamicsax-2012/appuser-itpro/create-a-location-directive https://docs.microsoft.com/en- us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/tasks/set-up-location-directive-purchase-order-put-away" }, { "topic": 10, "question_num": 4, "stem": "HOTSPOT - Employee3 needs to schedule deliveries. How should Employee3 plan for a carrier to deliver goods to Store2? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 员工3需要安排送货。员工3应如何计划由承运商将货物送到商店2？要回答此问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占1分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 10, "question_num": 5, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to configure transport providers for delivering products to the retail stores from Vendor1. How should you complete the configuration? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/tasks/set-up-shipping-carriers", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 您需要为从供应商1向零售店配送产品配置运输服务提供商。您应该如何完成配置？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/transportation/tasks/set-up-shipping-carriers" }, { "topic": 10, "question_num": 6, "stem": "You need to complete the shipments.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Confirm the load and generate packing slips and bills of lading.", "text_cn": "确认负载并生成装箱单和提单。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create waves to generate work for shipping loads and send an ASN.", "text_cn": "产生波浪以对运输负载进行工作，并发送ASN。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Confirm shipments and generate pick/put work.", "text_cn": "确认发货并生成拣货/放货任务。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create work for printing shipping documents and send an ASN. B Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/wave-processing", "text_cn": "创建用于打印运输单据的工作并发送ASN。 B 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/warehousing/wave-processing" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你需要完成运输。" }, { "topic": 11, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Adventure Works Cycles builds stock and custom mountain bikes and is headquartered in San Diego. It has the following assembly and warehouse locations: Denver, Colorado, United States San Diego, California, United States Budapest, Hungary Most manufacturing is outsourced, with each facility only assembling the bikes. Parts are stocked at all facilities and may be transferred between warehouses or legal entities. All of the parts are at standard cost. Current environment. Organizational structure The following diagram shows the structure of Adventure Works Cycles. Each of the physical locations in the United States (US) is a warehouse. Hungary assembles and distributes products to the rest of the European Union (EU). The EU legal entity is expected to add additional warehouse locations. All legal entities roll up to a financial consolidation company.", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本题为案例研究。案例研究不单独计时，您可以使用考试的任何时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。案例研究中的每个问题与其他问题相互独立。案例研究结束后，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的章节，将无法返回到此章节。要开始案例研究：要显示本案例研究中的第一题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。单击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究包含“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。 背景：Adventure Works Cycles 生产标准和定制山地自行车，总部位于圣地亚哥。它拥有以下装配和仓库地点：美国科罗拉多州丹佛市，美国加利福尼亚州圣地亚哥市，匈牙利布达佩斯市。大部分制造工作外包，每个设施仅负责组装自行车。所有设施都存储零部件，并可在仓库或法律实体之间转移。所有零部件均按标准成本计算。 当前环境 组织结构 下图显示了 Adventure Works Cycles 的组织结构。美国（US）的所有物理位置均为仓库。匈牙利负责组装和向欧盟（EU）其他地区分销产品。预计 EU 法律实体将增加更多的仓库地点。所有法律实体均汇总至一家财务合并公司。" }, { "topic": 12, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Best for You Organics Company started as a home - based business. The founders began making handmade soaps and bath products in their kitchen. As sales increased, the business established a production facility and distribution center that supplies three retail stores. Soaps and bath products are manufactured in the production facility and are stocked in the warehouse for distribution to the retail stores. Employees at retail stores use mobile point of sale (MPOS) tablet devices to sell the products to customers. The company structure is a single legal entity with two sites as shown in the diagram below: Current environment - Best for You Organics plans to introduce a new product line of face creams. Each product in the new line uses the same base ingredients but includes a different extract (for example, lime, avocado, kiwi). The marketing department is preparing to introduce the new product line. Minimal inventory will be held in the warehouse. The company uses a cloud-based deployment of Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage finances for all company operations and locations. The company does not use Bill of Materials (BOM) versioning. The production and warehouse facility is set up with the following organizational hierarchy: External customers include: CustomerA: a walk-in store customer (business-to-consumer) CustomerB: a customer with an existing account (business-to-business) External vendors include: VendorA: a trucking company VendorB: a raw materials supplier Requirements. General - The new product line must be set up in the system and readily available for sale when the company introduces the product line to the public at an upcoming trade show. Requirements. Production - You must configure the system to produce the new products: Ensure that the warehouse stocks the minimum quantities of raw materials to produce the products. Use a single version per item. Implement FIFO inventory valuation methods. Track raw and finished goods using different General ledger accounts. Use a primary location to determine where to stock product in the warehouse. Configure alternate locations in the warehouse to hold overstock products and refill the primary location as-needed. Requirements. Shipments - You identify the following requirements related to shipping: Ship product to retail stores weekly. Stores require a packing slip to check in merchandise. Drivers require transport documentation and charge per mile to the stores. Shipments to Store1 must be scheduled for Monday, Wednesday, or Friday. Store1 will sometimes pick up their own deliveries when an order is small because they have their own van. Shipments to Store2 and Store3 must be scheduled for Tuesday or Thursday. You must transmit Advance Shipping Notifications (ASN's) to the stores prior to deliveries. You must transmit Advance Shipping Notifications (ASN's) to the stores prior to deliveries. Set up the system configuration to allow for store transfers. Set up the system so that products may be shipped to the retail stores as bulk orders. Set up the transport providers to deliver products from the warehouse to the retails stores. Requirements. Reporting - Once the new products are available in stores, review 30 days of historical sales data from day-to-day transactions will determine the reorder quantities. Set up reporting to allow the product line to be costed and tracked independent of other items. Requirements. Pricing and inventory You identify the following requirements related to pricing and inventory: Determine the quantity of the new products that can be produced and ready for sale within the first 90 days. Ensure that specialty packaging is on hand for retail sales. The packaging must be shipped directly to the stores from the vendor. Stores must not inventory the packaging materials. Stores must maintain a 30-day supply of specialty packaging materials. Stores must reorder packaging materials as needed. Retail store customers must pay full retail price. Resellers must receive a 10 percent discount off the list price. Question HOTSPOT - You need to configure automatic warehouse inventory replenishment for items. How should you complete the setup? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介：这是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中包含的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的场景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您查看您的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新一节，就无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究：要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。背景：Best for You Organics公司最初是一个家庭式企业。创始人在厨房里手工制作香皂和浴产品。随着销售额的增长，企业建立了一个生产设施和配送中心，为三家零售店供货。香皂和浴产品在生产设施中制造，并存放在仓库中以配送给零售店。零售店的员工使用移动销售点（MPOS）平板设备向顾客销售产品。公司的结构是一个法律实体，有两个地点，如下图所示：当前环境：Best for You Organics计划推出一个新的面霜产品线。新产品线中的每个产品都使用相同的基底成分，但包含不同的提取物（例如，青柠、牛油果、奇异果）。市场部正在准备推出新的产品线。仓库将只持有少量库存。公司使用基于云的Dynamics 365供应链管理部署来管理所有公司运营和地点的财务。公司不使用物料清单（BOM）版本控制。生产和仓库设施的组织层次结构如下：外部客户包括：CustomerA：一家进店购买的客户（B2C） CustomerB：已有账户的客户（B2B） 外部供应商包括：VendorA：一家运输公司 VendorB：一家原材料供应商 要求：一般要求：新产品线必须在系统中设置好，并且在公司即将在贸易展会上向公众推出产品线时即可立即销售。生产要求：您必须配置系统以生产新产品：确保仓库仅存放最少数量的原材料以生产产品。每个物品使用单一版本。实施FIFO库存估值方法。使用不同的总账账户跟踪原材料和成品。使用一个主要位置来确定仓库中产品的存放位置。在仓库中配置备用位置，用于存放过剩产品，并根据需要补充主要位置。运输要求：您识别出以下与运输相关的具体要求：每周向零售店运输产品。商店需要装箱单以检查商品。司机需要运输文件和按每英里收费的费用。运送到Store1的产品必须安排在星期一、星期三或星期五。当订单较小时，Store1有时会自己提货，因为他们有自己的货车。运送到Store2和Store3的产品必须安排在星期二或星期四。您必须在交付前向商店发送提前发货通知（ASN）。您必须在交付前向商店发送提前发货通知（ASN）。设置系统配置以允许门店之间的转移。设置系统以便可以将产品作为批量订单发送给零售店。设置运输提供商，从仓库向零售店运送产品。报告要求：一旦新产品在商店上市，通过审查30天的历史销售数据，从日常交易中确定再订购数量。设置报告功能，使产品线能够独立于其他物品进行成本核算和跟踪。定价和库存：您识别出以下与定价和库存相关的要求：确定在最初的90天内可以生产并可供销售的新产品的数量。确保特色包装已备好用于零售销售。包装必须直接从供应商发往商店。商店不得库存包装材料。商店必须保持30天的特色包装材料供应。商店需要时应重新订购包装材料。零售店顾客必须支付全价。经销商应获得列表价格10%的折扣。问题 热点 - 您需要配置自动仓库库存补货。您应该如何完成设置？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择值一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 12, "question_num": 2, "stem": "You need to set up reordering for new items. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create one coverage group for raw materials and one for finished goods.", "text_cn": "为原材料创建一个覆盖组，为成品创建一个覆盖组。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set the item coverage manual flag on the warehouse to Yes.", "text_cn": "将仓库的项目覆盖手动标志设置为是。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create separate coverage groups for raw materials, finished goods, and retail packaging.", "text_cn": "为原材料、成品和零售包装分别创建覆盖组。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set the item coverage manual flag on the warehouse to No.", "text_cn": "将仓库的项目覆盖手动标志设置为否。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Create one coverage group for retail packaging items and another for items in the warehouse. CD Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/coverage-settings", "text_cn": "为零售包装物品创建一个覆盖组，为仓库中的物品创建另一个覆盖组。CD参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/coverage-settings" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你需要为新商品设置重新订购。你应该执行哪两项操作？每个正确答案都代表了解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确的选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 13, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Adventure Works Cycles is high-end bicycle manufacturer in North America. The company sells 40 standard models as well as 100 limited - edition models per year to boutique retailers domestically. Adventure Works has had the most success with the limited - edition bicycles. These bicycles have high margins, high demand, and a strong following with the younger generation biking community. Current environment - Technology - During a recent global pandemic, the sales of bicycles increased enormously. To support this growth, Adventure Works is going to invest in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to standardize and streamline operations. Operations are currently managed with a custom enterprise resource planning (ERP) system and Microsoft Excel worksheets that address ERP product gaps. Many processes are still maintained in Excel worksheets and then loaded into the ERP application. Adventure Works wants to implement only those Dynamics 365 features that are areas of future investment for Microsoft, even if it means they implement fewer features. if it means they implement fewer features. Bicycles - Bicycle models can either be standard or made in a limited - edition release. Bicycles are built based on a single item number that can have different sizes and frame styles. The sizes are XS, S, M, L, and XL. The frame styles are Male, Female, and Unisex. The size and frame style combinations have different prices and barcodes. All other bicycle properties are informational only. Information-only properties do not have standardization or validation, which makes it easy to mistype data during product entry and difficult to identify mistakes. Some limited - edition bicycles are not properly marked as limited edition in the current product management system due to the yes/no key indicator defaulting to no. This causes significant issues with item search and reporting on the different bicycle models. Limited - edition bicycles - The most recent limited - edition models include integrated face mask holders and extra storage containers welded to the bicycle frame. The bicycles are restricted to one purchase per retailer per week. The bicycles are announced on social media and are available for sale to retailers on the same day they are announced. Customers can buy the bicycles at retailers shortly after they are announced. The bicycles are sometimes available only through charity auctions. Sales - Due to the global pandemic, it is difficult to keep products in stock. Retailers are buying as much inventory as possible each week. Retailers email their sales to Adventure Works. The sales team in charge of each retailer manually enters the information into a shared Excel worksheet. Retailers are required to submit one consolidated sales order by Wednesday every week so that the Adventure Works fulfillment team can organize and adjust sales order quantities based on availability. Retailers are invoiced every three to five weeks. Adventure Works uses a manual process for invoicing. The increased volume of purchases makes it difficult to keep up with invoicing. To accommodate the demand for the Adventure Works limited - edition bicycles, the sales team enters orders for these items for fulfillment as soon as they appear on the SKU list. Retailers can sometimes bypass Adventure Works order restriction policy. When this happens, it creates additional work for the fulfillment team. Outbound - Finished bicycles are assigned a unique code to identify and track each bicycle. Each bicycle that is picked for an outbound order is transferred to a quality control bench where it undergoes a 21 - point mechanical inspection. Bicycles that pass the mechanical inspection have their unique bicycle identification number recorded in the completed inspection list. The number is also recorded in the shipping manifest for customers to be able to verify that the bicycle that was tested is the one that they received. If a bicycle does not pass the mechanical inspection, the bicycle is moved to a quarantine location and another bicycle is picked and tested as a replacement for the order. Inventory - Replenishment is simple but manual. It is currently all handled in Excel. Every bicycle part for each standard model has a line in an Excel worksheet. Adventure Works wants each storage space in the warehouse to be filled to capacity with the current products. The team knows how many bill of materials (BOM) items can fit in the spaces without overflowing. BOM items that make up the bicycles have different storage capacities. Adventure Works uses Excel worksheets to make decisions about planned orders by period based on the supply and demand for finished bicycles. Wheels - There are four types of wheels for all the bicycle models. Customers often order a spare tire. Wheels sometimes just disappear from the warehouse storage. Adventure Works purchases wheels from only one manufacturer. Master planning - There is no formal master planning process. Replenishment activities occur weekly. Requirements - Bicycles - All BOM items used the manufacturing process must be configured as unique products in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The following manufactured bicycles’ properties must be configured in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management: * Size: XS, S, M, L, XL - * Frame style: Men, Women, Unisex - * Limited edition: [Blank], No, Yes * Year: 2010-2020 - * Manufacturer’s note: Free form text up to 250 characters * Rear suspension travel: 130 millimeters, 150 millimeters * Full suspension: No, Yes - Sales - Limited - edition bicycles must be systematically restricted to one bicycle per sales order. Overrides must not be allowed. Retailers must automatically be invoiced once a month in a consolidated invoice for all delivered sales orders. Limited - edition model bicycles must not be allowed for inclusion on sales orders until the bicycles’ official release date. Outbound - A bicycle’s unique identification number must systematically be created as part of the standardized business process. Bicycles must be pulled from a bin location in a First In, First Out (FIFO) inventory model and moved to a packing station. Inventory - Overflow of any bicycle parts in the warehouse must be prevented, except for wheels. System - generated recommendations to adjust Adventure Works’ on - hand stock of wheels based on historical trends must be provided. BOM items must be replenished before they run out. There must always be quantity available on - hand. The system must maintain all inventory requirements through automated processes. Master planning (MRP) Master planning (MRP) The tool that replaces the Excel worksheet must be able to show the supply and demand for the product family of finished bicycles and BOMs by period in a single screen. This single form screen will also be used for general supply and demand inquiry only and not require intensive processing tasks. Inquiries to this form may result in non - system decisions and not with creating any planned orders. The tool must allow for the creation of new planned production, sales, purchase, and transfer orders. The MRP solution must have the best performance possible and allow for planned orders to be run in the middle of the day. Planned orders that will not be firmed must not be changed. Adventure Works wants to be able to reference the planned orders later against any manual orders created until they feel more comfortable with the system. Once Adventure Works is comfortable with the numbers that the system recommends, Adventure Works wants to implement a mechanism to fully automate the generation of orders. Question You need to enable the automatic firming of planned orders from the master planning solution. Where do you enable the functionality?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Lifecycle Services", "text_cn": "生命周期服务" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Master planning parameters", "text_cn": "主计划参数" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Feature management workspace", "text_cn": "特性管理工作区" }, { "label": "D", "text": "On the released item C Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/planned-order-firming", "text_cn": "已发布项目 C 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/planned-order-firming" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介信息 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了关于案例研究中描述的情景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。在您开始新一节后，您将无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一题，请点击下一步按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮浏览案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“所有信息”标签页，请注意显示的信息与后续标签页上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Adventure Works Cycles 是一家位于北美的高端自行车制造商。该公司每年向精品零售商销售40种标准型号以及100种限量版型号。Adventure Works 在限量版自行车方面取得了最大的成功。这些自行车利润率高、需求量大，并且在年轻一代的自行车社区中拥有强大的追随者。当前环境 - 技术 - 在最近的全球疫情中，自行车的销量大幅增长。为了支持这种增长，Adventure Works 将投资于 Dynamics 365 供应链管理，以标准化和优化运营。目前的运营是通过一个自定义的企业资源计划（ERP）系统和 Microsoft Excel 工作表来管理的，这些工作表用于解决 ERP 产品缺口。许多流程仍然在 Excel 工作表中维护，然后加载到 ERP 应用程序中。Adventure Works 希望只实施那些是微软未来投资重点的 Dynamics 365 功能，即使这意味着他们实施的功能更少。自行车 - 自行车型号可以是标准型或限量版。自行车基于单一的物料编号进行制造，该编号可以有不同尺寸和车架风格。尺寸包括 XS、S、M、L 和 XL。车架风格包括男式、女式和中性。尺寸和车架风格的组合具有不同的价格和条形码。所有其他自行车属性仅为信息性。信息性属性没有标准化或验证，这使得在产品录入过程中容易输入错误数据，并且难以识别错误。由于“是/否”键指示器默认为“否”，一些限量版自行车在当前的产品管理系统中未被正确标记为限量版。这导致了在不同自行车型号上的项目搜索和报告中出现重大问题。限量版自行车 - 最近的限量版型号包括集成面罩支架和焊接在自行车框架上的额外储物容器。每家零售商每周只能购买一次。这些自行车会在社交媒体上宣布，并在宣布当天对零售商开放销售。顾客可以在宣布后不久在零售商处购买这些自行车。有时这些自行车仅通过慈善拍卖出售。销售 - 由于全球疫情，很难保持库存。零售商每周都会尽可能多地购买库存。零售商将销售情况通过电子邮件发送给 Adventure Works。负责每个零售商的销售团队会手动将信息输入共享的 Excel 工作表中。零售商每周三必须提交一份汇总的销售订单，以便 Adventure Works 的履约团队能够根据可用性组织和调整销售订单数量。零售商每三到五周收到一次发票。Adventure Works 使用手动流程进行开票。购买量的增加使他们难以跟上开票进度。为了满足 Adventure Works 限量版自行车的需求，销售团队一旦这些商品出现在 SKU 列表上，就会立即为其履行订单。零售商有时会绕过 Adventure Works 的订单限制政策。当这种情况发生时，会给履约团队带来额外的工作量。出库 - 成品自行车会被分配一个唯一代码，以识别和跟踪每辆自行车。每辆被选中用于出库订单的自行车都会被转移到质量控制台，接受21点机械检查。通过机械检查的自行车会将其唯一的自行车识别号记录在已完成的检查列表中。该号码也会记录在发货清单中，供客户验证他们收到的自行车是经过测试的那辆。如果自行车未通过机械检查，它会被移到隔离区，然后选择另一辆自行车进行测试，作为订单的替代品。库存 - 补货过程简单但手动。目前全部都在 Excel 中处理。每种标准型号的每件自行车零件都有一个 Excel 工作表中的行。Adventure Works 希望仓库中的每个存储空间都装满当前产品。团队知道每个空间能容纳多少物料清单（BOM）项而不会溢出。构成自行车的 BOM 项有不同的存储容量。Adventure Works 使用 Excel 工作表根据成品自行车的供需情况按周期做出计划订单的决策。轮子 - 所有自行车型号都有四种类型的轮子。客户经常订购备用轮胎。轮子有时会从仓库存储中消失。Adventure Works 仅从一家制造商处采购轮子。主计划 - 没有正式的主计划流程。补货活动每周进行。要求 - 自行车 - 所有用于制造过程的 BOM 项必须在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中配置为独特产品。以下制造自行车的属性必须在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中配置：* 尺寸：XS、S、M、L、XL - * 车架风格：男式、女式、中性 - * 限量版：[空白]、否、是 * 年份：2010-2020 - * 制造商备注：最多 250 个字符的自由文本 * 后悬架行程：130 毫米、150 毫米 * 全悬架：否、是 - 销售 - 限量版自行车必须在每张销售订单中系统性地限制为一辆。不得允许覆盖。零售商在每月一次的汇总发票中自动被开票，针对所有已交付的销售订单。限量版型号自行车在官方发布日期之前不得被包含在销售订单中。出库 - 自行车的唯一识别号必须作为标准化业务流程的一部分系统性地创建。自行车必须从先进先出（FIFO）库存模型的料箱位置中取出并移动到包装站。库存 - 必须防止仓库中任何自行车零件的溢出，除了轮子。系统应生成建议，根据历史趋势调整 Adventure Works 的轮子库存。BOM 项必须在耗尽前补充。必须始终有库存可用。系统必须通过自动化流程维持所有库存需求。主计划（MRP） 主计划（MRP） 该工具必须能够在一个屏幕上显示成品自行车和 BOM 的产品系列的供应和需求情况。这个单个表单屏幕也将仅用于一般的供应和需求查询，不需要进行密集的处理任务。对此表单的查询可能导致非系统决策，而不是创建任何计划订单。该工具必须允许创建新的计划生产、销售、采购和转运订单。MRP 解决方案必须具有最佳性能，并允许在白天的中间时段运行计划订单。不会被确认的计划订单不得更改。Adventure Works 希望以后可以参考这些计划订单，与他们创建的任何手动订单进行对比，直到他们对系统更加熟悉。一旦 Adventure Works 对系统推荐的数字感到满意，他们希望实施一种机制，以完全自动化订单的生成。问题 您需要启用从主计划解决方案中自动确认计划订单的功能。在哪里启用该功能？" }, { "topic": 13, "question_num": 2, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to configure the solution to replace the Excel spreadsheet. Which feature should you use for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://dynamicsunplugged.wordpress.com/2019/12/23/why-you-need-to-start-using-the-supply-schedule-in-msdyn365fo- msdyn365scm-now/", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 您需要配置解决方案以替换Excel电子表格。每个需求应使用哪个功能？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当选项。注意：每个正确选择各得1分。热点区域：参考：https://dynamicsunplugged.wordpress.com/2019/12/23/why-you-need-to-start-using-the-supply-schedule-in-msdyn365fo- msdyn365scm-now/" }, { "topic": 13, "question_num": 3, "stem": "You need to recommend a process for planned orders that will not be firmed. What should you recommend?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Change the status to Unprocessed", "text_cn": "将状态更改为未处理" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set the planned order to Completed", "text_cn": "将计划订单设为已完成" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Delete the planned order", "text_cn": "删除计划订单" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Change the status to Approved", "text_cn": "将状态更改为已批准" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Remove the planned order from selection", "text_cn": "从选择中移除计划订单" } ], "answer": "B", "stem_cn": "您需要推荐一种针对不会被确认的计划订单的流程。您应该推荐什么？" }, { "topic": 13, "question_num": 4, "stem": "You need to identify all potential gaps in the master planning solution for Adventure Works' implementation. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Read the release notes and master planning entries in the Microsoft Ideas portal.", "text_cn": "阅读 Microsoft Ideas 门户中的发行说明和主计划条目。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Finish relevant material requirements planning system configurations and data imports and run a fit analysis.", "text_cn": "完成相关物料需求计划系统配置和数据导入，并运行符合性分析。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Identify the gaps through the known issues in Lifecycle Services.", "text_cn": "通过生命周期服务中的已知问题识别差距。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Upload all task recordings for MRP business processes into Azure DevOps for analysis. B Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/planning-optimization- fit-analysis", "text_cn": "将所有MRP业务流程的任务记录上传到Azure DevOps进行分析。B 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/planning-optimization-fit-analysis" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你需要识别Adventure Works实施过程中主计划解决方案中的所有潜在缺口。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 13, "question_num": 5, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to implement business processes to address concerns about the wheel inventory. Which features should you use? To answer, select the appropriate option in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/safety-stock-replenishment", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域：您需要实施业务流程以解决关于轮毂库存的担忧。应使用哪些功能？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/safety-stock-replenishment" }, { "topic": 13, "question_num": 6, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to configure the replenishment of the bicycle parts. Which configurations should you use? To answer, select the appropriate option in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/replenishment- methods-quantity-modification", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域：您需要配置自行车零件的补货。应使用哪些配置？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择值1分。 热点区域：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/master-planning/planning-optimization/replenishment-methods-quantity-modification" }, { "topic": 13, "question_num": 7, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to implement the master planning solution for Adventure Works. Which solutions should you use? To answer, select the appropriate option in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要为Adventure Works实施主计划解决方案。应使用哪些解决方案？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 14, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Adventure Works Cycles builds stock and custom mountain bikes and is headquartered in San Diego. It has the following assembly and warehouse locations: Denver, Colorado, United States San Diego, California, United States Budapest, Hungary Most manufacturing is outsourced, with each facility only assembling the bikes. Parts are stocked at all facilities and may be transferred between warehouses or legal entities. All of the parts are at standard cost. Current environment. Organizational structure The following diagram shows the structure of Adventure Works Cycles. Each of the physical locations in the United States (US) is a warehouse. Hungary assembles and distributes products to the rest of the European Union (EU). The EU legal entity is expected to add additional warehouse locations. All legal entities roll up to a financial consolidation company. Current environment. Purchasing - Higher quality tires that are used in new orders have become popular. Due to the volume of orders, the company wants to negotiate pricing with VendorC. The vendor agrees to a discounted price for 500 tires purchased within the next six months. Once the 500 tires have been purchased, the discount will be re - evaluated based on demand. Once a purchase is approved, for audit purposes it cannot be changed. Whenever possible, parts are purchased from vendors also within the EU. A purchase order was placed for a bike seat manufacturer in Italy. Parts for custom orders may not always be kept in stock and will need to be procured. Current environment. Purchase requisitions The following flow chart depicts the purchase requisition process: Requirements. Purchasing - Items for purchase requisitions are governed by each country. Each of the country-specific products will be grouped together for selection. Purchase orders must follow the requisition process. All existing purchase orders for brakes must account for the change to VendorB. Requirements. Inventory - Standard costs are based on purchase fluctuations within a single month. Tires use floating zones due to limited warehouse space. Requirements. Operations - Due to recent brake failures, Adventure Works Cycles plans to purchase brakes from VendorB instead of VendorA. Although the brakes from Vendor B will continue to use the same item number as the brakes from VendorA, the price is slightly higher from VendorB. Adventure Works Cycles will pay list price from VendorB. The order from VendorB needs approval and the usual approver for purchase requisitions is on vacation. All brakes from VendorA that are in stock must be tested. The process for brake testing must be implemented for all inbound orders. Quality orders must be automatically created upon receipt of the first shipment against a purchase order only. Inventory stocking locations must be consolidated after the brakes are tested. UserC needs to consolidate brake inventory after it has been cleared for sale. Ordering of the new brakes order will incur an additional cost because it is a rush order. Requirements. Custom orders - Custom orders are placed for items that do not exist in the item master. Hungary does not process custom orders. The United States does process custom paint orders. Most custom paint colors are special order and require purchase requisitions. Quotes must be obtained from a minimum of two suppliers per company policy and compared for shipping, costs, and other variables. Quotes will not be selected based on lowest price only. Issues - A special order for 2.6 high-end tires is received. This item is no longer in stock from the current vendor. Goods have been received in stock, but the matching invoice has not yet been received at the time of month close. UserA needs to set up pricing for the items purchased from VendorC and ensure that accounting validates the receipt and invoice against the agreement. UserB needs to send out a request for quotation (RFQ) for custom paint. The vendor will be selected based on pricing, volume discounts, and lead time. Question HOTSPOT - Negotiations with the vendor are complete. You need to set up the new price for tires. What should you configure to meet the business requirements? To answer, select the appropriate options in the area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/purchase-agreements", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 这是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个回顾屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。在您开始新一节后，将无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。 背景 - Adventure Works Cycles 生产标准和定制山地自行车，总部位于圣地亚哥。它拥有以下装配和仓库地点：美国科罗拉多州丹佛市 美国加利福尼亚州圣地亚哥市 匈牙利布达佩斯市 大多数制造工作外包，每个设施仅组装自行车。所有设施都库存零部件，并可在仓库或法律实体之间转移。所有零部件的成本均为标准成本。 当前环境。组织结构 下图显示了Adventure Works Cycles的结构。美国（US）的每个物理位置都是仓库。匈牙利负责组装并把产品分销至整个欧盟（EU）。预计欧盟法律实体将增加更多的仓库地点。所有法律实体都会汇总到一个财务合并公司。 当前环境。采购 - 更高质量的轮胎在新订单中越来越受欢迎。由于订单量大，公司希望与VendorC协商价格。供应商同意在接下来的六个月内购买500条轮胎给予折扣价。一旦购买了500条轮胎，将根据需求重新评估折扣。一旦采购获得批准，出于审计目的，不能更改。只要可能，零件也从欧盟内的供应商处采购。已为意大利的一家车座制造商下达了采购订单。定制订单的零件不一定总是有库存，需要采购。 当前环境。采购申请 下列流程图展示了采购申请流程： 要求。采购 - 采购申请中的物品由每个国家管理。每个国家特定的产品将被分组以便于选择。采购订单必须遵循采购申请流程。所有现有的刹车采购订单必须考虑对VendorB的变更。 要求。库存 - 标准成本基于单月内的采购波动。由于仓库空间有限，轮胎使用浮动区域。 要求。运营 - 由于最近的刹车故障，Adventure Works Cycles计划从VendorB而不是VendorA处采购刹车。尽管VendorB的刹车将继续使用与VendorA相同的物品编号，但价格略高。Adventure Works Cycles将从VendorB处支付目录价。来自VendorB的订单需要审批，而通常的采购申请审批人正在休假。所有库存中的VendorA刹车必须进行测试。必须为所有到货订单实施刹车测试流程。只有在收到采购订单的第一批货物时，质量订单才应自动创建。刹车测试后，库存存放地点必须进行整合。UserC需要在刹车通过销售许可后整合刹车库存。新刹车订单的订购将产生额外费用，因为是加急订单。 要求。定制订单 - 定制订单用于不存在于物料主数据中的物品。匈牙利不处理定制订单。美国处理定制涂装订单。大多数定制涂装颜色为特殊订单，需要采购申请。根据公司政策，必须从至少两家供应商获取报价并进行比较，比较内容包括运输、成本和其他变量。报价不会仅基于最低价格进行选择。 问题 - 接收了一项2.6条高端轮胎的特殊订单。该商品目前供应商已无库存。货物已入库，但在月末结账时尚未收到匹配的发票。 UserA需要为从VendorC购买的商品设置定价，并确保会计部门验证收货和发票是否符合协议。 UserB需要发出定制涂料的询价请求（RFQ）。供应商将根据价格、批量折扣和交货时间进行选择。 问题 热点问题 - 与供应商的谈判已完成。您需要为轮胎设置新价格。为了满足业务需求，您应该配置什么？ 为回答此问题，请在相应区域选择适当的选项。 注意：每个正确选择各得1分。 热区：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/procurement/purchase-agreements" }, { "topic": 14, "question_num": 2, "stem": "You need to set up the procurement category hierarchy in accordance with company policy. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Add four nodes to the category hierarchy, one for US, one for Hungary, one for California, and one for Colorado.", "text_cn": "在类别层次结构中添加四个节点，分别对应美国、匈牙利、加利福尼亚州和科罗拉多州。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create category hierarchy nodes per each country underneath the consolidated legal entity.", "text_cn": "按每个国家在合并法律实体下创建分类层级节点。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Add three nodes to the category hierarchy, one for Hungary, one for California, and one for Colorado.", "text_cn": "在类别层次结构中添加三个节点，一个用于匈牙利，一个用于加利福尼亚州，一个用于科罗拉多州。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a procurement category hierarchy and assign purchase policy per legal entity only.", "text_cn": "创建采购分类层级并仅按法律实体分配采购政策。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "您需要根据公司政策设置采购类别层次结构。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 14, "question_num": 3, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to define the value of the brakes. What should you set up? To answer, select the appropriate options in the area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要定义制动器的值。您应该设置什么？要回答此问题，请在该区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确的选择各占一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 15, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Best for You Organics Company started as a home - based business. The founders began making handmade soaps and bath products in their kitchen. As sales increased, the business established a production facility and distribution center that supplies three retail stores. Soaps and bath products are manufactured in the production facility and are stocked in the warehouse for distribution to the retail stores. Employees at retail stores use mobile point of sale (MPOS) tablet devices to sell the products to customers. The company structure is a single legal entity with two sites as shown in the diagram below: Current environment - Best for You Organics plans to introduce a new product line of face creams. Each product in the new line uses the same base ingredients but includes a different extract (for example, lime, avocado, kiwi). The marketing department is preparing to introduce the new product line. Minimal inventory will be held in the warehouse. The company uses a cloud-based deployment of Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to manage finances for all company operations and locations. The company does not use Bill of Materials (BOM) versioning. The production and warehouse facility is set up with the following organizational hierarchy: External customers include: CustomerA: a walk-in store customer (business-to-consumer) CustomerB: a customer with an existing account (business-to-business) External vendors include: VendorA: a trucking company VendorB: a raw materials supplier Requirements. General - The new product line must be set up in the system and readily available for sale when the company introduces the product line to the public at an upcoming trade show. Requirements. Production - You must configure the system to produce the new products: Ensure that the warehouse stocks the minimum quantities of raw materials to produce the products. Use a single version per item. Implement FIFO inventory valuation methods. Track raw and finished goods using different General ledger accounts. Use a primary location to determine where to stock product in the warehouse. Configure alternate locations in the warehouse to hold overstock products and refill the primary location as-needed. Requirements. Shipments - You identify the following requirements related to shipping: Ship product to retail stores weekly. Stores require a packing slip to check in merchandise. Drivers require transport documentation and charge per mile to the stores. Shipments to Store1 must be scheduled for Monday, Wednesday, or Friday. Store1 will sometimes pick up their own deliveries when an order is small because they have their own van. Shipments to Store2 and Store3 must be scheduled for Tuesday or Thursday. You must transmit Advance Shipping Notifications (ASN's) to the stores prior to deliveries. You must transmit Advance Shipping Notifications (ASN's) to the stores prior to deliveries. Set up the system configuration to allow for store transfers. Set up the system so that products may be shipped to the retail stores as bulk orders. Set up the transport providers to deliver products from the warehouse to the retails stores. Requirements. Reporting - Once the new products are available in stores, review 30 days of historical sales data from day-to-day transactions will determine the reorder quantities. Set up reporting to allow the product line to be costed and tracked independent of other items. Requirements. Pricing and inventory You identify the following requirements related to pricing and inventory: Determine the quantity of the new products that can be produced and ready for sale within the first 90 days. Ensure that specialty packaging is on hand for retail sales. The packaging must be shipped directly to the stores from the vendor. Stores must not inventory the packaging materials. Stores must maintain a 30-day supply of specialty packaging materials. Stores must reorder packaging materials as needed. Retail store customers must pay full retail price. Resellers must receive a 10 percent discount off the list price. Question You need to set up financial components for the new items. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Assign items to a FIFO item model group.", "text_cn": "将项目分配到FIFO项目模型组。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Assign the raw materials to a standard cost item model group. Assign finished goods to a FIFO item model group.", "text_cn": "将原材料分配到标准成本项目模型组。将产成品分配到先进先出（FIFO）项目模型组。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create item model groups for raw materials and finished goods by using different ledger accounts. Assign items to these groups.", "text_cn": "按原材料和成品使用不同的总账科目创建项目模型组。将项目分配到这些组中。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Assign raw materials to a standard cost item group. Assign finished goods to a FIFO item group.", "text_cn": "将原材料分配到标准成本项目组。将产成品分配到先进先出（FIFO）项目组。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Create item groups for raw materials and finished goods by using different ledger accounts. Assign items to these groups. AE", "text_cn": "按使用不同的总账账户创建原材料和成品的物品组。将物品分配到这些组中。AE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以使用任何所需的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示案例研究中描述的情景的图表和其他资源。每个问题与其他问题相互独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的部分，就无法返回到此部分。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。背景 - Best for You Organics 公司最初是一个家庭作坊式的企业。创始人在厨房里手工制作香皂和浴品。随着销售额的增长，企业建立了生产设施和配送中心，为三家零售店供货。香皂和浴品在生产设施中制造，并存放在仓库中以配送给零售店。零售店的员工使用移动销售点（MPOS）平板设备向顾客销售产品。公司的结构是一个法律实体，有两个地点，如下图所示：当前环境 - Best for You Organics 计划推出一个新的面霜产品线。新产品线中的每个产品都使用相同的基底原料，但包含不同的提取物（例如，青柠、牛油果、奇异果）。市场部正在准备推出新产品线。仓库将只持有少量库存。公司使用基于云的 Dynamics 365 供应链管理部署来管理所有公司运营和地点的财务。公司不使用物料清单（BOM）版本控制。生产和仓库设施的组织层次结构如下：外部客户包括：CustomerA：一家进店购买的客户（B2C） CustomerB：已有账户的客户（B2B） 外部供应商包括：VendorA：一家运输公司 VendorB：一家原材料供应商 要求。通用要求 - 新产品线必须在系统中设置好，并且在公司即将举行的贸易展会上向公众推出产品线时即可立即销售。要求。生产 - 您必须配置系统以生产新产品：确保仓库仅存放足够生产产品的最小数量的原材料。每种物品使用单一版本。实施先进先出（FIFO）库存估值方法。使用不同的总账科目跟踪原材料和产成品。使用一个主要位置来确定仓库中产品的存放位置。在仓库中设置备用位置，用于存放过剩产品，并根据需要重新填充主要位置。要求。发货 - 您识别了以下与发货相关的具体要求：每周向零售店发货。商店需要装箱单来检查商品。司机需要运输文件和按每英里收费的费用。发往 Store1 的货物必须安排在星期一、星期三或星期五。当订单较小时，Store1 有时会自行提货，因为他们有自己的货车。发往 Store2 和 Store3 的货物必须安排在星期二或星期四。必须在送货前向商店发送提前发货通知（ASN）。必须在送货前向商店发送提前发货通知（ASN）。设置系统配置以允许门店之间的调拨。设置系统以便可以将产品作为批量订单发送给零售店。设置运输提供商，从仓库向零售店运送产品。要求。报告 - 一旦新产品在商店上市，将审查30天的历史销售数据，从日常交易中确定再订货数量。设置报告功能，使产品线能够独立于其他项目进行成本核算和追踪。要求。定价和库存 您识别了以下与定价和库存相关的具体要求：确定在最初的90天内可以生产并可供销售的新产品的数量。确保特色包装已备好用于零售销售。包装必须直接从供应商发往商店。商店不得库存包装材料。商店必须保持30天的特色包装材料供应。商店需要时应重新订购包装材料。零售店顾客必须支付全价零售价。经销商应获得列表价格10%的折扣。问题 您需要为新商品设置财务组件。您应该执行哪两项操作？每个正确的答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确的选择值一分。" }, { "topic": 15, "question_num": 2, "stem": "Employee1 needs to set up the new items for the product line. Which two actions should Employee1 perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create new finished goods and release to the legal entity. Raw material products are not required for these items.", "text_cn": "创建新的产成品并释放到法人实体。这些物料不需要原材料产品。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create new finished goods with predefined variants and release to the legal entity.", "text_cn": "创建具有预定义变体的新成品并释放到法人实体。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Create new raw materials with variants and release to the legal entity.", "text_cn": "创建具有变体的新原材料并发布至法人实体。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create new raw materials and release to the legal entity.", "text_cn": "创建新的原材料并释放给法人实体。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Create new finished goods and release to the legal entity. DE", "text_cn": "创建新的成品并释放到法人实体。DE" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "员工1需要为产品线设置新项目。员工1应执行哪两项操作？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 15, "question_num": 3, "stem": "Employee1 must set up the new BOM. Which three actions should Employee1 perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Create a new BOM for Store1, Store2, and Store3.", "text_cn": "为Store1、Store2和Store3创建一个新的BOM。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Activate the BOM.", "text_cn": "激活物料清单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Add the raw materials to the BOM and approve the BOM version.", "text_cn": "将原材料添加到物料清单并批准物料清单版本。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Add the raw materials to the BOM and approve it.", "text_cn": "将原材料添加到BOM并批准。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Create a new BOM for Site1 only. BCE Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/production-control/bill-of-material-bom", "text_cn": "为 Site1 创建新的物料清单。BCE 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/production-control/bill-of-material-bom" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "员工1必须设置新的BOM。员工1应执行哪三项操作？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各值一分。" }, { "topic": 16, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Adventure Works Cycles is high-end bicycle manufacturer in North America. The company sells 40 standard models as well as 100 limited - edition models per year to boutique retailers domestically. Adventure Works has had the most success with the limited - edition bicycles. These bicycles have high margins, high demand, and a strong following with the younger generation biking community. Current environment - Technology - During a recent global pandemic, the sales of bicycles increased enormously. To support this growth, Adventure Works is going to invest in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management to standardize and streamline operations. Operations are currently managed with a custom enterprise resource planning (ERP) system and Microsoft Excel worksheets that address ERP product gaps. Many processes are still maintained in Excel worksheets and then loaded into the ERP application. Adventure Works wants to implement only those Dynamics 365 features that are areas of future investment for Microsoft, even if it means they implement fewer features. if it means they implement fewer features. Bicycles - Bicycle models can either be standard or made in a limited - edition release. Bicycles are built based on a single item number that can have different sizes and frame styles. The sizes are XS, S, M, L, and XL. The frame styles are Male, Female, and Unisex. The size and frame style combinations have different prices and barcodes. All other bicycle properties are informational only. Information-only properties do not have standardization or validation, which makes it easy to mistype data during product entry and difficult to identify mistakes. Some limited - edition bicycles are not properly marked as limited edition in the current product management system due to the yes/no key indicator defaulting to no. This causes significant issues with item search and reporting on the different bicycle models. Limited - edition bicycles - The most recent limited - edition models include integrated face mask holders and extra storage containers welded to the bicycle frame. The bicycles are restricted to one purchase per retailer per week. The bicycles are announced on social media and are available for sale to retailers on the same day they are announced. Customers can buy the bicycles at retailers shortly after they are announced. The bicycles are sometimes available only through charity auctions. Sales - Due to the global pandemic, it is difficult to keep products in stock. Retailers are buying as much inventory as possible each week. Retailers email their sales to Adventure Works. The sales team in charge of each retailer manually enters the information into a shared Excel worksheet. Retailers are required to submit one consolidated sales order by Wednesday every week so that the Adventure Works fulfillment team can organize and adjust sales order quantities based on availability. Retailers are invoiced every three to five weeks. Adventure Works uses a manual process for invoicing. The increased volume of purchases makes it difficult to keep up with invoicing. To accommodate the demand for the Adventure Works limited - edition bicycles, the sales team enters orders for these items for fulfillment as soon as they appear on the SKU list. Retailers can sometimes bypass Adventure Works order restriction policy. When this happens, it creates additional work for the fulfillment team. Outbound - Finished bicycles are assigned a unique code to identify and track each bicycle. Each bicycle that is picked for an outbound order is transferred to a quality control bench where it undergoes a 21 - point mechanical inspection. Bicycles that pass the mechanical inspection have their unique bicycle identification number recorded in the completed inspection list. The number is also recorded in the shipping manifest for customers to be able to verify that the bicycle that was tested is the one that they received. If a bicycle does not pass the mechanical inspection, the bicycle is moved to a quarantine location and another bicycle is picked and tested as a replacement for the order. Inventory - Replenishment is simple but manual. It is currently all handled in Excel. Every bicycle part for each standard model has a line in an Excel worksheet. Adventure Works wants each storage space in the warehouse to be filled to capacity with the current products. The team knows how many bill of materials (BOM) items can fit in the spaces without overflowing. BOM items that make up the bicycles have different storage capacities. Adventure Works uses Excel worksheets to make decisions about planned orders by period based on the supply and demand for finished bicycles. Wheels - There are four types of wheels for all the bicycle models. Customers often order a spare tire. Wheels sometimes just disappear from the warehouse storage. Adventure Works purchases wheels from only one manufacturer. Master planning - There is no formal master planning process. Replenishment activities occur weekly. Requirements - Bicycles - All BOM items used the manufacturing process must be configured as unique products in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. The following manufactured bicycles’ properties must be configured in Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management: * Size: XS, S, M, L, XL - * Frame style: Men, Women, Unisex - * Limited edition: [Blank], No, Yes * Year: 2010-2020 - * Manufacturer’s note: Free form text up to 250 characters * Rear suspension travel: 130 millimeters, 150 millimeters * Full suspension: No, Yes - Sales - Limited - edition bicycles must be systematically restricted to one bicycle per sales order. Overrides must not be allowed. Retailers must automatically be invoiced once a month in a consolidated invoice for all delivered sales orders. Limited - edition model bicycles must not be allowed for inclusion on sales orders until the bicycles’ official release date. Outbound - A bicycle’s unique identification number must systematically be created as part of the standardized business process. Bicycles must be pulled from a bin location in a First In, First Out (FIFO) inventory model and moved to a packing station. Inventory - Overflow of any bicycle parts in the warehouse must be prevented, except for wheels. System - generated recommendations to adjust Adventure Works’ on - hand stock of wheels based on historical trends must be provided. BOM items must be replenished before they run out. There must always be quantity available on - hand. The system must maintain all inventory requirements through automated processes. Master planning (MRP) Master planning (MRP) The tool that replaces the Excel worksheet must be able to show the supply and demand for the product family of finished bicycles and BOMs by period in a single screen. This single form screen will also be used for general supply and demand inquiry only and not require intensive processing tasks. Inquiries to this form may result in non - system decisions and not with creating any planned orders. The tool must allow for the creation of new planned production, sales, purchase, and transfer orders. The MRP solution must have the best performance possible and allow for planned orders to be run in the middle of the day. Planned orders that will not be firmed must not be changed. Adventure Works wants to be able to reference the planned orders later against any manual orders created until they feel more comfortable with the system. Once Adventure Works is comfortable with the numbers that the system recommends, Adventure Works wants to implement a mechanism to fully automate the generation of orders. Question HOTSPOT - You need to configure the bike properties based on the requirements. Which configuration should you use for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/set-up-maintain-product-configuration-model", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的时限。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的场景的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在本案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行更改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新一节，就无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上显示的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。 背景 - Adventure Works Cycles 是北美一家高端自行车制造商。该公司每年向精品零售商销售40种标准型号以及100种限量版型号。Adventure Works 在限量版自行车方面取得了最大的成功。这些自行车利润率高、需求量大，并且在年轻一代的自行车社区中拥有强大的追随者。 当前环境 - 技术 - 在最近的全球疫情中，自行车销量大幅增加。为了支持这种增长，Adventure Works 将投资于 Dynamics 365 供应链管理，以标准化和简化运营。目前的运营是通过一个定制的企业资源计划（ERP）系统和 Microsoft Excel 工作表来管理的，这些工作表用于解决 ERP 产品缺口。许多流程仍然在 Excel 工作表中维护，然后加载到 ERP 应用程序中。Adventure Works 想要只实施那些微软未来投资的 Dynamics 365 功能，即使这意味着他们实施的功能更少。 自行车 - 自行车型号可以是标准型或限量版。自行车基于单一的物料编号进行制造，该编号可以有不同尺寸和车架风格。尺寸包括 XS、S、M、L 和 XL。车架风格包括男式、女式和中性。尺寸和车架风格的组合具有不同的价格和条形码。所有其他自行车属性仅为信息性质。信息性属性没有标准化或验证，这使得在产品录入过程中容易输入错误数据，并且难以识别错误。由于“是/否”键指示器默认为“否”，一些限量版自行车在当前的产品管理系统中未被正确标记为限量版。这导致了在不同自行车型号上的项目搜索和报告中出现重大问题。 限量版自行车 - 最近的限量版型号包括集成面罩支架和焊接在自行车框架上的额外储物容器。每家零售商每周只能购买一次。这些自行车会在社交媒体上宣布，并且在宣布当天即可供零售商销售。客户在宣布后不久就可以在零售商处购买这些自行车。有时这些自行车只能通过慈善拍卖获得。 销售 - 由于全球疫情，保持库存产品变得困难。零售商每周尽可能多地购买库存。零售商将他们的销售邮件发送给 Adventure Works。负责每个零售商的销售团队手动将信息输入共享的 Excel 工作表中。零售商每周三必须提交一份汇总的销售订单，以便 Adventure Works 的履行团队能够根据可用性组织和调整销售订单数量。零售商每三到五周被开票一次。Adventure Works 使用手动流程进行开票。购买量的增加使他们难以跟上开票进度。为了满足 Adventure Works 限量版自行车的需求，销售团队在 SKU 列表上出现这些商品时立即为其创建订单以进行履行。零售商有时会绕过 Adventure Works 的订单限制政策。当这种情况发生时，会给履行团队带来额外的工作。 出库 - 成品自行车会被分配一个唯一代码，以识别和跟踪每辆自行车。每辆被选中用于出库订单的自行车都会被转移到质量控制台，接受21点机械检查。通过机械检查的自行车会将其唯一的自行车识别号记录在已完成的检查列表中。该号码也会记录在发货清单中，以便客户能够确认他们收到的自行车是经过测试的那辆。如果自行车未能通过机械检查，该自行车会被移到隔离区，然后会选择另一辆自行车进行测试，作为订单的替代品。 库存 - 补货过程简单但手动。目前全部在 Excel 中处理。每种标准型号的每件自行车零件在 Excel 工作表中都有一个条目。Adventure Works 希望仓库中的每个存储空间都装满当前产品。团队知道每个空间能容纳多少物料清单（BOM）物品而不会溢出。构成自行车的 BOM 物品有不同的存储容量。Adventure Works 使用 Excel 工作表根据成品自行车的供需情况按周期做出计划订单决策。 轮胎 - 所有自行车型号都有四种类型的轮胎。客户经常订购备用轮胎。轮胎有时会从仓库存储中消失。Adventure Works 仅从一家制造商处采购轮胎。 主计划 - 没有正式的主计划流程。补货活动每周进行。 要求 - 自行车 - 所有用于制造过程的 BOM 物品必须在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中配置为独特产品。以下制造自行车的属性必须在 Dynamics 365 供应链管理中进行配置： * 尺寸：XS、S、M、L、XL - * 车架风格：男式、女式、中性 - * 限量版：[空白]、否、是 * 年份：2010-2020 - * 制造商备注：最多 250 个字符的自由格式文本 * 后悬架行程：130 毫米、150 毫米 * 全悬架：否、是 - 销售 - 限量版自行车必须在销售订单中系统地限制为每单一辆。不允许覆盖。零售商必须每月自动开具一张汇总发票，涵盖所有已交付的销售订单。限量版模型自行车在官方发布日期之前不得被包含在销售订单中。 出库 - 自行车的唯一识别号必须作为标准化业务流程的一部分系统地创建。自行车必须从先进先出（FIFO）库存模型的料 bin 位置中取出，并移动到包装站。 库存 - 必须防止仓库中任何自行车零件的溢出，除了轮胎。必须提供基于历史趋势的系统生成建议，以调整 Adventure Works 的轮胎库存。BOM 物品必须在耗尽之前进行补货。必须始终保证有足够的库存。系统必须通过自动化流程维持所有库存要求。 主计划（MRP） 主计划（MRP） 替换 Excel 工作表的工具必须能够在单个屏幕上显示成品自行车和 BOM 的产品系列在各期间的供需情况。这个单个表单屏幕也将仅用于一般的供需查询，不需要进行密集的处理任务。对此表单的查询可能导致非系统决策，而不是创建任何计划订单。该工具必须允许创建新的计划生产、销售、采购和转运订单。MRP 解决方案必须具有最佳性能，并允许在白天的中间时段运行计划订单。不会被确认的计划订单不得更改。Adventure Works 希望以后可以参考这些计划订单，与他们创建的任何手动订单进行对比，直到他们对系统更加熟悉。一旦 Adventure Works 对系统推荐的数字感到满意，他们希望实施一种机制，以完全自动化订单的生成。 问题 热点 - 您需要根据要求配置自行车属性。对于每个要求，应使用哪种配置？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。 注意：每个正确的选择值一分。 热区：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/pim/set-up-maintain-product-configuration-model" }, { "topic": 16, "question_num": 2, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to ensure that a customer can verify that a bike they purchased has passed the 21-point inspection. Which configurations should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要确保客户可以验证其购买的自行车已通过21点检查。应使用哪些配置？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 16, "question_num": 3, "stem": "You need to configure the limited-edition bicycle to meet the requirement for the official release date. Where should you configure this?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Released product", "text_cn": "已发布产品" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Sales price trade agreement", "text_cn": "销售价格贸易协议" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Product lifecycle state", "text_cn": "产品生命周期状态" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Default order settings", "text_cn": "默认订单设置" } ], "answer": "C", "stem_cn": "你需要配置限量版自行车，以满足正式发布日期的要求。应该在哪里进行此配置？" }, { "topic": 16, "question_num": 4, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to configure a product attribute to indicate whether a product is a limited edition. Which configuration should you use for each attribute. To answer, select the appropriate option in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要配置一个产品属性，以指示产品是否为限量版。每个属性应使用哪种配置？要回答，请在答案区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 17, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Best for You Organics Company started as a home - based business. The founders began making handmade soaps and bath products in their kitchen. As sales increased, the business established a production facility and distribution center that supplies three retail stores. Soaps and bath products are manufactured in the production facility and are stocked in the warehouse for distribution to the retail stores. Employees at retail stores use mobile point of sale (MPOS) tablet devices to sell the products to customers. The company structure is a single legal entity with two sites as shown in the diagram below:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本题为案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以根据需要使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题相互独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行修改。一旦您开始新的章节，就无法返回到此章节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上显示的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Best for You Organics 公司最初是一个家庭式企业。创始人在厨房里手工制作香皂和浴用产品。随着销售额的增长，公司建立了生产设施和配送中心，为三家零售店供货。香皂和浴用产品在生产设施中制造，并存放在仓库中以供配送给零售店。零售店的员工使用移动销售点（MPOS）平板设备向顾客销售产品。公司的结构是一个法律实体，有两个地点，如下图所示：" }, { "topic": 18, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Wide World Importers is a distribution company whose primary customers are small boutique shops which sell globally-sourced products including unique or hand-crafted items such as perfumes and ceramicware. Through the Wide World Importers sales cycle, the commission-based sales team identifies opportunities and negotiates with shops by using a quoting process. The products may or may not already exist in the company's current product list. The company has the following divisions and areas of responsibility: Current environment - Wide World Importers use Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. There is a single legal entity. The primary distribution center for the company is located in Las Vegas, Nevada, USA. There is an additional warehouse in California which receives imported goods from container ships. When goods are received in California, the goods are transferred to Nevada for distribution. No orders are shipped directly from California. Requirements. Sales - The company has two teams of sales representatives: East and West. Each team has one representative for each of the following categories of goods: perfumes, ceramicware, and all other goods. Sales representatives are paid commissions based on sales. Commissions must be paid based on the home office location for customers. For example, commission for a customer that is headquartered in the Western United States is paid to the West group of sales representatives. Sales representatives are responsible for driving new business. Company executives must be able to see metrics that define the companies that the sales representatives is targeting, where there is potential to do business, and where quotes are being generated. Customer records must not be created until a sale is confirmed. The sales team quoted a new perfume for a customer named Customer1. The customer has shipping locations in the following regions: United States, Austria, and Japan. Sales must only be made to the US and Japan due to product ingredients. Automated checks must be put into place so that users do not have to remember to select the correct item. Requirements. Testing - The company periodically performs testing on ceramicware as it is received to determine whether the products contain lead. The company labels and markets ceramicware as Lead Free or Not for food use. Perfumes may contain restricted ingredients that cannot be sold to customers in the European Union. The company performs testing on perfumes and has processes to ensure that perfumes containing restricted ingredients are not sold to customers in Europe. Ten percent of all ceramicware items received must be tested for lead. The process for managing testing must be automated. There must be tolerances setup that define the acceptable amount of lead levels in a product. Requirements. Inventory management The inventory team must control costing of items by using FIFO principles. The finance team must be able to see updated FIFO adjustments throughout the month but will only settle FIFO for month-end reporting. Inventory close must be run at the end of each month. A report must be provided to the finance team that includes the physical quantities and inventory value for items, with totals at the bottom. The warehouse team needs a similar report but does not want the inventory value included. During inventory close, some items cannot be fully costed because the issue cannot be settled against the receipt. The finance team must know which items were excluded. Other inventory requirements - Inventory must be reserved against physical inventory. Items must be grouped so that the inventory costing can be posted to the ledger by using the following groups: perfumes, ceramicware, other goods. All goods are FIFO. Financial reports must be grouped by these three categories, even though transactions from all categories post to the same ledger accounts. Wide World Importers plans to import a specific type of pottery from a local company in Mexico that makes the goods. The pottery must be available in orange or red colors. The cost is the same regardless of the color selection. A new line of perfumes is being introduced. The procurement team must be able to identify which perfumes are men's or women's fragrances, and must be able to further categorize perfumes as Perfume, Eau de Perfume, Eau de Toilette, Eau de Cologne, or Eau Fraiche. You must set up a structure of products for classifying each item for purchase, sales, and reporting analysis. Issue - Customer service representatives report that some inventory shows as ordered reserved when the ordered reserved parameter is turned off. An item that typically carried is out of stock. A customer named Customer2 wants to place a special rush order for the item. This will result in a significantly increased cost from the supplier. The finance team does not want to have this special order affect the FIFO tiers. Question DRAG DROP - You need to configure the system to meet the inventory team cost control requirement. Which processes should you run? To answer, drag the appropriate processes to the correct requirements. Each process may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place: Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/cost-management/inventory-close", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以根据需要使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，考试中可能还有其他案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题都独立于该案例研究中的其他问题。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新的一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有一个“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。背景 - Wide World Importers 是一家分销公司，其主要客户是销售全球采购产品的精品店，包括独特的或手工制作的商品，如香水和陶瓷制品。通过 Wide World Importers 的销售周期，基于佣金的销售团队通过报价流程识别机会并与商店进行谈判。产品可能已经在公司当前的产品列表中，也可能不在。该公司有以下部门和职责范围：当前环境 - Wide World Importers 使用 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。有一个单一的法律实体。公司的主要配送中心位于美国内华达州拉斯维加斯。还有一个位于加利福尼亚州的仓库，用于接收来自货轮的进口商品。当货物在加利福尼亚州收到后，货物会被转移到内华达州进行分发。没有订单会直接从加利福尼亚州发货。要求。销售 - 公司有两个销售代表团队：东区和西区。每个团队都有每个以下商品类别的一个代表：香水、陶瓷器皿和其他商品。销售代表根据销售额获得佣金。佣金必须根据客户的总部所在地支付。例如，总部位于美国西部的客户的佣金将支付给西区销售代表团队。销售代表负责开拓新业务。公司高管必须能够看到定义销售代表目标客户、潜在业务地点以及生成报价的指标。在销售确认之前，不得创建客户记录。销售团队为名为 Customer1 的客户报价了一种新的香水。该客户在以下地区有送货地址：美国、奥地利和日本。由于产品成分的原因，只能向美国和日本销售。必须建立自动检查机制，以便用户不必记住选择正确的项目。要求。测试 - 公司定期对收到的陶瓷器皿进行测试，以确定产品是否含有铅。公司将陶瓷器皿标记并宣传为“无铅”或“不可用于食品”。香水可能含有欧盟禁止的成分，不能卖给欧盟的客户。公司会对香水进行测试，并有流程确保含有受限制成分的香水不会卖给欧洲的客户。必须对所有收到的陶瓷器皿的 10% 进行铅含量测试。管理测试的流程必须自动化。必须设置公差，以定义产品中可接受的铅含量水平。要求。库存管理 库存团队必须使用 FIFO 原则控制项目的成本。财务团队在整个月份内可以看到更新的 FIFO 调整，但只会对月末报告进行结算。每月末必须运行库存结账。必须向财务团队提供一份报告，其中包含物品的实物数量和库存价值，并在底部汇总总数。仓库团队需要类似的报告，但不希望包含库存价值。在库存结账期间，某些物品无法完全计价，因为问题无法与收货进行结算。财务团队必须知道哪些物品被排除在外。其他库存要求 - 库存必须针对实物库存进行预留。物品必须分组，以便使用以下组别将库存成本记入总账：香水、陶瓷器皿、其他商品。所有商品都是 FIFO。即使所有类别的交易都记入相同的总账账户，财务报告仍需按这三个类别进行分组。Wide World Importers 计划从一家墨西哥本地公司进口一种特定类型的陶器，该公司生产这些商品。陶器必须有橙色或红色两种颜色。无论选择哪种颜色，成本都相同。正在推出一个新的香水系列。采购团队必须能够识别哪些香水是男士或女士香氛，并且必须进一步将香水分类为香水、淡香水、古龙水、科隆水或清新水。您必须为每种商品建立一个结构，用于采购、销售和报告分析的分类。问题 - 客户服务代表报告称，当“已订购预留”参数关闭时，一些库存显示为已预订。一个通常有库存的物品目前缺货。一名名为 Customer2 的客户想要对该物品下一项特殊加急订单。这将导致供应商的成本显著增加。财务团队不希望这个特殊订单影响 FIFO 层级。问题 拖放 - 您需要配置系统以满足库存团队的成本控制要求。应运行哪些流程？要回答这个问题，请将适当的流程拖放到对应的要求处。每个流程可以使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。选择并放置：参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/cost-management/inventory-close" }, { "topic": 18, "question_num": 2, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to configure the inventory reports. Which configuration settings should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要配置库存报告。应使用哪些配置设置？要回答此问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确的选择值1分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 18, "question_num": 3, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to configure settlement reports for the finance team. Which processes should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要为财务团队配置结算报告。应使用哪些流程？要回答此问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 18, "question_num": 4, "stem": "You need to identify the cause for the inventory issue reported by customer service representatives. What is the root cause?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Run inventory close process.", "text_cn": "执行库存结账流程。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Ordered reserved box should be checked, this will disable quantities.", "text_cn": "已预订的保留箱应进行检查，这将禁用数量。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Turn on automatic reservation.", "text_cn": "打开自动预订。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Ordered reserved quantity is due to marking.", "text_cn": "已订货的预留数量是由于标记所致。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Turn off automatic reservation.", "text_cn": "关闭自动预订。" } ], "answer": "D", "stem_cn": "你需要确定客户服务员报告的库存问题的原因。根本原因是什么？" }, { "topic": 18, "question_num": 5, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to configure the system to meet the item testing requirements. How should you configure the system? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要配置系统以满足项目测试要求。应如何配置系统？要回答这个问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 19, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Adventure Works Cycles builds stock and custom mountain bikes and is headquartered in San Diego. It has the following assembly and warehouse locations: Denver, Colorado, United States San Diego, California, United States Budapest, Hungary Most manufacturing is outsourced, with each facility only assembling the bikes. Parts are stocked at all facilities and may be transferred between warehouses or legal entities. All of the parts are at standard cost. Current environment. Organizational structure The following diagram shows the structure of Adventure Works Cycles. Each of the physical locations in the United States (US) is a warehouse. Hungary assembles and distributes products to the rest of the European Union (EU). The EU legal entity is expected to add additional warehouse locations. All legal entities roll up to a financial consolidation company. Current environment. Purchasing - Higher quality tires that are used in new orders have become popular. Due to the volume of orders, the company wants to negotiate pricing with VendorC. The vendor agrees to a discounted price for 500 tires purchased within the next six months. Once the 500 tires have been purchased, the discount will be re - evaluated based on demand. Once a purchase is approved, for audit purposes it cannot be changed. Whenever possible, parts are purchased from vendors also within the EU. A purchase order was placed for a bike seat manufacturer in Italy. Parts for custom orders may not always be kept in stock and will need to be procured. Current environment. Purchase requisitions The following flow chart depicts the purchase requisition process: Requirements. Purchasing - Items for purchase requisitions are governed by each country. Each of the country-specific products will be grouped together for selection. Purchase orders must follow the requisition process. All existing purchase orders for brakes must account for the change to VendorB. Requirements. Inventory - Standard costs are based on purchase fluctuations within a single month. Tires use floating zones due to limited warehouse space. Requirements. Operations - Due to recent brake failures, Adventure Works Cycles plans to purchase brakes from VendorB instead of VendorA. Although the brakes from Vendor B will continue to use the same item number as the brakes from VendorA, the price is slightly higher from VendorB. Adventure Works Cycles will pay list price from VendorB. The order from VendorB needs approval and the usual approver for purchase requisitions is on vacation. All brakes from VendorA that are in stock must be tested. The process for brake testing must be implemented for all inbound orders. Quality orders must be automatically created upon receipt of the first shipment against a purchase order only. Inventory stocking locations must be consolidated after the brakes are tested. UserC needs to consolidate brake inventory after it has been cleared for sale. Ordering of the new brakes order will incur an additional cost because it is a rush order. Requirements. Custom orders - Custom orders are placed for items that do not exist in the item master. Hungary does not process custom orders. The United States does process custom paint orders. Most custom paint colors are special order and require purchase requisitions. Quotes must be obtained from a minimum of two suppliers per company policy and compared for shipping, costs, and other variables. Quotes will not be selected based on lowest price only. Issues - A special order for 2.6 high-end tires is received. This item is no longer in stock from the current vendor. Goods have been received in stock, but the matching invoice has not yet been received at the time of month close. UserA needs to set up pricing for the items purchased from VendorC and ensure that accounting validates the receipt and invoice against the agreement. UserB needs to send out a request for quotation (RFQ) for custom paint. The vendor will be selected based on pricing, volume discounts, and lead time. Question You need to segregate inventory for the brakes that are in inventory. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Assign a blocked status to the inbound purchase order from VendorA.", "text_cn": "将“供应商A”的入库采购订单设为已阻止状态。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a disposition code.", "text_cn": "创建处置代码。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set default inventory status on the item.", "text_cn": "在商品上设置默认库存状态。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Assign an item filter code.", "text_cn": "分配项目过滤器代码。" }, { "label": "E", "text": "Assign a blocked status to the inbound purchase order from VendorB.", "text_cn": "将阻塞状态分配给来自供应商B的入库采购订单。" } ], "answer": "AD", "stem_cn": "简介 本题为案例研究。案例研究不单独计时，您可以使用任意考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本考试可能包含其他案例和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示案例研究中描述的场景的图表和其他资源。每个问题与其他问题相互独立。案例研究结束后，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾答案并在进入考试的下一节前进行修改。一旦开始新一节，您将无法返回到本节。要开始案例研究：要显示本案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮，在回答问题之前探索案例研究的内容。单击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究包含“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到问题。 背景：Adventure Works Cycles 生产标准和定制山地自行车，总部位于圣地亚哥。它拥有以下装配和仓库地点： 美国科罗拉多州丹佛市 美国加利福尼亚州圣地亚哥市 匈牙利布达佩斯 原材料大部分外包，每个设施仅负责组装自行车。所有设施都存储零部件，并可在仓库或法律实体之间转移。所有零部件均按标准成本计算。 当前环境。组织结构 下图显示了 Adventure Works Cycles 的结构。美国（US）的每个物理位置都是仓库。匈牙利负责组装并把产品分销至整个欧盟（EU）。预计 EU 法律实体将增加更多的仓库位置。所有法律实体都会汇总到一个财务合并公司。 当前环境。采购 - 使用于新订单的高质量轮胎越来越受欢迎。由于订单量大，公司希望与 VendorC 商议价格。供应商同意在接下来的六个月内购买 500 条轮胎后给予折扣。一旦购买了 500 条轮胎，折扣将根据需求重新评估。一旦采购获得批准，出于审计目的，不能更改。尽可能从欧盟内的供应商处采购零部件。已向意大利的一家车座制造商下达了采购订单。定制订单所需的零部件并不总是有库存，需要采购。 当前环境。采购申请 以下流程图展示了采购申请流程： 需求。采购 - 采购申请中的物品由各国管理。每个国家特定的产品将被分组以便选择。采购订单必须遵循采购申请流程。所有现有的刹车采购订单必须考虑对 VendorB 的变更。 需求。库存 - 标准成本基于单月内的采购波动。由于仓库空间有限，轮胎使用浮动区域。 需求。运营 - 由于最近的刹车故障，Adventure Works Cycles 计划从 VendorB 而不是 VendorA 处采购刹车。尽管 VendorB 的刹车将继续使用与 VendorA 相同的物料编号，但价格略高。Adventure Works Cycles 将从 VendorB 按照目录价付款。从 VendorB 的订单需要审批，而通常的采购申请审批人正在休假。所有库存中的 VendorA 刹车必须进行测试。必须为所有到货订单实施刹车测试流程。只有在收到采购订单的第一批货物时，才需自动创建质量订单。刹车测试完成后，库存存放地点必须进行整合。UserC 需要在刹车通过销售许可后整合刹车库存。新刹车订单的订购将产生额外费用，因为是加急订单。 需求。定制订单 - 定制订单用于不存在于物料主数据中的物品。匈牙利不处理定制订单。美国处理定制涂装订单。大多数定制涂装颜色为特殊订单，需要采购申请。根据公司政策，必须从至少两家供应商获取报价，并比较运输、成本和其他变量。报价不会仅基于最低价格进行选择。 问题 - 收到一份 2.6 条高端轮胎的特殊订单。该商品目前供应商已无库存。货物已入库，但在月末结账时尚未收到匹配的发票。UserA 需要为从 VendorC 购买的商品设置价格，并确保会计部门验证收货和发票是否符合协议。UserB 需要为定制涂装发出询价单（RFQ）。供应商将根据价格、批量折扣和交货时间进行选择。 问题 您需要对库存中的刹车进行隔离。您应执行哪两项操作？ 每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。 注意：每个正确选择各得一分。" }, { "topic": 19, "question_num": 2, "stem": "You need to set up testing for brakes to meet the operations requirements. Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Set execution to after product receipt.", "text_cn": "设置执行时间为产品接收后。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Set per updated quantity to yes.", "text_cn": "将更新数量设为是。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Set execution to before product receipt.", "text_cn": "设置执行时间为产品接收前。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Set per updated quantity to no. AD Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/enable-quality-management", "text_cn": "按更新数量设置：编号 AD 参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/zh-cn/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/enable-quality-management" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你需要为刹车设置测试以满足操作要求。你应该执行哪两项操作？每个正确答案都代表解决方案的一部分。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。" }, { "topic": 19, "question_num": 3, "stem": "You need to test the existing brakes in inventory. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Assign a Phantom bill of materials (BOM) line.", "text_cn": "分配一个虚似物料清单（BOM）行。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a manual quality order for existing inventory.", "text_cn": "为现有库存创建手动质量订单。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Assign brakes to an inventory status that is blocked.", "text_cn": "将制动分配给被阻止的库存状态。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create an automatic quality order for existing inventory. BD Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-orders", "text_cn": "为现有库存创建自动质量订单。BD参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-orders" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你需要测试库存中的现有刹车系统。实现此目标的两种可能方法是什么？每个正确答案代表一个完整解决方案。注意：每个正确选择值1分。" }, { "topic": 19, "question_num": 4, "stem": "You need to resolve the issue for UserC. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Change the inventory status only.", "text_cn": "仅更改库存状态。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Change the inventory status and run the replenishment process.", "text_cn": "更改库存状态并运行补货流程。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Change the inventory status and complete a movement journal.", "text_cn": "更改库存状态并完成调拨日记。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a transfer order and change the inventory status. A Reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-orders", "text_cn": "创建转移订单并更改库存状态。参考：https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/supply-chain/inventory/quality-orders" } ], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "你需要为用户C解决这个问题。应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 20, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Wide World Importers is a distribution company whose primary customers are small boutique shops which sell globally-sourced products including unique or hand-crafted items such as perfumes and ceramicware. Through the Wide World Importers sales cycle, the commission-based sales team identifies opportunities and negotiates with shops by using a quoting process. The products may or may not already exist in the company's current product list. The company has the following divisions and areas of responsibility: Current environment - Wide World Importers use Dynamics 365 Finance and Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management. There is a single legal entity. The primary distribution center for the company is located in Las Vegas, Nevada, USA. There is an additional warehouse in California which receives imported goods from container ships. When goods are received in California, the goods are transferred to Nevada for distribution. No orders are shipped directly from California. Requirements. Sales - The company has two teams of sales representatives: East and West. Each team has one representative for each of the following categories of goods: perfumes, ceramicware, and all other goods. Sales representatives are paid commissions based on sales. Commissions must be paid based on the home office location for customers. For example, commission for a customer that is headquartered in the Western United States is paid to the West group of sales representatives. Sales representatives are responsible for driving new business. Company executives must be able to see metrics that define the companies that the sales representatives is targeting, where there is potential to do business, and where quotes are being generated. Customer records must not be created until a sale is confirmed. The sales team quoted a new perfume for a customer named Customer1. The customer has shipping locations in the following regions: United States, Austria, and Japan. Sales must only be made to the US and Japan due to product ingredients. Automated checks must be put into place so that users do not have to remember to select the correct item. Requirements. Testing - The company periodically performs testing on ceramicware as it is received to determine whether the products contain lead. The company labels and markets ceramicware as Lead Free or Not for food use. Perfumes may contain restricted ingredients that cannot be sold to customers in the European Union. The company performs testing on perfumes and has processes to ensure that perfumes containing restricted ingredients are not sold to customers in Europe. Ten percent of all ceramicware items received must be tested for lead. The process for managing testing must be automated. There must be tolerances setup that define the acceptable amount of lead levels in a product. Requirements. Inventory management The inventory team must control costing of items by using FIFO principles. The finance team must be able to see updated FIFO adjustments throughout the month but will only settle FIFO for month-end reporting. Inventory close must be run at the end of each month. A report must be provided to the finance team that includes the physical quantities and inventory value for items, with totals at the bottom. The warehouse team needs a similar report but does not want the inventory value included. During inventory close, some items cannot be fully costed because the issue cannot be settled against the receipt. The finance team must know which items were excluded. Other inventory requirements - Inventory must be reserved against physical inventory. Items must be grouped so that the inventory costing can be posted to the ledger by using the following groups: perfumes, ceramicware, other goods. All goods are FIFO. Financial reports must be grouped by these three categories, even though transactions from all categories post to the same ledger accounts. Wide World Importers plans to import a specific type of pottery from a local company in Mexico that makes the goods. The pottery must be available in orange or red colors. The cost is the same regardless of the color selection. A new line of perfumes is being introduced. The procurement team must be able to identify which perfumes are men's or women's fragrances, and must be able to further categorize perfumes as Perfume, Eau de Perfume, Eau de Toilette, Eau de Cologne, or Eau Fraiche. You must set up a structure of products for classifying each item for purchase, sales, and reporting analysis. Issue - Customer service representatives report that some inventory shows as ordered reserved when the ordered reserved parameter is turned off. An item that typically carried is out of stock. A customer named Customer2 wants to place a special rush order for the item. This will result in a significantly increased cost from the supplier. The finance team does not want to have this special order affect the FIFO tiers. Question DRAG DROP - You need to configure the system to meet the metric requirement for sales representatives. How should you configure the system? To answer, drag the appropriate entities to the correct requirements. Each entity may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Select and Place:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "简介 本是一个案例研究。案例研究没有单独的考试时间限制。您可以根据需要使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含额外的案例研究和部分。您必须合理安排时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，您需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示图和其他资源，这些资源提供了有关案例研究中描述的情况的更多信息。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并进行修改，然后再进入考试的下一节。一旦您开始新一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示此案例研究中的第一个问题，请点击“下一步”按钮。在您回答问题之前，可以使用左侧窗格中的按钮探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“全部信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。背景 - Wide World Importers 是一家分销公司，其主要客户是销售全球采购产品的精品小店，包括独特的或手工制作的商品，如香水和陶瓷制品。通过 Wide World Importers 的销售流程，基于佣金的销售团队通过报价流程识别机会并与商店进行谈判。产品可能已经在公司当前的产品列表中，也可能不在。该公司有以下部门和责任范围：当前环境 - Wide World Importers 使用 Dynamics 365 Finance 和 Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management。有一个单一的法律实体。公司的主要配送中心位于美国内华达州拉斯维加斯。还有一个位于加利福尼亚州的仓库，用于接收来自货轮的进口商品。当货物到达加利福尼亚州时，货物会转运到内华达州进行分发。没有订单直接从加利福尼亚州发货。要求。销售 - 公司有两个销售代表团队：东部和西部。每个团队对每种商品类别（香水、陶瓷制品和所有其他商品）各有一名代表。销售人员根据销售额获得佣金。佣金必须根据客户的总部所在地进行支付。例如，总部位于美国西部的客户的佣金将支付给西部销售代表团队。销售人员负责开拓新业务。公司高管必须能够看到定义销售人员目标客户、潜在业务地点以及生成报价的指标。在确认销售之前，不得创建客户记录。销售团队为名为 Customer1 的客户报价了一款新的香水。该客户在以下地区有送货地址：美国、奥地利和日本。由于产品成分原因，只能向美国和日本销售。必须建立自动检查机制，使用户无需记住选择正确的项目。要求。测试 - 公司定期对收到的陶瓷制品进行测试，以确定产品是否含有铅。公司会将陶瓷制品标记并宣传为“无铅”或“不适用于食品”。香水可能含有欧盟禁止的成分，不能卖给欧盟的客户。公司会对香水进行测试，并有流程确保含有受限制成分的香水不会卖给欧洲的客户。必须对所有陶瓷制品的 10% 进行铅含量测试。管理测试的流程必须自动化。必须设置公差，以定义产品中可接受的铅含量水平。要求。库存管理 库存团队必须使用 FIFO 原则控制物品的成本。财务团队在整个月份内可以看到更新的 FIFO 调整，但只会在月末结算 FIFO。每月末必须运行库存结账。必须向财务团队提供一份报告，其中包含物品的实物数量和库存价值，并在底部汇总。仓库团队需要一份类似的报告，但不需要包含库存价值。在库存结账期间，某些物品无法完全计价，因为问题无法与收货进行结算。财务团队必须知道哪些物品被排除在外。其他库存要求 - 必须根据实际库存保留库存。物品必须按以下组别进行分组，以便通过这些组别将库存成本记入总账：香水、陶瓷制品、其他商品。所有商品均为 FIFO。即使所有类别的交易都记入相同的总账账户，财务报表仍需按这三个类别进行分组。Wide World Importers 计划从墨西哥的一家本地公司进口一种特定类型的陶器，该公司生产这些商品。陶器必须有橙色或红色两种颜色。无论选择哪种颜色，成本都相同。正在推出一个新的香水系列。采购团队必须能够识别哪些香水是男士或女士用的香氛，并且能够进一步将香水分类为香水、淡香水、淡洗香水、古龙水或清新水。您必须建立一个产品结构，用于对购买、销售和报告分析的每个项目进行分类。问题 - 客户服务代表报告称，当“已订购预留”参数关闭时，一些库存显示为已预订。一种通常供应的商品缺货。一名名为 Customer2 的客户希望对该商品下一项特殊加急订单。这将导致供应商的成本显著增加。财务团队不希望这个特殊订单影响 FIFO 层级。问题 拖放 - 您需要配置系统以满足销售代表的指标要求。您应如何配置系统？为了回答这个问题，请将适当的实体拖放到正确的要求处。每个实体可能被使用一次、多次或根本不使用。您可能需要拖动窗格之间的分隔条或滚动以查看内容。注意：每个正确选择各得一分。选择并放置：" }, { "topic": 20, "question_num": 2, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to configure the system to support regional sales requirements. Which group assignments should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要配置系统以支持区域销售要求。应使用哪些组分配？要回答，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择值1分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 21, "question_num": 1, "stem": "Introductory Info This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided. To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study. At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section. To start the case study - To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question. Background - Adventure Works Cycles builds stock and custom mountain bikes and is headquartered in San Diego. It has the following assembly and warehouse locations: Denver, Colorado, United States San Diego, California, United States Budapest, Hungary Most manufacturing is outsourced, with each facility only assembling the bikes. Parts are stocked at all facilities and may be transferred between warehouses or legal entities. All of the parts are at standard cost. Current environment. Organizational structure The following diagram shows the structure of Adventure Works Cycles. Each of the physical locations in the United States (US) is a warehouse. Hungary assembles and distributes products to the rest of the European Union (EU). The EU legal entity is expected to add additional warehouse locations. All legal entities roll up to a financial consolidation company. Current environment. Purchasing - Higher quality tires that are used in new orders have become popular. Due to the volume of orders, the company wants to negotiate pricing with VendorC. The vendor agrees to a discounted price for 500 tires purchased within the next six months. Once the 500 tires have been purchased, the discount will be re - evaluated based on demand. Once a purchase is approved, for audit purposes it cannot be changed. Whenever possible, parts are purchased from vendors also within the EU. A purchase order was placed for a bike seat manufacturer in Italy. Parts for custom orders may not always be kept in stock and will need to be procured. Current environment. Purchase requisitions The following flow chart depicts the purchase requisition process: Requirements. Purchasing - Items for purchase requisitions are governed by each country. Each of the country-specific products will be grouped together for selection. Purchase orders must follow the requisition process. All existing purchase orders for brakes must account for the change to VendorB. Requirements. Inventory - Standard costs are based on purchase fluctuations within a single month. Tires use floating zones due to limited warehouse space. Requirements. Operations - Due to recent brake failures, Adventure Works Cycles plans to purchase brakes from VendorB instead of VendorA. Although the brakes from Vendor B will continue to use the same item number as the brakes from VendorA, the price is slightly higher from VendorB. Adventure Works Cycles will pay list price from VendorB. The order from VendorB needs approval and the usual approver for purchase requisitions is on vacation. All brakes from VendorA that are in stock must be tested. The process for brake testing must be implemented for all inbound orders. Quality orders must be automatically created upon receipt of the first shipment against a purchase order only. Inventory stocking locations must be consolidated after the brakes are tested. UserC needs to consolidate brake inventory after it has been cleared for sale. Ordering of the new brakes order will incur an additional cost because it is a rush order. Requirements. Custom orders - Custom orders are placed for items that do not exist in the item master. Hungary does not process custom orders. The United States does process custom paint orders. Most custom paint colors are special order and require purchase requisitions. Quotes must be obtained from a minimum of two suppliers per company policy and compared for shipping, costs, and other variables. Quotes will not be selected based on lowest price only. Issues - A special order for 2.6 high-end tires is received. This item is no longer in stock from the current vendor. Goods have been received in stock, but the matching invoice has not yet been received at the time of month close. UserA needs to set up pricing for the items purchased from VendorC and ensure that accounting validates the receipt and invoice against the agreement. UserB needs to send out a request for quotation (RFQ) for custom paint. The vendor will be selected based on pricing, volume discounts, and lead time. Question You need to include the items from the purchase order in the Intrastat journal. What should you do?", "options": [ { "label": "A", "text": "Transfer the Product Receipt form to the Intrastat journal.", "text_cn": "将产品收据表转入内部统计簿。" }, { "label": "B", "text": "Create a free text invoice.", "text_cn": "创建自由文本发票。" }, { "label": "C", "text": "Transfer the invoice to the Intrastat journal.", "text_cn": "将发票转入内贸统计簿。" }, { "label": "D", "text": "Create a manual Intrastat journal transaction.", "text_cn": "创建一份人工的Intrastat分录交易。" } ], "answer": "A", "stem_cn": "简介 本是一个案例研究。案例研究不单独计时。您可以使用尽可能多的考试时间来完成每个案例。然而，本次考试可能包含其他案例研究和部分。您必须管理好时间，以确保在规定的时间内完成本考试的所有问题。要回答案例研究中的问题，需要参考案例研究中提供的信息。案例研究可能包含展示更多关于案例研究中描述的情况的图表和其他资源。每个问题与其他问题独立。在案例研究结束时，将出现一个复习屏幕。此屏幕允许您回顾您的答案并在进入考试的下一节之前进行更改。一旦您开始新一节，就无法返回到这一节。要开始案例研究 - 要显示本案例研究中的第一题，请点击“下一步”按钮。使用左侧窗格中的按钮在回答问题前探索案例研究的内容。点击这些按钮会显示诸如业务需求、现有环境和问题陈述等信息。如果案例研究有“所有信息”选项卡，请注意显示的信息与后续选项卡上的信息相同。当您准备好回答一个问题时，请点击“问题”按钮返回到该问题。 背景 - Adventure Works Cycles制造并定制山地自行车，总部位于圣地亚哥。它拥有以下装配和仓库地点：美国科罗拉多州丹佛市 美国加利福尼亚州圣地亚哥市 匈牙利布达佩斯市 大部分制造工作外包，每个设施仅组装自行车。所有设施都备有零件，并可在仓库或法律实体之间转移。所有零件均按标准成本计算。 当前环境。组织结构 下图显示了Adventure Works Cycles的结构。美国（US）的每个物理位置都是仓库。匈牙利负责组装并把产品分销至整个欧洲联盟（EU）。预计欧盟法律实体将增加更多的仓库位置。所有法律实体都会汇总到一个财务合并公司。 当前环境。采购 - 使用于新订单的高质量轮胎越来越受欢迎。由于订单量大，公司希望与VendorC协商价格。供应商同意在接下来的六个月内购买500条轮胎可享受折扣价。一旦购买了500条轮胎，将根据需求重新评估折扣。一旦采购获得批准，出于审计目的，不能更改。只要可能，零件也从欧盟内的供应商处采购。已为意大利的一家车座制造商下达了采购订单。定制订单的零件不一定总是有库存，需要采购。 当前环境。采购申请 下列流程图展示了采购申请流程： 需求。采购 - 采购申请中的物品由各国各自管理。每个国家特定的产品将被归类在一起以便选择。采购订单必须遵循采购申请流程。所有现有的刹车采购订单必须考虑对VendorB的变更。 需求。库存 - 标准成本基于单月内的采购波动。由于仓库空间有限，轮胎使用浮动区域。 需求。运营 - 由于最近的刹车故障，Adventure Works Cycles计划从VendorB而不是VendorA处采购刹车。尽管VendorB的刹车将继续使用与VendorA相同的物品编号，但价格略高。Adventure Works Cycles将从VendorB处支付目录价。从VendorB的订单需要审批，而通常的采购申请审批人正在休假。所有库存中的VendorA刹车必须进行测试。必须为所有到货订单实施刹车测试流程。只有在收到采购订单的第一批货物时，才需自动创建质量订单。刹车测试后，库存存放地点必须进行整合。UserC需要在刹车库存通过销售许可后进行整合。新刹车订单的订购将产生额外费用，因为这是紧急订单。 需求。定制订单 - 定制订单是针对物品主文件中不存在的物品下单的。匈牙利不处理定制订单。美国处理定制涂装订单。大多数定制涂装颜色是特殊订单，需要采购申请。根据公司政策，必须从至少两家供应商获取报价，并比较运输、成本和其他变量。报价不会仅基于最低价格进行选择。 问题 - 接收了一项2.6条高端轮胎的特殊订单。此商品目前不再由现用供应商供货。货物已入库，但在月末结账时尚未收到匹配的发票。 UserA需要为从VendorC采购的商品设置价格，并确保会计部门验证收货和发票是否符合协议。 UserB需要发出定制涂装的询价单（RFQ）。供应商将根据价格、批量折扣和交货时间进行选择。 问题 您需要将采购订单中的商品包括在Intrastat日记账中。您应该怎么做？" }, { "topic": 21, "question_num": 2, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to meet the operational requirements for VendorB. What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点区域 - 您需要满足供应商B的运营要求。应该怎么做？回答时，请在该区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一分。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 21, "question_num": 3, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to resolve the issue for UserB? Which options should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点问题 - 您需要为用户B解决这个问题吗？应该使用哪些选项？要回答，请在该区域选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确选择各占一点。热点区域：" }, { "topic": 21, "question_num": 4, "stem": "HOTSPOT - You need to order the high-end tires. What should you set up? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point. Hot Area:", "options": [], "answer": "", "stem_cn": "热点 - 您需要订购高端轮胎。您应该设置什么？要回答这个问题，请在答案区域中选择适当的选项。注意：每个正确的选择值1分。热点区域：" } ]